IGCP Board; 10th session; Report of the ... - unesdoc - Unesco

UMBER
REPORT OF THE
INTERNATIONAL GEOlO<
DDn GRAMME (IGCP:
JUNI
;AL CORRELATION

Page
on of the IGCP Board 5
5
6
irector-General for Science of Unesco 6
f the IUGS 6
7
the Scientific Committee 7
f the ICL 7
7
mme 8
ternational Geological Congress 9
IGCP Interim Report 9
ties and new project proposals 9
mmittee reports 9
10
t Director-General for Science of Unesco 10
10
1982 61
mmittee 63
e training courses in the field of Earth sciences 75
1981 81
e IGCP Catalogue (1980-1982) 106
11
12
14
62
64
72
3

Final Report of the Tenth Session of the IGCP Board
Introduction
The Tenth Session of the IGCP Board was convened at the Unesco headquarters in Paris, France,
from 8 to 12 February 1982. It was attended by:
BOARD MEMBERS:
A. Boudda (Morocco)
D.A. Campos (Brazil)
Chi Ji-shang (China)
G. Dengo (Guatemala)
L. Elizalde (Ecuador)
P.E. Gamsonre (Upper Volta)
J. F. Lovering (Australia)
V. Majer (Yugoslavia)
J.C. Maxwell (USA), Vice-Chairman
D.J. McLaren (Canada)
J.M. Tater (Nepal)
G.B. Vai (Italy), Vice-Chairman
J. V. Watson (UK), Rapporteur
V.A. Zharikov (USSR)
absent:
G.O. Kesse (Ghana), Chairman
EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS:
A. R. Kaddoura (Assistant Director-General for Science, Unesco)
Ch.Weber (Secretary-General, IUGS)
SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE:
IUGS:
Unesco:
COUNSELORS:
A.W. Bally, Chairman
U. Cordani
E. Seibold, President
A.R. Berger
D.F. Merriam
A. Martinsson
L. B ourla rd
V. Sibrava, Director, Division of Earth Sciences
E. von Braun, IGCP Secretary
Huang Z.
I. Rousko
C. Espinasse
C. Mura
F. Delany
A. Martinsson
5

OBSERVERS:
A.R. Berger, AGID (Association of Geoscientists for International Development)
N.A. Bogdanov(IGCP National Committee of the USSR)
F. Delany, CGMW (Commission for the Geological Map of the World)
E.A. Flinn, ICL (Inter-Union Commission on the Lithosphère)
R. Howarth, IAMG (International Association for Mathematical Geology)
S. Karamata (IGCP National Committee of Yugoslavia)
C. Lepeltier, UNDTCD(UN Department of Technical Co-operation for Development)
B.O. Odugbose (Nigerian Permanent Delegation to Unesco)
G. Olivares (Instituto de Geologfa de la UNAM, Mexico)
R.A. Price, ICL (Inter-Union Commission on the Lithosphère)
F.L. Repetto (Escuela Superior Politécnica del Litoral Guayaquil, Ecuador)
A. Tollmann (IGCP National Committee of Austria)
G. Verploegh, WMO (World Meteorological Organisation)
I. Yacé (IGCP National Committee of Ivory Coast)
I. Zamarreno (IGCP National Committee of Spain)
Opening of the Session Address by the President of IUGS
In the absence of the Chairman, G.O. Kesse,
the Vice-Chairman G. B. Vai acted on his behalf
and called the meeting to order. He welcomed
the participants, notably the representative
of the Director-General of Unesco, the President
and the Secretary-General of IUGS, the
members of the Board including the newlyappointed
V.A. Zharikov, and observers of international
organizations and of IGCP National
Committees. He stressed that this 10th session
of the Board would be a timely occasion to assess
some fundamental questions related to the
duration of the Programme and to its efficiency
in attaining its original goals, i.e. to promote
science and to contribute to development in developing
nations.
Address by the Assistant Director-
General for Science of Unesco
The Assistant Director-General for Science of
Unesco,A. R.Kaddoura, then took the floor extending
the welcome of the Director-General to
all participants of the meeting. He recalled
that at this 10th anniversary - and in view of the
forthcoming Extraordinary Session of the Unesco
General Conference, and of the next Regular
General Conference in 1983 - the IGCP
should reflect the achievements of the Programme
as it did five years ago, in order to set up
future objectives. He noted the difficulties and
constraints under which the IGCP projects would
have to operate these days and invited the Board
to make recommendations on how these could be
overcome. Commending the work and interest
of IGCP National Committees for the implementation
of the Programme, particularly on the
level of national institutions, he wished the
Board success in fostering further international
co-operation.
6
The President of IUGS, E. Seibold, expressed
the gratitude of his organization to all those who
made IGCP active: the scientists involved in the
various projects and those serving in its leading
organs, including those who had resigned. A
summary of statistics revealed the extent to which
IGCP projects had attracted international collaboration.
He stated that so far there were only
8 projects with participants coming from less than
10 countries; however, 33 projects,from between
11 and 20 countries; 22 projects, from
between 21 and 30 countries; and 9 projects,
from even more than 30 countries, among
which were Project 23 (Kaolinization, 43 countries)
and Project 143 (Remote sensing and mineral
exploration, 75 countries).
A listing against priority areas reveals that:
- 41 projects (60%) were devoted to refining the
geological calendar ("ordering the past");
- 11 projects dealt with the evolution of the
ancient crust ("in the beginning");
- 4 projects relate to man's geological environment
("man's home");
-17 projects are devoted to energy and mineral
resources ("man's needs").
The imbalance that can be noted is due to historical
reasons. Meanwhile there would be a distinct
shift away from time correlations towards the
other categories. This trend, E. Seibold believes,
should be enforced and more projects should
be devoted to problems of the environment; a closer
co-ordination with other programmes, such
as the International Lithosphère Programme or
the IUGS Research and Development Programme
should be sought, and the integration of new stratigraphical
methods promoted. Continued efforts

to involve developing countries in the Programme
should result in encouraging the resources
of human effort which had more value than mineral
resources. A small advisory group of
scientists from inside and outside IGCP could
help in preparing the future interim report. As
for "ordering the past" and "man's needs", one
would now need to move towards "ordering the
future".
Report of the Secretariat
The Secretary of IGCP, E. von Braun, reported
on the past year. There are now 78 National
Committees and 35 contacts for the IGCP, of
which 26 had reported - compared to 30 in 1981.
In 1981, there were 49 ongoing projects, 5 of
which had been terminated by the end of that
year (Nos. 6, 30, 115, 124, and 145). Three
of these applied for prolongation, and one (145)
had already received it. Almost all of the 12
proposals for new projects received this year
had some relation to or were direct descendents
of ongoing or terminated IGCP projects.
Three of the terminated or terminating projects
(2, 22 and 58) had asked for the status of projects
on extended term (O.E.T. ) as defined by
the Board last year. Short prolongations for
the winding up of final activities were requested
from one project only but several seemed to be
in a similar situation.
At the end of 1982, another 14 of the present
44 ongoing projects will expire. Their final reports
would facilitate the preparation of the next
interim report.
In 1981, one regional IGCP meeting was held in
Caracas (Venezuela), with the participation of
representatives from 11 Latin American countries
and three IGCP project leaders (Nos. 42,
44, and 120). The meeting reviewed successfully
the role of IGCP in that region, discussed
and approved three project proposals of which
two were submitted this year.
Relations with other research programmes, notably
Unesco's Regional Project "Geology for
Development" in Africa, proved fruitful, mainly
by encouraging co-ordination and mutual efforts.
Collaboration with AGID, as well as the involvement
of IEA (International Energy Agency),and
UNDP in one project, may be mentioned. The
interfaces of IGCP with the ICL would need to be
identified.
Report of the Chairman
of the Scientific Committee
The Chairman of the Scientific Committee,
A.W. Bally, reporting on the Committee's work
during the previous week stressed several general
problems to which the Committee wished to
call the attention of the Board. The Committee
debated means by which the twin objectives of
IGCP - the advancement of scientific knowledge
and the encouragement of work of practical value
to developing countries - can best be reconciled.
A few projects achieve both objectives, many
contribute to the first and relatively few are
successfully focussed on the second. Two methods
which have proved successful to date might
be more widely practised. Firstly, the advice
and experience of geologists from developed countries
might be drawn on to define and launch a
project that could then be carried forward by a
leadership based on one or more developing countries.
Funds to assist in the initial process of
defining a useful project might be valuable. Secondly,
regional meetings had proved valuable,
provided that there was adequate preparation in
advance.
A further point concerned the apparent lack of
co-ordination with other scientific programmes
sponsored by Unesco. The Committee suggested
that a small group of scientists be asked to review
the scope of those programmes relevant to the
earth sciences with a view to identifying gaps or
overlaps.
Lastly, the low level of funding for projects
available under the present organization was viewed
with concern and the Committee asked the
Board to consider all means of increasing the
funds available for the scientific programme.
Address by the Chairman of ICL
The Chairman of the Inter-Union Commission
on the Lithosphère, R.A. Price, reported progress
in the organization of the Programme which
was now entering its first full year of activity.
He looked to close collaboration with IGCP which
would be facilitated by the participation of many
individuals in both programmes.
Organization of Work
The Chairman then invited Board members and
observers to discuss the future of IGCP and the
desired changes in its structure as well as other
items of common interest. These discussions
prepared the ground for a division into two working
groups which were asked to discuss the following
subjects:
7

• Publications, publicity, communication:
Board members Advisors Observers
A. Boudda F. Delany A.R. Berger
Chi Ji-shang A. Martinsson S. Karamata
D. J. McLaren
D. F.Merriam
(Chair)
J. M. Tater
J. V. Watson
(Rapporteur)
G. Verploegh
• Scientific scope, structure, regional
programme development:
Board members
D.A. Campos
G. Dengo
L. Elizalde
P.E. Gamsonre
J. F. Lovering
(Rapporteur)
V. Majer
J. C. Maxwell (Chair)
G.B. Vai
V.A. Zharikov
Observers
A.W. Bally
N.A. Bogdanov
E.A. Flinn
R. Howarth
C. Lepeltier
G. Olivares
R.A. Price
F. L. Repetto
A. Tollmann
I. Yace
I. Zamarreno
The reports proposed by the working groups
were considered in plenary session and are incorporated
in the following recommendations.
Development of the Programme
The Board reviewed the organizational framework
of the Programme in the light of the need
to encourage both the participation of developing
nations and the identification of new projects directly
relevant to the interests of these nations
within the field of earth science.
The value of regional meetings sponsored by
IGCP which provide opportunities for groups of
scientists drawn from one region to assess local
priorities has already been demonstrated. The
Board agreed to support at least one such meeting
annually and noted that preparations for a
regional meeting in Buenos Aires (1982) were
already in hand in connection with the 5th Latin
American Geological Congress and in collaboration
with the consultative council of directors
of geological surveys of Latin America. Where
possible, the Board should appoint "activators"
from within each region who would take responsibility
for assisting participants to identify
appropriate new projects of importance to the
developing nations of the region, for helping in
the preparation of a formal project proposal and
for monitoring the progress of projects after
acceptance by the Board. It was recognized
that preliminary discussions at regional IGCP
meetings might usefully lead to the forging of
bilateral links between a developing country and
scientists from outside institutions capable of
contributing to a project of regional interest.
Another line of development is exemplified by
the successful launching by Unesco of its Regional
Project on the Precambrian of Africa, which
was stimulated by initiatives originating within
IGCP and which is now supported by Unesco outside
the Programme. The role of IGCP, in providing
facilities for the review of problems of
regional importance, should be extended and the
Board emphasizes the need for additional funding
of this type of activity. Future meetings in East
Africa and South-east Asia are under consideration.
Substantial financial support from outside sources
has been given to IGCP projects which have been
timely and effective. The maintenance of this
support depends on the quality of the scientific
work. The role of the Scientific Committee in
monitoring the progress of individual projects
and reviewing the scope of the Programme as a
whole is crucial in this respect and the Board
reaffirms the need for scientists of international
standing to serve on the Committee.
New initiatives which can be supported within the
Programme are, however, limited by financial
constraints. The success of projects already
adopted and the extension of regional activities
require additional funding both within the IGCP
budget and from other sources.
Further scope for new developments may be found
in a better co-ordination between the activities of
IGCP and those of other programmes sponsored
by Unesco, UN, ICSU and IUGS. In particular
the Board would seek means of co-ordinating
Unesco training facilities in earth sciences with
needs for training identified in developing countries.
There is a need for review by the sponsoring
organi. ations of all programmes touching on
earth science. The Board recommends the publication
in "Geological Correlation" and "Episodes"
of full details of training opportunities in
earth science which might assist in the work of
IGCP.
More generally, the Board sees a need for constructive
discussions between representatives of
the Board and Scientific Committee and the
Director-General of Unesco and President of
IUGS. Such discussions are essential in order
to determine the future of the Programme and to
make it responsive to the needs of participating
countries. In previous years, recommendations
from the Board have not always received a response
from the sponsoring bodies and discussions
should seek means of making interchange of
views more effective.
Preparation for the 27th International
Geological Congress, 1984
The General Secretary of the Organizing Com-

mittee (N. Bogdanov) has informed the Board
that facilities for IGCP activities would be made
available provided that requests were received
before July 1982. The Board envisages a need
for: (i) a half-day colloquium on the Programme
as a whole, (ii) papers or symposia arising
from IGCP project activities, which can be accommodated
within the sectional programme,
(iii) display space for the exhibition of maps
and documents prepared by project working
groups, and (iv) facilities for sessions of project
working groups. In addition, a review of
progress of the Unesco African Regional Project
will take place. The Secretariat will request
project leaders to specify their requirements
and will transmit the resulting information to the
Organizing Committee.
Preparation for the
Second IGCP Interim Report
The outline prepared by the Scientific Committee
of the Interim Report on IGCP, intended for
the Unesco General Conference 1983 was approved
by the Board. Immediate steps will be taken
by the Secretariat to obtain reports from
individual project leaders. The general introduction
co-ordinated by A.W. Bally will be prepared
in the light of suggestions from the Board
and Scientific Committee and a draft of the Interim
Report will be considered at the next
Board meeting. The Interim Report will be included
in "Geological Correlation" No. 11.
Appraisal of Project Activities
and New Project Proposals
The Board examines the project reports and new
project proposals in the light of the recommendations
made by the Scientific Committee and
presented by the Chairman of the Scientific
Committee.
From among the terminated or terminating projects,
Nos. 2, 22 and 58 were or would be accorded
a status "on extended term" (O.E.T.) to
allow the continued production of publications
under the IGCP banner. As requested, project
No. 106 (Permo-Triassic stage of geological
evolution) was merged with Project No. 4
(Triassic of the Tethys realm) which will end
as scheduled.
Of the 12 new project proposals received this
year, one was declined, 5 were invited for resubmission
according to specifications and the
following 6 were adopted:
No. 187: "Siliceous Deposits" submitted by
J.R. Hein
No. 191: "Cretaceous Palaeoclimatology"
submitted by E. J. Barron
No. 192: "Cambro-Ordovician Development in
Latin America" submitted by B. Baldis
and G. Acenolaza
No. 193: "Siluro-Devonian of Latin America"
submitted by M.A. Hünicken
No. 195: "Ophiolites and lithosphère of marginal
seas" submitted by L. Beccaluva and
and N.A. Bogdanov
No. 197: "Metallogeny of Ophiolites" submitted
by S. Karamata
Examination of National Committee Report
The reports of National Committees were alloted
to individual members for review. Reports had
been received from 26 countries, i.e. :
Africa:
Asia:
Australia, Oceania:
Latin America:
North America:
Europe:
Egypt, Upper Volta
China, Japan, Nepal,
Thailand
Australia
Argentina, Brazil
USA
Austria, Bulgaria, Byelorussia,
Czechoslovakia,
Finland, FRG, France,
Hungary, Italy, Norway,
Spain, Sweden, Switzerland,
Ukrainian SSR, USSR,
Yugoslavia
The Board congratulated the reporting Committees
on their success in integrating and supporting the
contributions of national working groups.
Substantial information on the progress of research
- including bibliographies of publications
recently produced - clearly demonstrated the
scale of many national contributions.
The Board invites National Committees to distribute
their reports within both their local scientific
community and to countries potentially interested
in the lines of research which are described in the
reports.
Joint meetings of National Committees on a subregional
scale such as practised by the Scandinavian
countries are recommended as a means of
establishing more effective links between research
groups of neighbouring countries. On the other
hand, an official address from authoritative source
in Unesco to Unesco Member States to bring
the Programme to the attention of governments
might well facilitate the task of National Committees
to enhance the visibility of the IGCP, and
to mobilize local support.
The attention of National Committees was drawn
to the fact that they are responsible for nominating
candidates for membership of the Board.
The position of the IGCP with respect to the
forthcoming Extraordinary Session of the Unesco
General Conference (1982) was discussed
and it was agreed that Board members should
offer all assistance to their respective national
9

delegations for addressing the Conference on
matters of the IGCP.
Comments by observers
Upon invitation, observers commented on questions
of concern to IGCP.
The relation between Unesco's training programmes
in earth sciences and IGCP activities needed
to be clarified. Relevant information on
Unesco-sponsored training courses, seminars
and fellowships is to be disseminated through
appropriate journals such as "Episodes", and
leaflets.
The representative of UN Department of Technical
Co-operation for Development gave an outline
of areas in which IGCP and his Department
could collaborate. Though primarily investmentoriented,
mineral exploration projects executed
by UN DTCD produce a vast amount of geological,
geophysical and geochemical data which are
not systematically exploited scientifically, development
of exploration methodology included.
Regular exchanges between appropriate IGCP
projects and UN DTCD projects could be of mutual
interest. Means should be found for exchange
of technical data and reports between interested
IGCP projects and UN DTCD projects.
Each UN DTCD project comprises also a training
component ( in-field training, fellowships
of 6-36 months, study tours, participation in
congresses, seminars) normally available to
national geologists working as counterparts in
the project. Allocation of training facilities to
candidates therefore could be a subject of coordination
between IGCP and UN DTCD.
As concerns storage and treatment of data created
by IGCP projects,the representative of
IAMG and COGEODATA reminded the Board
that these organizations are concerned about
long-term data loss and will always be ready to
offer advice on data processing and storage and
dissemination of data on computer compatible
form or on microfiche. Many projects could
advantageously make use of the new methods for
data analysis developed, for example, in Projects
98, 148 and 163.
The Secretary-General of the ICL outlined the
present status of this Programme which is becoming
operational in 1982. Fruitful co-operation
of the two Programmes will be assured by
overlap of personnel between IGCP and ICL bodies
and by mutual representation in their respective
co-ordinating meetings.
Observers of National Committees reiterated the
value of bilateral contacts which could often give
access to funds especially destined to bilateral
co-operation.
10
A. Martinsson suggested that the issue of postal
stamps at its 10th anniversary may stimulate
interest in the IGCP.
Comments by the Assistant Director-
General for Science of Unesco
A.R. Kaddoura addressed the Board on means of
enhancing the effectiveness of the Programme.
He assured the Board of the continued support
of the Director-General of Unesco especially as
regards the role of IGCP in fostering regional
initiatives. The need to increase financial support
for successful initiatives such as those arising
from IGCP was acknowledged. The formulation
of the African Regional Project sponsored
by Unesco owed much to IGCP and further developments
along similar lines would be welcomed.
He suggested that the African Project should
take the opportunity of reporting progress and
discussing future developments at the International
Geological Congress in Moscow in 1984, and
indicated that Unesco would support attendance by
participants involved.
The first Interim Report on IGCP issued by the
Board in 1978 had been noted as a useful aid in
evaluating scientific progress by the Unesco Panel
of Advisors on science. The preparation of
a similar review of progress to date would be
welcome.
A.R. Kaddoura emphasized the value of regular
round-table discussions on the evolution of the
Programme between representatives of Unesco
and IUGS and of the Board and Scientific Committee
of IGCP and expressed his willingness to
participate in such a discussion before the next
session of the IGCP Board.
Closing of the session
The report of the Board meeting was discussed,
revised and adopted. The revised guidelines for
project leaders were approved.
Board members G.O. Kesse and V. Majer were
invited to attend the next meeting of the Scientific
Committee (7-11 February 1983), tobe followed
by the 11th session of the Board (14-18 February
1983), at Unesco Headquarters.
The thanks of the Board were recorded to A.
Boudda, G. Dengo, D.J. McLaren (former
Chairman), A. Peive, and J.V. Watson (Rapporteur)
retiring from the Board.
After acknowledging the work of the Secretariat,
the Chairman declared the session closed.

IGCP Scientific Committee
The IGCP Scientific Committee met on 1-5 February 1982 at Unesco Headquarters in Paris. The meeting
was attended by:
SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE IGCP BOARD
D. V. Ager (Rapporteur)
A - Boudda
A.W. Bally (Chairman) J. M. Tater
V. L. Barsukov V.A. Zharikov
D.C. Bharadwaj
P.G. Cooray
U. Cordany
D.M. Curtis
H. Faure
I. Rostov
A. Mikkola
C. Pedrazzini
R.W.R. Rutland
E. H. Shannon
E.M. El Shazly
R. Sinding-Larsen
S. Uyeda
Unesco
A.R. Kaddoura, Assistant Director-General
for Science
M. Bâtisse, Deputy Assistant Director-General
for Science
V. Sibrava, Director, Division of Earth Sciences
E. von Braun, IGCP Secretary
I. Rousko
Huang, Z.
C. Espinasse
C. Mura
IUGS
Ch. Weber, Secretary-General of IUGS
The report of the meeting was presented to the IGCP Board by the Chairman of the Scientific
Committee (see page 7 above).
11

List of IGCP Projects (1982)
No. Title/Project Leader
(duration of project)
2* Correlation of the Precambrian in mobile
zones: G. Choubert, A. Faure-Muret
(1974-1980; O.E.T.)
4 Triassic of the Tethys realm: H. Zapfe
(1974-1982)
5 Correlation of Prevariscan and Variscan
events of the Alpine-Mediterranean mountain
belts: H.W. Flllgel and F. Sassi
(1976-1986)
6 Correlation of diagnostic features in ore
occurrences of base metals in dolomites
and limestones: H. Holzer (1974-198 1)
22* Precambrian in younger fold belts:
V. Zoubek (1974-1980; O.E.T.)
24 Quaternary glaciations in the Northern
Hemisphere: J. Macoun (1974-1982)
25 Stratigraphie correlation of the Tethys-
Paratethys Neogene: J. Senes
(1974-1982)
27 The Caledonide Orogen: B.A. Sturt
(1974-1985)
29 Precambrian-Cambrian boundary:
J.W. Cowie (1974-1984)
30 Circum-Pacific plutonism: P. C. Bateman
(1974-1981)
32 Stratigraphie correlations between sedimentary
basins in the ESCAP region:
Mineral Resources Section, ESCAP
(1974-1982)
41 Neogene-Quaternary boundary:
K. V. Nikiforova (1974-1984)
42 Upper Palaeozoic of South America and
its boundaries: A. C. Rocha-Campos
(1974-1982)
44 Lower Palaeozoic of South America:
A. Cuerda (1976-1982)
53 Ecostratigraphy: A.J. Boucot
(1974-1984)
58 Mid-Cretaceous events: R.A. Reyment
(1974-1982)
6 0 Correlation of Caledonian stratabound
sulphides: F.M. Yokes (1974-1982)
* IGCP project "On Extended Term" (O. E. T. )
12
No. Title/Project Leader
(duration of project)
61 Sea-level movements during the last deglacial
hémicycle: A.L. Bloom
(1974-1982)
86 East European platform (S.W. Border):
K.B. Jubitz (1974-1985)
91 Metallogeny of the Precambrian:
A. V. Sidorenko (1974-1984)
92 Archaean geochemistry: A.M. Goodwin
(1974-1983)
106 Permo-Triassic stage of geological evolution:
A.N. Oleynikov (1975-1985)
108/ Precambrian of West Africa and its corre-
144 lation with Eastern Brazil: I. Yacé
(1975-1983)
111 Genesis of manganese ore deposits:
S. Roy (1975-1985)
114 Biostratigraphic datum-planes of the
Pacific Neogene: N. Ikebe (1976-1982)
115 Siliceous deposits in the Pacific region:
J.R. Hein (1975-1981)
120 Magmatic evolution of the Andes:
E. Linares (1975-1985)
124 North-West European Tertiary basin:
R. Vinken (1975-1981)
128 Late Cenozoic magnetostratigraphy:
G.J. Kukla and N.D. Opdyke
(1976-1982)
129 Lateritization processes: Geological
Survey of India (1975-1983)
143 Remote sensing and mineral exploration:
W.D. Carter and L.C. Rowan
(1976-1982)
146 River flood and lake-level changes:
R. Paepe and L. de Meyer (1976-1984)
148 Quantitative stratigraphie correlation
techniques: F.P. Agterberg (1976-1983)
154 Global exchange and processing of information
in geochemistry: H. de la Roche
and J.M. Stussi (1977-1982)
156 Phosphorites: P.J. Cook and
J.H. Shergold (1977-1984)

No. Title /Project Leader
(duration of project)
157 Early organic evolution and mineral
and energy resources: M. Schidlowski
(1977-1987)
158 Palaeohydrology of the temperate zone:
L. Starkel and B. Berglund
(1977-1987)
160 Precambrian exogenic processes:
V. Sokolov (1977-1985)
161 Sulphide deposits in mafic and ultramafic
rocks: A.J. Naldrett
(1977-1987)
16 3 Design and generation of a world data
base for igneous petrology: F. Chayes
(1977-1984)
164 Pan-African crustal evolution:
A. Al-Shanti (1978-1984)
166 Correlation of coal-bearing formations:
P.P. Timofeev (1978-1987)
16 9 Geotectonic evolution and metallogeny in
the Eastern Mediterranean and Western
Asia: S. Jankovic and W. E. Petrascheck
(1979-1983)
171 Circum-Pacific Jurassic:
G.E.G. Westermann (1981-1985)
174 Geological events at the Eocene-Oligocène
boundary: Ch. Pomerol (1980-1985)
No. Title/Project Leader
(duration of project)
175 Chronostratigraphical precision:
N.F. Hughes (1981-1982)
179 Stratigraphie methods as applied to the
Proterozoic record: J. Sarfati, N. Clauer,
M. Semikhatov, G.M. Young and
P. Affaton (1981-1985)
183 West African Mesozoic and Cenozoic
correlations: M. Moullade and O. S.
Adegoke (1981-1985)
184 Palaeohydrology of low latitude deserts:
C.R. Lawrence (1981-1985)
185 Peri-Aegean blue schists: I. Godfriaux
(1981-1985)
187 Siliceous deposits: J.R. Hein
(1982-1986)
191 Cretaceous palaeoclimatology:
E.J. Barron (1982-1986)
192 Cambro-Ordovician development in Latin
America: B. Baldis and G. Acenolaza
(1982-1986)
193 Siluro-Devonian of Latin America:
M.A. Hünicken (1982-1986)
195 Ophiolites and lithosphère of marginal
seas: L. Beccaluva and N.A. Bogdanov
(1982-1986)
197 Metallogeny of ophiolites: S. Karamata
(1982-1985)
13

Progress of IGCP Projects
No. 4 TRIASSIC OF THE TETHYS REALM
H. Zapfe, Palâontologisches Institut der Universitat,
A-1010 Wien, Universitatsstrasse 7,
Austria.
Description. Revision of the biostratigraphy in
the Tethyan Triassic. Redefinition of classical
stages and substages, their emendation for a
world-wide application. Comparison of the
scheme with other major faunal realms (North
America, Eurasia, Indo-Pacific) aiming at a
global Triassic time scale. Once this stage has
been achieved, other important topics are to be
studied, such as palaeogeography, faunal provinces,
and palaeomagnetism during Triassic
time. Originally starting with the Upper Triassic,
during recent years work has expanded
more and more to the entire Triassic, and the
Project has been expanded to Asia in order to
include the Triassic of the Himalayas, China,
and the Far East.
Summary of activities. An international meeting
of the Project was held in Sarajevo, Yugoslavia,
5-7 October 1981. Representatives of the national
working groups reported at the meeting, on their
activities and scientific progress during the year
under review. One of the fourteen lectures
concerned the proposed new stratotype for the
Illyrian substage in Bosnia. A successful excursion
with a detailed field discussion was organized
at the proposed stratotype in Pridvorice. It was
decided to publish the results of the meeting in
the "Schriftenreihe der Erdwissenschaftlichen
Kommission" of the Austrian Academy of Sciences.
A session of the IUGS Subcommission of Triassic
Stratigraphy also was held on this occasion. The
Anisian/Ladinian boundary and the proposed new
stratotype for the Illyrian were discussed.
National working groups actively continued their
planned activities. For example, the Bulgarian
scientists carried on the studies all over their
territory; research was going on in six Italian
universities and a research centre. The Austrian
scientists executed excursions to the Hallstatt
facies of the Taurus Mts., Turkey.
Many new important publications were issued
(or were in press) in Austria, China, Poland,
etc. Some scientific results acquainted in 1981
can be illustrated as follows:
Austria: The cladiscitidae of the Upper Triassic
in Timor has proved to be of particular stratigraphic
value. It is intended to continue these
revisions of Upper Triassic ammonoids.
China: A joint business meeting of the Chinese
working groups of Projects 4 and 106 was held
14
in Beijing at the end of April 1981. In the fieldwork
in Tibet from July to October, the newly
discovered units, the Lower Triassic Xiukang
Group were observed. The Otoceras Zone and
other Ammonoid zones also were confirmed there.
Czechoslovakia: A detailed investigation of the
section of Silicka Brezova, proved by conodonts,
has resulted in considerable alterations to already
existent interpretations.
Hungary: The conodont studies and the correlation
of the conodont zones with other biostratigraphic
zonations continued. For the Middle and Upper
Triassic a world-wide applicable conodont zonation
was established which can be correlated with
the conodont zonation in all conodont provinces.
The most different zonations from the standard
are in the West-Mediterranean and Germanic faunal
provinces, but even these areas canbe correlated
bythe aid of conodonts in the Middle Triassic. The
Triassic Conodont Catalogue of the Conodont Working
Group has been concluded by the large and important
participation of Hungarian specialists and is being
printed in Hungary. In the frame of the countrywide keyprofile
programme new drillings and artificial exposures
were carried out in the Transdanubian Central Mts. and
North Hungary, providing important new information on
the Permian/Triassic boundary in Marine facies in the
south-eastern foreland of the Vertes Mountains. In the
microbiostratigraphy of the Anisian/Ladinianboundary,
and especially in the investigation of the Versprem karst
formation, considerable progress has been achieved.
India: Research in the Spiti region on conodonts
from the Lilang, Pin-Parahio and Kioto showed
that parallelisations with conodont zones of the
Western Tethys were possible. The Keyserlingites
bed of Spiti is considered to be Lower Triassic
with the conodont support. The boundary of the
Middle Triassic to the Lower Triassic is considered
to be 30 m below the traditional boundary based
on conodonts (Neospathodus newpaasensis and
Gondolella polygnatiformis ).
The Netherlands: Ranges of selected palynomorphs
in the Alpine Triassic have been published. A set
of 5 preliminary range-charts shows the known
stratigraphical distribution of 52 selected species
or categories of palynomorphs through the stages
and substages of the Alpine Triassic. A considerable
part of the palynological data is controlled
chronostratigraphically by ammonoids or other
significant faunal elements. Lithostratigraphical,
palynological, and microfaunal studies in the Triassic
of the External Zone of the Betic Cordilleras,
Southern Spain, have led to a reinterpretation of
the Triassic in the provinces of Jaén and Murcia.
According to palynological and microfaunal data,
the age of the sediments ranges from the Late
Ladinian into the Late Karnian and probably into
the Norian. The new stratigraphical concept
differs considerably from the stratigraphical schemes
of previous authors. This is due mainly to
the previous misinterpretation of the evaporitic/
clastic successions. By far the major part,

generally classified as "Buntsandstein", seemed
to be of Karnian age. The conventional "Muschelkalk"
is essentially Cordevolian in age. The new
information thus clearly demonstrates the inapplicability
of the classic Germanic classification
units in Southern Spain; even in a lithostratigraphical
sense the units have little reality in a stratigraphical,
palaeogeographical, and tectonic
analysis of the Betic Cordilleras.
Spain: In the studies on the Triassic in the Central
and Eastern parts of the Iberian Peninsula,
special attention has been paid, as in other years,
to the study of correlations between the predominantly
marine facies, which outcrops in the eastern
part and which is referred to as Mediterranean
Triassic, as well as the predominantly continental
ones of the central part which are referred
to as Iberian Triassic and Hesperian Triassic.
Establishing detailed biostratigraphic correlations
was problematical, because the macrofauna
with significant species practically exists
only in the Triassic with Mediterranean facies
and, moreover, Anisian and Ladinian fauna have
only been identified in the Middle Triassic. But
even in the Triassic with more eastern facies,
that is, in the Mediterranean, the Scythian and
a large part of the Karnian-Norian are present
in continental facies and those are practically
unfossiliferous. In the Iberian Range, the datings
have been established through the microflora.
Until now however, this microflora had
not been found in the Mediterranean Triassic
series dated through macrofauna. Only after
numerous samplings has it been possible to identify
various pollen associations in detrital levels
inserted between carbonate levels with fauna.
The first association, characterized by a massive
predominance of bi-sack pollen, corresponds
to a Lower Ladinian and was found in the
level which is termed Middle Muschelkalk. This
discovery confirms the fact that the Ladinian-
Anisian boundary is located in the Middle Muschelkalk
and agrees with the Anisian fauna found
in the lower carbonate level (Lower Muschelkalk)
and with the Ladinian fauna found in the upper
carbonate level (Upper Muschelkalk). Another
polinic association was found precisely in the
first marly clay beds which form the boundary
between the Upper Muschelkalk and the Keuper.
In the Iberian Range, the Pollen associations
characteristic of the Ladinian, have been identified
within the Buntsandstein. This reveals
the passage of the carbonate marine facies of
the Middle Triassic in the Mediterranean sector
to detrital continental facies in the central part
of the Peninsula. In the Mediterranean Triassic
there are two massive faunal invasions: one in
the Anisian and the other in the Ladinian or Karnian.
The first, of less importance, only covers
the easternmost part of the Peninsula. The second
one is the more important and its influence
was felt as far as the centre of the Peninsula,
although later and more ephemeral than in the
eastern sector.
Nevertheless, the correlations with these sectors
require further work and particularly the identification
and study of possible and unknown intermediate
outcrops.
USSR: The stratigraphie subdivision and boundaries
of some local stratigraphie units in the Southeast
Pamirs have been determined more precisely
due to the study of the stratigraphie range of the
Monotidae and the change of the lithological composition
of the host rock. In the Chukotka Peninsula
(Yu. M. Bychkov) outcrops of Triassic deposits
with mollusc remains of Tethyan habit have
been found. Representatives of Discotropites
might be present there. In January 1981 a meeting
of the Bureau of the Triassic Commission of
the Interdepartmental Stratigraphical Committee
of USSR was held in Leningrad. At this meeting
the general zonal scale of the Triassic system,
recommended for the preparation of correlational
stratigraphie schemes for the territory of the
USSR, was adopted.
Yugoslavia: The Carnian/Norian boundary can no
longer be determined according to lithological
criteria as it has been proven at the deeper marine
sedimentation continued into the Norian.
Apart from various new conodont fauna in the
Karawanken Mts. and the Julian Alps, the evidence
of Rhaetian in the Julian is remarkable. In Serbia
sedimentological and biostratigraphical studies
in the Zlatibor Mts. have led to the first discovery
of "Lofer facies" in the carbonate sediments.
According to the study of H. Kozur (GDR), the
Lybian Triassic is partially continental, partially
brackish, and partially slightly hypersaline. The
most important fossils contained therein are the
sporomorphs, ostracods, and conchostracans.
In the Middle Triassic and Upper Triassic also
marine sediments occur that are rich in ostracods.
Radiolarian studies have been continued. More
than 100 new species, about 50 genera and about
20 new families were described. The most important
species are distributed world-wide and
are known to exist in the Alps, Carpathians,
Dinarides, Hellenides, Turkey, Japan, the Soviet
Union, and the south-western part of USA. The
radiolarian zonation, which will be possible in the
future, will be more detailed than the conodont
zonation;
No. 5 CORRELATION OF THE PREVARISCAN
AND VARISCAN EVENTS OF THE ALPINE-
MEDITERRANEAN MOUNTAIN BELTS
F.P. Sassi, Institute of Mineralogy, University
of Padua, Corso Garibaldi 37, 1-35100 Padova,
Italy; H.W. Flugel, Graz, Austria; and
C. Spassov, Sofia, Bulgaria.
Description. Correla-tion of pre-Alpine events in
the Mediterranean areas affected by Alpine orogeny.
This includes stratigraphie and palaeogeographic
reconstructions, correlation of magmatic
and metamorphic events, definition of
15

orogenic cycles. The results of such correlations
also should be represented in a map and
discussed in two final volumes.
Summary of activities.
(a) Several circular letters were distributed,
containing messages, proposals, news, and recommendations
.
(b) The thematic meetings of small groups were
held, aiming at the discussion of particular problems.
Most of these meetings were organized
within the ambit of the activity of the International
Teams. Among these, there were a field
meeting in Hungary on the pre-Alpine geology of
the Sopron area, attended by some Hungarian
and Italian members; a meeting in Greece on
the pre-Alpine metamorphism in Greece, attended
by some Greek and Italian members; a meeting
in Rumania on correlation problems, attended
by some Bulgarian, Czechoslovak, Hungarian,
and Rumanian members.
(c) Exchange of visits, both within the ambit of
the training programme and the activity of the
International Teams. Specifically: Kleinschmidt
(West Germany), Kovac (Hungary), Petroni (Italy),
Tenchov (Bulgaria) visited Austria; Kovach
(Hungary), Sassi (Italy), Szederkenyi (Hungary)
visited CSSR; Petroni (Italy) visited Bulgaria;
Sassi and Szederkenyi visited CSSR; Boyer (Yugoslavia),
Sassi and Stojanov (Yugoslavia) visited
Greece; Sassi visited Hungary; Szederkenyi
visited Yugoslavia; Brime (Spain), Gomez
(Spain) and Lelkes (Hungary) visited Italy.
(d) The publication of the third volume of Newsletter,
to which 47 authors from 11 countries
contributed. The 25 papers published in this
volume represent a further contribution to the
coordinated synthesis of the numerous data produced
by the Project members.
(e) The Field Meeting 1981 organized by the
French and Spanish working groups was held in
France and Spain from 9-15 June 1981. The
scope of the meeting was a visit to the Western
and Central Pyrenees, the Montagne Noire, the
Eastern Pyrenees, and the Catalonian Coastal
Range. In addition to the field trips, two scientific
sessions and a business session also were
held. Sixty-four members of the Project from
13 different countries participated in this meeting.
(f) The meeting on Plutonism was organized by
the Italian Working Group jointly with the Societá
di Mineralogía e Petrologia. Some French and
Czechoslovak and numerous Italian geoscientists
participated.
(g) Numerous international collaborations were
active during 1981, generated within the ambit
of the Project: Austria-Italy (pre-Alpine metamorphisms
in Austria; Grobgneiss; palaeomagnetism);
Austria-CSSR (Palaeozoic volcanism
in Austria); CSSR-Hungary (Radiometric Geo-
16
chronology); CSSR-Hungary-Yugoslavia (Geotraverse
C); CSSR-Italy (pre-Alpine metamorphisms
in CSSR); Bulgaria-Greece (Biostratigraphy);
Greece-Yugoslavia (Pelagonian metamorphic
belt); Greece-Italy (pre-Alpine metamorphism
in Greece); France-Italy-Spain (Palaeogeographic,
structural and metamorphic Palaeozoic evolution
in Southern France and the Western Mediterranean
area).
The most important scientific achievements on
long-distance correlations are:
- the results represented in the sections, stratigraphic
columns and reports included in Newsletter
Volume 3;
- the outline of the pre-Alpine metamorphisms
in Greece, which is ready for printing; this
report will be added to the similar ones concerning
the pre-Alpine metamorphisms in
Hungary and Spain, which have already been
published.
One of the definite results of the Project refers to
the training and exchange of know-how among the
different national working groups. Taking into
consideration the heterogeneous scientific background
of the different groups, the large amount
of data exchange which we were able to carry out,
the internal reports, and the personal and smallgroup
meetings represented an important training
opportunity and an efficient way of bridging the
gaps for almost all Project members.
In addition, specific training programmes were
active during the year: (1) Conodont preparation
(Graz); (2) Heavy-mineral investigation (Graz);
(3) Palynology in low-grade metasediments (Sofia);
(4) Geopetrologic analysis of the crystalline basements
(Padova); and (5) Geobarometric classification
of low-grade metapelites (Padova). The
programmes were utilised by a few Project members
from other countries (7 in total, from 3 different
countries, for a total of 6 months).
Activities planned. The following main activities
have been planned for 1982, in addition to the many
others having more local interest:
- Field meeting in the Caucasus, to be organized
be the Soviet Working Group; during this field
meeting, some scientific workshops will be
held on the main correlation results, as well
as a business session;
- Some small-group meetings within the ambit of
the activity of the International Teams. These
meetings are necessary for elaborating the
most important interregional correlations,
formulating multidisciplinary models, integrating
the stratigraphie columns with the new results
on magmatism and metamorphism;
- Numerous visits, both within the ambit of the
training programmes and the activity of the
International Teams;

- Strengthening of the training programmes;
- Continuation of the chemical and bo programmes,
supplying chemical and X-ray data to
the working groups which do not have such
facilities;
- New efforts in palaeomagnetic research, thanks
to the collaboration between the Austrian and
Italian working groups;
- Probable publication of Newsletter Volume 4.
No. 6 CORRELATION OF DIAGNOSTIC FEA­
TURES IN ORE OCCURRENCES OF BASE
METALS IN DOLOMITES AND LIMESTONES
H. Holzer, Institute of Geology and Mineral
Resources, Mining University, A-8700 Leoben,
Austria.
Description. A great number of ore deposits,
such as lead-zinc, uranium, copper, fluorspar,
occur in carbonate sequences. However, during
the first general meeting of the working group, it
was agreed that preference should be given to
lead-zinc occurrences. It is expected that coordinated
studies of the problems raised by this
type of ore body will improve scientific knowledge
of all similar strataform bodies. These
problems are to be treated by individual working
teams and their results will be compared with
those of the other working teams.
Summary of activities. Circular letters were
sent to all Project participants, requesting concise
abstracts of the scientific results and a
complete list of publications arising from the
Project. A final Project meeting was held at
Berchtesgaden, FRG, which was attended by 19
participants from 11 countries. It was agreed
that all working groups would send abstracts of
their respective work, stressing the diagnostic
features of base metal deposition in carbonate
rocks. Final reports would then be prepared
and presented to the IGCP Secretariat at the end
of 1981. A follow-up project on more specific
topics, to be headed by Y. Fuchs (Paris Sud),
was discussed and, in principle, accepted at
Berchtesgaden at the occasion of the 4th International
Symposium on Mineral Deposits of the
Alps.
No. 24 QUATERNARY GLACIATIONS IN THE
NORTHERN HEMISPHERE
J. Macoun, Geological Survey Prague,
Malostranské namëstf 19, 118 21 Prague 1,
Czechoslovakia.
Description. The Project is to carry out the
stratigraphie correlation of the glaciations in
the Northern Hemisphere based on all acceptable
methods, including palaeomagnetic correlations.
Summary of activities. An international meeting
of the Project was held in Kyoto, Japan 28 July-
6 August 1981, to study the Asian glaciations and
their correlation with those in Europe and North
America. About 45 scientists from 13 countries
attended the session. Twenty-five papers were
presented. An excursion was organized in the
Central Japanese Mountains. A meeting of national
group leaders was also held on the occasion
of this meeting.
In 1981, the following meetings of national groups
were held: The Canadian National Meeting at the
York University, 25 May 1981; joint excursion
of Scandinavian and Czechoslovak geologists in
the glaciated and periglacial zones of Bohemian
Massif and in the Carpathians in Czechoslovakia,
24 May-3 June 1981; the meeting "Quaternary
glaciations and marine transgressions in the northern
part of Eastern Europe" (with an excursion)
in May 1981 and the meeting "Problems of glaciation
in Central Siberia" in June 1981 in the USSR;
the symposium "The last glaciation, with special
reference to the déglaciation in Sweden", 12-13
January 1981, attended by scientists both from
the neighbouring countries; and the field conference
on the Younger Dry as zone, in Sweden, 5-8 October
1981, attended by Finnish and Swedish scientists.
The main activity in 1981 was devoted to correlation
on a continental and intercontinental scale.
In Europe the latitudinal correlation of the inland
glaciation has been discussed. The results achieved
have proved to be a good possibility of correlation
for the whole North-European Lowland.
In Central and Western Europe a more complicated
stratigraphy of the Middle Pleistocene
sediments was established and correlated among
different regions. The correlations between the
North-European glaciated area and the Alpine
foreland made substantial progress. Palaeomagnetic
sampling in the Alpine foreland in Austria
and France, together with the results obtained in
the extraglacial zone, substantially contributed
to the correlation on a European scale.
Correlation between European and Siberian glaciations
has been based on the comparison between
the stratigraphy in selected areas in Europe and
the stratigraphy along the valleys of main Siberian
rivers. The stratigraphy in Siberia itself was
discussed in several meetings and excursions,
organized by regional groups in the USSR. The
main glaciations in both areas are comparable.
The relevant detailed stratigraphical correlation
is now in progress.
Attention was paid to the mountain glaciations in
the Asian mountains, especially in the Himalayas
and in the Japanese Mountains. A stratigraphie
correlation in these areas is difficult. Nevertheless,
the observations on mountain glaciations,
together with data obtained from the lacustrine
deposits in Japan, provided valuable data for comparison
of palaeoclimatic development in different
areas in Asia.
Correlation studies between the North-American
17

and European continents are in progress. In
North America the correlation schemes for different
regions have been elaborated. The correlation
studies between North America and Canada
are in progress. The results achieved have
been used for the correlation of North-American
glaciations with those of Europe. It has been
proved that the stratigraphy of the last glaciation
in North America can be correlated in most
aspects with that in Northern Europe, especially
in Scandinavia. However, a substantial difference
in time exists between the glaciations of
America and Europe in the time-span of Lower
and Upper Pleistocene. The correlation studies
based on the palaeomagnetic and radiometric
dating are in progress.
The correlation of continental- and marine deposits
was focused on a comparison of the Quaternary
stratigraphy in the North-European glaciated
area with that in the deep-sea sediments.
This correlation is based, besides geological
observation, mainly on radiometric and palaeomagnetic
dating and palynological studies. For
the lower part of the Pleistocene the correlation
is based on the comparison of climatic changes
as reflected in the palaeontological content of
deposits, palaeopedological development and
palaeomagnetic properties. A corresponding
number of climatic oscillations following the
Brunhes-Matuyama boundary has been proved
both in marine and continental conditions. In the
shelf areas of North-east Europe, the relation
of glaciations to the marine transgressions also
was studied.
The geophysical studies were aimed at clarifying
the relation of climatic changes to the changes of
palaeomagnetic field, and also at the identification
of the geophysical factors influencing glaciations.
Activities planned. The final session will be held
in Paris, 9-10 September 1982, and the final
report will be prepared in 1982.
No. 25 STRATIGRAPHIC CORRELATION OF
THE TETHYS-PARATETHYS NEOGENE
J. Seneg, Geological Institute, Slovak Academy
of Sciences, Ddbravaská cesta, 88625 Bratislava,
Czechoslovakia.
Description. Time correlation of the Tethys and
Paratethys Neogene from the Iberian Peninsula
to the South Ural and Pakistan. Connections between
the Atlantic and Indo-Pacific areas (Europe,
North Africa, and West Asia).
Summary of activities. The second stage of the
Project (1979-1982) involves the necessary
corrections and input of new data, followed by
an evaluation and more detailed correlation of
450 Neogene basins of these areas.
A field trip meeting was held in 1981 on the prob­
18
lems of the Neogene between the brackish and
marine sediments. In 1981 the Project workers'
attention was concentrated on the extensive publication
activities for the compilation of the final
report. The manuscripts of the Project's final
reports will be ready for printing by the end of
1981 or, at the latest, in the first months of
1982.
The results obtained by this Project to a considerable
extent have changed the old views on
chronostratigraphy of all events for the last 25 Ma,
and provide new bases for palaeogeographicpalinspastic
and geodynamical interpretations.
Activities planned. (1) The final version of "Time
correlation Tables" will be printed in Austria and
a shorter final report on the solved first-order
topics of the Project will be published in "Earth-
Science Reviews". (2) The Project's final meeting
will be convened in Smolenice Castle in
Czechoslovakia. On this occasion, a large discussion
is foreseen in the programme, covering
the problems of Neogene stratigraphy, not only
in the Mediterranean region, but also in other
Neogene areas throughout the world.
No. 27 THE CALEDONIDE OROGEN
B.A. Sturt, Geological Institute, University of
Bergen, Norway.
Description. This Project, in its broadest context,
is concerned with late Precambrian and
early Palaeozoic through Devonian evolution of
the Caledonide Orogen. It concerns all rock
units that have been influenced by orogenic processes
during this time interval.
Summary of activities. The 7th International
Working Group Meeting of the Project "Caledonide
Orogen", took place in Uppsala, Sweden
from 26-27 August 1981, which was attended by
scientists from 15 countries. The national reports
were circulated and the future plans were elaborated.
Belgium. Several working groups were established
in November 1980.
Canada. All project compilation maps have been
completed, and consist of Metamorphism (1 map),
Stratigraphy-Sedimentology-Fauna (10 maps),
Plutonics/Volcanics (1 map), Deformation (2
maps), and Gravity and Magnetics (2 maps).
Czechoslovakia. A start has been made on defining
the effects of Caledonian deformation and
metamorphism throughout the Bohemian Massif.
Mapping in the north-eastern region has enabled
us to distinguish a fold phase between the Early
and the Late Ordovician.
Denmark. Systematic mapping (1:5, 000, 000) in
East Greenland has been concentrated in the northern
part of the fold belt between 79-80°N latitudes.

Mapping has covered the entire width of the fold
belt, including the platform rocks of the foreland.
In North Greenland, mapping (1:2, 500, 000)
in the eastern half of the fold belt has been completed
as far as 40°W. The results show that
the Caledonian fold belt continues into Kronprins
Christian Land (North-east Greenland). The
existence of a Carolinidian (mid-Proterozoic)
orogeny within the northern part of the East
Greenland fold belt has been rejected. Crystalline
rocks of the coastal region have proved to
be basement complexes yielding ca 2 000 Ma
isotopic ages. The western border zone of the
Caledonian field belt in North-east Greenland
comprises several far-travelled nappes, mainly
of Upper Proterozoic rock units. The North
Greenland fold belt is made up entirely of Lower
Palaeozoic flysch sequences with a thickness
approaching 7 km, deposited in a trough situated
north of a stable carbonate platform. The
uppermost sediments in the trough sequence
(Late Silurian) were derived from the rising
mountains of the East Greenland Caledonides.
Folding occurred between the Early Devonian
and Middle Carboniferous.
UK. Parts of the orthotectonic belt in the UK
have been subjected to active reinvestigation
and revision. Results are incorporated in the
basement-cover map (complete) and the combined
volcanic-plutonic map, also complete.
Ireland. A one-day seminar on the geology of
Donegal was held on 26 September 1980 and attracted
over 80 participants. Many took part in
the ensuing 3-day field meeting. About 35 people
attended a joint UK and Irish meeting and
workshop in the Southern Uplands of Scotland
at which the Longford-Down zone was among the
topics discussed. A palaeomagnetic study of the
Llandeilo-Caradoc volcanic rocks of South-east
Ireland (Tramore) has provided evidence for a
significantly wider Iapetus between here and
North-west Ireland at this time (3 000*800 km)
in comparison with Britain (1 000±800km).
All maps, except those for stratigraphy and
palaeontology, are well under way.
Italy. The Sardinian Working Group, consisting
of 10 members, has concentrated its efforts on
the basement rocks (Cambrian and older) and
cover of Lower Ordovician-Lower Tournaisian
volcano-sedimentary rocks. Caledonian events
are represented by: (a) the Middle Cambrian-
Lower Ordovician unconformity of southern
Sardinia (Sardic phase); (b) the products of
post-orogenic type acidic infracrustal magma -
tism of Ordovician age (meta-rhyolites. andmetarhyodanites
of pre-Caradocian age; orthogneiss
of ages about 430-460 Ma by Rb/Sr whole-rock
method). No Caledonian metamorphic event has
been so far documented. Maps dealing with deformation,
metamorphism and magnetism are
being completed.
Norway. Field-mapping programmes have been
carried out in Finnmark, Troms, Nordland,
Tr^ndelag, Hedmark, Oppland, and in Western
Norway. From this work a number of important
results have emerged, particularly the detailed
tectonostratigraphic relationships of nappes in
nappes in Nordland, Troms and Finnmark, the
sparagmite region of southern Norway and the
regional stratigraphie and tectonic relationships
of ophiolite complexes throughout the belt. This
information is incorporated in a new draft edition
of the tectono-stratigraphic compilation map
(1:1,000,000) for Norway, forming the basis of
other compilation maps of the Project. Detailed
stratigraphie maps now are available for the key
area between Lyikken and H^Slonda. New in 1980
were the finds of well-preserved Caradoc and
Ashgill brachiopods in the same area and a reevaluation
of the Otta serpentine conglomerate
fauna. The braciopods in the latter show a much
stronger "Celtic province" affinity than previously
thought, whereas the trilobites show a mixture of
Baltyurid and Asaphus-province types.
A number of additional greenstone complexes
along the length of the belt also have been identified
as ophiolite fragments, whereas an island
arc origin has been suggested for others. Geochemical
studies show that, although the ophiolites
generally conform to a MORB (mid-oceanic ridge
basalt) model in their geochemistry, certain
anomalies have been detected in their rare earth
and incompatible element compositions, probably
indicating some original inhomogeneities in the
sub-oceanic (Iapetus) mantle.
During 1980 the Mineralogical-Geological Museum
in Oslo perfected methods for the use of U-Pb and
Sm-Nd in geochronology, which will provide considerable
data for the Project in comino 1 vears.
Poland. The Polish Working Group was established
in July 1981, because the recent studies suggest
that the early Palaeozoic fold belt of South-east
Poland may represent part of the Caledonide orogen.
The Swictokrzyska and Sandomierz phases
(responsible for the orogen of the Malopolska
Massif, and possibly other parts of the fold belt
known as Sandomirian, Galician, or Dobrogen),
fall within the time interval of the Grampian/
Finnmarkian polyphase. Borehole data from
Luton and Torun in Central Poland, show the
Upper Silurian cover deposits on the folded Lower
Silurian and Ordovician sequences. The folding
is thought to be post early Wenlock-Ludlow.
USSR. Preliminary programmes have been prepared
for two field excursions in the Caledonides
of Altai and western Sayany to be held in 1984
(IGC). The Caledonides of Central Asia were
formed in an extensive basin of oceanic type with
gabbro-ultrabasitic complexes forming the basement
rocks, covered by Caledonian ophiolites.
On the fringes of the basin (Central Kazakhstan,
Altai-Sayany, Western Mongolia, Baikalian
mountain area) there occurs a series of Vendian-
Cambrian terrigenous-calcareous deposits. The
Cambrian successions resemble rocks of Meguma
type and Dalradian.
19

USA. The Penrose Conference on "Timing of
Orogenic Activity in the Appalachian-Caledonide
System" took place in Alabama, in May
1981; segments of the orogen from Alabama to
northern Norway were examined. In addition
to the Americans, geologists from Norway,
Sweden, UK and Canada were present.
A Bouguer gravity anomaly map and a magnetic
anomaly map (1:1,000, 000 and 1:2, 000, 000)
have been published as a joint Canadian-USA
cooperation. Other Project maps are well in
hand.
Activities planned. 1. "Regional trends in the
Geology of the Appalachian-Caledonian-Hercynian
Orogen", Atlantic, Canada, 2-17 August
1982; 2. Symposium "The Hercyno-Caledonide
Evolution of Morocco", Rabat, Morocco, 7-10
September 1983; 3. The Caledonide Orogen -
final symposium and presentation of atlas of
maps, to be held at the University of Glasgow,
UK, in early September 1984.
No. 29 PRECAMBRIAN-CAMBRIAN BOUNDARY
J.W. Cowie, Department of Geology, University
of Bristol, University Walk, Bristol BS8 1TR,
United Kingdom.
Description. International agreement is sought
on the definition of the Precambrian-Cambrian
boundary (the Proterozoic-Phanerozoic transition)
in litho-, bio-, and chronostratigraphic
terms, based on a point in the standard rock
sequence, coupled with elucidation of the significant
palaeobiological transitions occurring at,
or about, this stage in the Earth's history.
Summary of activities. Field and laboratory
research on the Projet is now world-wide and
advancing on many fronts in many countries.
Some of the regions which deserve passing mention
are given here.
1. Newfoundland - work on the earliest Cambrian
and latest Precambrian formations is proceeding
well with Fletcher, Conway Morris,
Richards, Landing, and Bengtson covering both
the Avalon and Burin Peninsulas of eastern
Newfoundland. Anderson and Crimes study
trace fossils.
2. In the western USA a field excursion visited
the White-Inyo Mountains in eastern California
in July 1981 and members of the Precambrian-
Cambrian Boundary Working Group were able to
study and collect.
3. China - Work continues apace in north-western
Guizhou province in preparation for the visit
in 1982 by the Working Group.
4. Soviet far East ("Siberia") - A Soviet party
was joined by Fritz, Kirschvink, and Cowie to
re-examine the sections across the Precambrian
20
Cambrian boundary on the Aldan River, including
Ulakhan-Sulugur.
5. Arctic Siberia - Sokolov and Fedonkin discovered
many trace fossils and body fossils in the
Precambrian-Cambrian sections in the area north
of the Anabar Shield.
6. Mongolia - Palaeontological and biostratigraphic
studies now are completed in preparation for
the Project's visit in September 1982.
7. Poland - A publication in English summarizing
results by the joint Polish-Soviet Working
Group studying the late Precambrian and early
Cambrian geology of the East European Platform
is being prepared by Urbanek (Poland) and
Rozanov (USSR).
8. Sweden - Work by Bengtson, Bergstrôm,
Vidal, and Ahlberg continues, relating well to
work in neighbouring East European Platform
regions.
9. United Kingdom - A two-day symposium in
1982 on "Geochronology and the Geological Time
Scale" will include a section on late Precambrian/
Cambrian by Cowie and Johnson.
10. India - The National Working Group in India
for this Project held another meeting in Lucknow
in January 1981, when reports were given by Sri
Gopendra Kumar on the status of work in two
areas: the Spiti Valley, Himalayas, and Lolab
Valley, Kashmir where lithostratigraphic, body
fossils, trace fossils, and palynological results
are coming forward. Magnetostratigraphic studies
also are under way.
The Second International Symposium on the Cambrian
System took place in Golden, Colorado,
USA, 8-13 August 1981, at which 40 geoscientists
attended. Eighteen papers on the Precambrian-
Cambrian boundary were presented at the Technical
Session and then were published. On this
occasion the Project's business meetings and two
workshops also were held on 10 and 11 August.
The following issues were discussed at the business
meetings:
1. Project Leader's Report 1980/1981 including
Paris meeting in July 1980. 2. IUGS/IGCP
Reports and IGCP Board and Scientific Committee
recommendations and comments. 3. Publications
pending and planned. 4. Membership. 5. Project
Committees' reports: (i) Trace Fossils,
Convener: Crimes, (ii) Magnetostratigraphy,
Convener: Kirschvink, (iii) Geochronology, Convener:
Cowie, (iv) Terminal Precambrian Period,
Convener: Sokolov, (v) Palaeoclimatology, Convener:
Harland.
The topics with speakers who introduced them at
the workshops are listed as follows :
1. USSR (east and west): Rozanov, Fedonkin,

Khomentovskiy. 2. Canada (Mackenzies, Cassiars,
Newfoundland): Fritz, Conway Morris,
Fletcher, Landing. 3. USA (White-Inyo Mts,
California): Nelson, Palmer, Tynan, Taylor.
4. Morocco and Spain: Debrenne. 5. Himalayas
(Kashmir and Spiti): Cowie. 6. China:
Cowie. 7. England: Brasier, Rushton, Cowie.
8. Mongolia: Rozanov. 9. Argentina: Cowie.
10. Other areas: Cowie. 11. Precambrian-
Cambrian global correlations. General discussion
also covered planning of conferences, field
meetings, with new and continuing research into
biostratigraphical, palaeobiological, magnetostratigraphy,
geochronology, transgression/
regression cycles, and other subjects.
Activities planned. 1. Meeting in People's
Republic of Mongolia, August 1982; 2. Meeting
in People's Republic of China, September 1982;
3. Plenary Session in Bristol, England, UK,
May 198 3; 4. Meeting in Ukraine and Esthonia,
USSR, 1983; 5. Documentation of global stratotype
section and Point Candidates in the immediate
future. 6. Meeting at the 27th IGC
(Moscow, 1984).
No. 30 CIRCUM-PACIFIC PLUTONISM
P.C. Bateman, United States Geological Survey,
345 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, California
94025, USA.
Description. The objectives of the Project are
to gain an understanding of the voluminous batholiths,
especially ones of Mesozoic age, that
form much of the margins of the Pacific Basin
in relation to plate tectonics, volcanism, ore
deposits, metamorphism, and other geologic
processes. Meetings have been held, beginning
in 1972, in different nations marginal to the
Pacific. Each meeting has been centred on a
theme appropriate to the locale and has been
followed by field trips in the host country.
Summary of activities. A business meeting limited
to key Project members was held 3-8
May 1981 in the United States at the Wawona
hotel in the southern part of Yosemite National
Park, California. The primary purpose of the
meeting was to review the final products of the
Project before publication. These products are
a symposium-volume, "Circum-Pacific Plutonic
Terranes", an "Annotated Bibliography of
Circum-Pacific Plutonism", and a "Map of
Circum-Pacific Magmatism". The editor of the
symposium-volume, which includes 19 papers
on plutonism in 12 different countries, is J. A.
Roddick of Canada, and the compilors of the
annotated bibliography are W. A. Pitcher of
England and Luis Aguirre of Chile. Both these
products have been submitted to the Geological
Society of America and are being prepared for
publication. The Symposium-volume will be published
as a memoir and the annotated bibliography
in the microform series.
The "Map of Circum-Pacific Magmatism" was
assembled and will be published in the USSR under
the direction of N.A. Shilo, L.I. Krasny, and
A. Milov. Because of the complexity of the map
and because translation of captions into English,
Spanish, and Japanese presents problems, publication
of the map will be delayed until revisions
have been completed and the map has been reviewed.
Activities planned. Final review of the "Map of
Circum-Pacific Magmatism" will be made in
Japan, probably in March 1982. For the review
the Soviet compilors will meet with the Project
leader and with Japanese representatives.
No. 32 STRATIGRAPHIC CORRELATIONS
BETWEEN THE SEDIMENTARY BASINS OF
THE ESCAP REGION
Mineral Resources Section, Natural Resources
Division, ESCAP, The United Nations Building,
Rajadamnern Avenue, Bangkok-2, Thailand.
Description. The major emphasis of the Project
is to determine the nature, structure, age, thickness,
faciès and sedimentary sequences in the
depositional basins of the ESCAP region, including
studies on faciès patterns and sequences in
platforms and géosynclinal domaines to enrich
the knowledge of tectonic and palaeogeographic
controls of mineral and chemical distributions.
The Project includes the production of an atlas
of stratigraphy representing the features of the
sedimentary successions in each of the main sedimentary
basins of the ESCAP region and the
correlations between them. In addition, the stratigraphie
character of those basins will be analysed
in relation to hydrocarbon occurrences, their
origin and distribution, with a view of recognising
the factors in sedimentary basin development
which favoured the generation of energy and mineral
resources.
Summary of activities. Two volumes of the
ESCAP Atlas of Stratigraphy, published as Mineral
Resources Development Series (MRDS) volume
Nos. 44 and 46 have been distributed. The
third volume will be MRDS volume No. 48 and is
in press; it contains descriptions of sedimentary
basins in Australia, Bangladesh, Fiji, India,
Indonesia, Nepal, Solomon Islands, and Tajikistan.
We have been advised that work on contributions
to the atlas is in progress in several of the
remaining countries, particularly Afghanistan,
China, Korea, and Vietnam.
The first edition sheets of the Map of the Sedimentary
Basins of the ESCAP region, at a scale
of 1:10, 000, 000, has been completed; comprising
seven sheets in the northern hemisphere and five
sheets in the southern hemisphere. The map
sheets have been distributed and about 100 requests
for the map were received from institutions,
libraries, and the private sector.
21

Activities planned. A working group meeting is
being proposed by the Mineral Resources Section
of ESCAP, to be held sometime in 1982,
however funding is uncertain and the proposal is
mainly to get an agreement in principle to hold
one. The meeting would review a work programme
on correlation between basins; and with respect
to all proposed activities, components covering
economics, resources, and training.
Contributions to the atlas are expected from
Afghanistan, China, Korea, and Vietnam and
further contributions are likely from Australia
and India; and it is envisaged that another volume
of the atlas can be produced.
The immediate future will see the publication of
the third volume of the Atlas.
No. 41 NEOGENE-QUATERNARY BOUNDARY
K. V. Nikiforova, Geological Institute, USSR
Academy of Sciences, Pyzhevsky per. 7,
109017 Moscow, USSR.
Description. Complex study of biostratigraphy,
magnetostratigraphy, radiometric-age determination,
etc., and correlation of Pliocene and
Lower Quaternary marine and continental deposits
on a global scale. Stratigraphie and palaeomagnetic
study of the Neogene-Quaternary
boundary stratotype.
Summary of activities. The state-of-the-art of
the N/Q boundary study can be summarized
briefly as follows:
At present there are four main proposals
on the position of the N/Q boundary:
(1) at the base of the Plaisance-Astian of the
Italian sequences, corresponding in the continental
facies to the Late Rustsinian (Charnotian)
and Early Villafranchian of West Europe; coinciding
in the oceanic sequences with the base of
the Globorotalia miocenica zone and the lower
boundary of the Gilbert palaeomagnetic zone
(about 3.3 Ma); (2) at the base of the Middle
Villafranchian of West Europe, near the Gauss-
Matuyama epoch boundary (about 2. 4-2. 5 Ma);
(3) at the base of the Calabrian of Italy, with
Arctic immigrants in the fauna of molluscs and
foraminifers: corresponding to the base of the
Upper Villafranchian in the continental facies of
• West Europe and the base of Globorotalia truncatulinoides
zone in the oceanic sequences; within
or near the Olduvai palaeomagnetic episode
(1. 91-1.72 Ma); (4) at the base of the Cromerian
of West Europe, near the Matuyama-
Brunhes epoch boundary (about 0. 7 Ma).
In addition, some scientists think that the N/Q
boundary coincides with the Kaena episode of
the Gauss palaeomagnetic epoch (2.8 Ma).
The Quaternary system should be taxonomically
equal toother Phanerozoic systems, and thus
22
its lower boundary should be defined in conformity
with general stratigraphie principles. It should
have a stratigraphie substantiation, based first of all
on marine fauna changes; detailed correlation with
the Quaternary established in marine deposits is
then required for establishing the boundary in the
continental sequences, based on palaeontological,
climatostratigraphical and magnetostratigraphical
data, isotope-oxygen analysis and radiometric dating.
Its stratotypical section should be universal, timefixed
standard, which can be traced globally.
The base of the G. tosaensis zone does not have
any correspondent marker in the palaeomagnetic
scale, and therefore is unsuitable for broad correlation.
The base of the Middle Villafranchian
of West Europe passes inside the G. miocenica
zone and thus can not be identified in the oceanic
deposits. Moreover, the base of the Cromerian
lies near the Matuyama-Brunhes boundary inside
the G_. truncatulinoides and, not coinciding with
any subzone boundary, also will be lost in the
oceanic sequences.
Hence, among the aforementioned four proposals
only two bases can qualify for the final selection
of the N/Q boundary: the base of the G. miocenica
zone (boundary of the Gilbert-Gauss palaeomagnetic
epochs, 3. 3 Ma) and the base of the G.
truncatulinoides zone (near the base of the Olduvai
palaeomagnetic event, about 1.9 Ma). The
latter, coinciding with the base of the Calabrian
layers of Italy, which is recommended by the IGC
and accepted by most of the countries as the standard,
has been considered by the majority of
scientists concerned to be the suitable N/Q boundary.
The Vrica section was proposed by the Italian
scientists in 1975 for the N/Q boundary stratotype
and was approved preliminarily by the Project
WorkingGroup and the INQUA Subcommission on
the Pliocene-Pleistocene boundary. The final
solution to this problem should be adopted by the
Project WorkingGroup at the XI INQUA Congress,
which is to be held in Moscow, in 1982, and
should then be submitted for approval to the 27th
IGC which will take place in Moscow in 1984.
In 1981, an international meeting of the Project,
followed by a field excursion to the Pliocene-
Quaternary key sections in Arizona and California,
was held in Tuscon, Arizona, USA from
28 March to 5 April. It was organized jointly
with IGCP Project 128 "Late Cenozoic Magnetostratigraphy"
and the INQUA Subcommission on
Pliocene-Pleistocene boundary. Thirty-six
scientists from 10 countries attended the session.
The complete record of climatic, sedimentary
and tectonic changes of the marine and non-marine
sediments was studied. The planktonic microfossil
biostratigraphy, vertebrate palaeontology,
radiometric dates and magnetostratigraphy made
it possible for a correlation to be made between
marine and terrestrial sequences of the continental
margin of the western part of the USA. The urgent
necessity for studies on the Vrica potential strato-

type of the N/Q boundary, especially the detailed
palaeomagnetic and micropalaeontological
survey, was confirmed. The setting up of an
international palaeomagnetic team, consisting
of palaeomagnetologists from Italy, the USA,
and Japan, was recommended.
The studies on key sections of the N/Q boundary
were progressing in different parts of the world.
Italy. The Vrica section and other key sections
were studied. According to the recommendation
adopted at the aforementioned Tus con meeting,
the Italian and American scientists carried out
magnetostratigraphic investigations, the collection
of ashes for radiometric dating, as well as
a detailed micropalaeontological study on the
Vrica section.
USA. Extensive preparation for the field conference
in Arizona resulted in a volume of papers
being produced. The palaeontological and magnetostratigraphic
data contained therein have made
it possible to carry out interregional and global
correlations of some key sections in the West of
USA, with deep-water oceanic deposits and those
in other continents.
Spain. Spanish scientists continued study on key
sections of the N/Q boundary of the Pyrenees
peninsula, to elaborate criteria for a correlation
in Europe. A magnetostratigraphic scheme is
subsequently being compiled.
USSR. Intensive studies in various regions of
the USSR resulted in the compilation of a series
of key sections with well distinguishable chronological,
biostratigraphic, and magnetostratigraphic
levels from 0.7 Ma to Gilbert/Gauss (3.3
Ma) palaeomagnetic inversion. The All-Union
meeting on the Quaternary Research (Ufa, Kuibyshev,
August, 1981) devoted part of its programme
to the problem of the N/Q boundary;
special material was prepared on the Pliocene
and Lower Quaternary deposits of the classic
sections of Bashkiria and Kuibyshed Zavolzhie.
The fifth meeting of the national working group
was held in April 1981 and was attended by 50
scientists. Additional work, including drilling
in the deltas of the Dniester, Don, Dnieper,
Lena, and other rivers was recommended.
China. Intensive work was carried out on stratigraphic
subdivision of the Pliocene-Quaternary
deposits in Pingliang, Xifeng, and Wuchi. A
bio- and magnetostratigraphic boundary corresponding
to the boundary between the Matuyama
and Gauss zones, in the Pliocene-Pleistocene
deposits of the Peking plain was established. It
was believed that the N/Q boundary in China
should be drawn at the level of 2.4 Ma.
The national working groups were requested to
submit their reports to the Project's editorial
board for the preparation of the Project's final
report.
Activities planned. (1) A Project working group
meeting in conjunction with the XI INQUA Congress,
Moscow, USSR in August 1982; an editorial
board meeting of the Project, (also to be held
on this occasion); (2) An editorial board meeting
in Italy, August 1983; (3) Presentation of the
Project's scientific results and the Project's final
report at the 27th IGC in Moscow, July 1984.
No. 42 UPPER PALAEOZOIC OF SOUTH
AMERICA AND ITS BOUNDARIES
A.C. Rocha-Campos, Instituto de Geociencias,
Universidade de Sao Paulo, C.P. 20899, Cidade
Universitaria, 05505 Sao Paulo, DP, Brazil.
Description. The objective of the Project is to
establish an adequate correlation scheme for the
Upper Palaeozoic sequences in the Andean area
and in the intracratonic basins of South America
and western Africa, as a basis for the description
of geological processes during this time interval.
The Project was planned to start research
in the Gondwana area of South America,
proceeding then to correlations with the Tethyan
province of the continent. The same procedure
is to be followed for the western African basins.
The final phase of the Project will involve intercontinental
correlations between South America
and Africa. The stratigraphie scope of the Project
encompasses the Devonian-Carboniferous
and Permian-Triassic boundaries. Contacts have
been made with several western African countries
with regard to extension of the Project and its
integration with similar projects under way in
this continent.
Summary of activities. A business meeting of the
Project was held on the occasion of the II Congresso
Latino-Americano de Paleontología (Porto-
Alegre, Brazil, 26-30 April 1981), to study the
organization of the 1981 annual meeting of the
Project. The latter was then realized in San Luis,
Argentina on 22-23 September 1981 in connection
with the VIII Congresso Nacional de Geologia.
The technical part of the meeting included 4 sessions
devoted to the discussion of 17 contributions
on the geology of Late- Palaeozoic age of Argentina,
Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Paraguay, Uruguay,
and Venezuela, including both review papers and
general contributions. In addition, two Project
Working Group business meetings were held on
(1) evaluation of the Project's activities in 1981;
and (2) planning of the Project's activities for
1982.
The scientific results of the Project in 1981 are
reflected in 31 articles published in 1980-1981 in
national and international journals, and, in addition,
in 23 contributions which were, if not yet in
press, presented to scientific and technical meetings.
Important new information was included in
volumes specially prepared for the II Latin-
American Palaeontological Congress (1981), the
II Encontró de Paleobotânicos e Palinólogos (1979),
and the Anais of the Academia Brasileira de
23

Ciencias, volumes 52 (4) and 53 (2). San Luis range, a new outcrop of the Bajo de
Veliz was recorded.
In Argentina, palaeomagnetic data obtained for
the Guandacol Formation (early Carboniferous),
Yalguaraz Formation (Middle Carboniferous),
and Portezuelo del Cenizo Formation (Late
Carboniferous-Triassic) suggest two possible
interpretations for the position of the respective
palaeopoles in the polar wandering curve of
South America. According to the preferred interpretation,
the areas now covered by the Yalguaraz
and Portezuelo del Cenizo rocks belong
to an independent plate (Patagonian plate), which
has been welded to the South American one in
post-Carboniferous time. This interpretation
suggests correlation of the Yalguaraz with the
Taiguati Formation (Moscovian) and the Portezuelo
rocks with those of the Piau'i Formation
of northern Brazil (Pennsylvanian), the lower
portions of the Itararé Subgroup (Stephanian)
and the La Colina Formation (Westphalian-
Stephanian).
In the Chubut area, new fossiliferous beds, including
brachiopods and nautiloids, have been
recorded in Upper Palaeozoic rocks at Estancia
La Casilda. The section contains also a unit of
large in situ lycophyte roots and with Sphenophyllum
showing attached strobili.
The Permian Arroyo Totoral Formation at
Dique Anzulon, La Rioja is a 100 m thick sequence
of fanglomerate deposits passing upwards
to a fluviatile sequence which becomes finer upwards
and contains fossil plants including the
licophyte Brasilodendron.
In the Amambay Department, in eastern Paraguay,
sediments previously assigned to the
Palaeozoic proved to be the Mesozoic instead.
Palaeozoic rocks recorded in Bella Vista Department
are Late Palaeozoic in age and contain
fossil plants, among which large stumps of
petrified ferns belonging to the Marattiales.
The Guandacol Formation of the Huaco area,
western Argentina, was shown to be about
320 m thick and subdivisable into three members,
the lower one with rafted clasts and traces
of Orchesteropus atavus, the middle one
with turbidites and Orchesteropus, and the uppermost,
also of turbidite faciès and with abundant
ripples. The Tupe Formation in the same area
(90 m thick) is a fining upward sequence of sandstones.
In the Sierra de Mas area, the Guandacol
Formation may be divided into three
parts, the middle one of turbidite facies and
containing Orchesteropus.
The Bajo de Veliz Formation yielded the first
fossil spiders in the Gondwana area. Two of the
genera already described, Gondwanarachne Pinto
and Hünicken and Magarachne Hunicken, are
among the largest arthropods so far reported.
On the basis of its insect fauna the Bajo de Veliz
Formation is interpreted as being Late Carboniferous.
At the northern extremity of the
24
The Chancani Formation in Cordoba had its age
established as Middle to Late Carboniferous on
a palaeontological basis.
In the Paganzo Basin, a newly found turbiditic
sequence below the Lagares Formation may constitute
a new formation within the Paganzo.
Reworked palynomorphs from an older Palaeozoic
section have been recorded in Carboniferous beds
from the Noroeste Basin, in Argentina.
In the Calingasta-Upsallata area, the newly described
El Raton Formation megaflora contains
pteridosperms indicative of pre-early Permian
age for the unit.
Carboniferous beds from the Tiquina straight
contain an assemblage with Retispora lepidophyta
and Umbellasphaeridium scharicum.
The invertebrate fauna of the Agua del Jagüel and
Las Salinas Formation contains species of the
bryozoans Eliasopora, Fistulamina and Septa topora
in association with Orbiculoidea and Lingula
of biostratigraphic/palaeoecologic importance.
In the Sierras Australes, varve-like rhythmites
were recorded for the first time in the Sauce
Grande Formation.
A Glacial origin for the Carboniferous beds of
the Hoyada Verde Formation was confirmed on
the bases of a newly found boulder pavement.
Sediments of the Tarija Formation correspond to
a series of mud-flows and other mass movement
deposits.
Upper Palaeozoic beds in the Cerro la Chilca,
San Juan, are 900 m thick and bounded by a lower
fault and upper angular unconformity. Finding of
Calamites peruvianus indicates a Middle-Late
Carboniferous age for the beds.
Preliminary palaeomagnetic determinations of
rocks from the Los Monos Formation (Devonian),
from Subandean Bolivia, yielded a palaeopole at
274. 0°Eand 32. 2°S, which is consistent with the
Morel and Irving's (1978) polar wandering curve
for South America.
In the Paraná Basin of Brazil, a regional revision
of facies and the environment of the deposition
of the Itararé Subgroup indicates that the diamictites
and associated sediments of this unit in
Paraná and Santa Catarina may fit into three main
facies: (a) grounded-glacier facies; (b) deformed
sandstone/flowtill facies; and (c) glacial
marine facies.
Palaeobotanical results for the Paraná Basin include
the description of new taxa (Ponsotheca
roesleri, Cyclodendron brasiliensis), revision
of collections and new findings of fossil floras.

As a result the Palysolenoxylon "biozone" also
could be extended to the IratI Formation of Rio
Grande do Sul. Taphoflora E, formerly recognized
only in Santa Catarina and in southern
Paraná, has been recorded in northern Paraná.
A greater knowledge of the Upper Palaeozoic
palynostratigraphy of the Paraná and other intracratonic
basins of Brazil has been acquired. In
general, the processing of numerous subsurface
samples has confirmed the utility of the Daemon
and Quadros (1970) biostratigraphic scheme.
In Chile, field work indicates the consistency of
the proposed subdivision of the Upper Palaeozoic
terrains into three domains (northern Andean;
southern Coastal and Intermediate) proposed
by Hervé et al. (1979), on the basis of the
sedimentary and grade of metamorphic facies,
and deformation.
A revision of the Gondwana beds in Uruguay has
furnished new information on the distribution,
characteristics, and stratigraphy of the Upper
Palaeozoic strata.
Finally, in Venezuela an improved knowledge of
the Upper Palaeozoic sequences in Perija and
Merida made it possible to elaborate a tectonic
and stratigraphical evolutionary model for the
area. Devonian to Carboniferous rocks of western
Venezuela fold belt could be subdivided into
miogeosynclinal and eugeosynclinal zones which
had been subjected to at least two deformational
phases, termed Di (Middle Carboniferous) and
D2 (Hernycian, Late Permian-Early Triassic).
Activities planned. (1) Joint Argentina/Uruguayan
working group meeting in Montevideo from
18-20 March 1982, with a post-meeting field
excursion to examine outcrops of the San Gregorio,
Tres Islas, Yaquari, and Tacuarembó Formations
from 21-22 March 1982; (2) Annual
meeting of the Project working group in Sao Paulo
from 15-18 July 1982; (3) The most pertinent
and relevant results will be gathered in the
form of a project final report to be presented to
the IGCP Board. However, most of the research
activities being carried out by the national
working groups on various aspects of the
Upper Palaeozoic geology of the continent will
continue after the termination of the Project in
1982; and (4) A new project, provisionally
entitled "Tectonic and Palaeogeographic evolution
of South America during the Late Palaeozoic"
is to be proposed to the IGCP.
No. 44 LOWER PALAEOZOIC OF SOUTH
AMERICA
A.J. Cuerda, Consejo Nacional de Investigaciones
Científicas y Técnicas (CONICET),
Rivadavia 1917, 1033 Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Description. The purpose of this Project is to
perform a stratigraphie analysis and correlation
of Ordovician and Silurian formations in the region.
Initially, measurement of stratigraphie
columns and sampling of these will be undertaken
with a view to sedimentological analyses. The
Project has been enlarged to include the Devonian
and extended to include all of South America, due
to the geographical coincidence of the Ordovician-
Silurian outcrops with those of the Devonian.
This is reflected in the new title.
Summary of activities. In Argentina, 52 geologists
and palaeontologists worked in the following
eight working groups:
WG 1 (North-western Argentina): Palaeogeography
of the Meson and Santa Victoria Groups
(Cambrian-Ordovician); stratigraphy and sedimentology
of the Silurian ferriferous sequences
in the Subandine belt; biostratigraphy based on
the conodonts of the Ordovician sequence exposed
in the Sierra de Zapla; biostratigraphy based on
graptolites of the Los Espejos Formation (base)
in the section of Talacasto, San Juan; study of
an association of ichnofossils from the Puncoviscana
Formation.
WG 2 (Central-north region): Biostratigraphy of
the Volcancito Fm, Sierra de Famatina, La Rioja;
biostratigraphy of the Puncoviscana Fm and the
Meson Group at the transition levels, Quebrada
de Humahuaca, Jujuy; geological mapping of the.
Cambrian-Ordovician Formation at Iturbe, Jujuy;
geological mapping in the Sierra de Ancasti,
Catamarca.
WG 3 (Central region): Biostratigraphy based on
the conodonts in the Ordovician Formations exposed
in the Precordillera of La Rioja; Investigations
on the carbonatic-stromatolitic sequences
of Cambro-Ordovician'age in the Precordillera
of La Rioja; discovery of a new biostratigraphical
zone based on conodonts in the Ordovician of San
Juan; palaeontological identifications of conodonts
from the Provinces of San Juan and Mendoza.
WG 4 (Western Argentina): Biostratigraphic and
biofacial investigations of the Cambro-Ordovician
carbonatic sequences in the Precordillera of San
Juan; biostratigraphy of the Devonian sequences
in the Precordillera of San Juan; structural researches
of the Cambrian sequences in connection
with the structural framework of the Precordillera;
geotectonical aspects of the southern part of South
America in relation to the Lower Palaeozoic faunal
migrations; litho- and biofacial researches
in the San Juan Fm (lower Ordovician); palaeogeography
of the Lower Palaeozoic sequences in
the southern slope of the Amazonian Basin;
25

stratigraphical researches on the Ordovician
sequences in the Caborca region, Sonora, Mexico;
collecting of Ordovician fossils in the
region of Oaxaca, Mexico.
WG 5 (Buenos Aires): Palaeomagnetic determinations
in the Lower Palaeozoic rocks in the
northern hills of Buenos Aires Province;
palaeomagnetic determinations in the Silurian-
Devonian rocks from the Somuncura Massif,
northern Patagonia.
WG 6 (La Plata): Geological mapping of the
Lower Palaeozoic sequences in the western slope
of the Precordillera of San Juan.
WG 7 (Buenos Aires): Investigations on the
microplankton in the Silurian sequences exposed
in the eastern flank of the Precordillera of San
Juan.
WG 8 (Buenos Aires): Palynological investigations
in the Ordovician sequences exposed in the
Precordillera of San Juan and in the Subandine
belt, in north-western Argentina. The Silurian
and Devonian sequences in the underground of
the Salta Province were included in these investigations.
In Bolivia, palaeogeographic investigations and
the study on the distribution of lithofacies in the
Lower Palaeozoic sequences were carried out
in connection with the researches on the structure
and evolution of the Hercynian belt. Palaeontological
and biostratigraphical researches on
Ordovician and Devonian brachiopods also were
made.
In Peru, an important contribution was made by
the French Geological Mission on the Cambrian
to Devonian stratigraphy and palaeogeography in
the areas between 9° 00'-10° 30' S; 12° 30'-14°0ff
and the 13° 00'-15° 30' S. G., in the Andean region.
A ^500 m thick Devonian sequence, which lies
transgressively over the Ordovician plutonio
rocks, was discovered at Sierra Almeida
(68° 30'W, 24° 15'S), Chile.
In Columbia, a sequence of Ordovician age was
discovered recently in the Amazonian region of
Columbia. The fossil-bearing beds contain a
fauna composed of Cruziana sp., and Skolithos
sp.
No. 53 ECOSTRATIGRAPHY
A.J. Boucot, Department of Geology, Oregon
State University, Corvallis, Oregon 97331, USA.
Description. A project for biochron correlation
at the ecosystem level, using the Wenlockian-
Gedinnian as a test sequence.
26
Summary of activities. 1981 was in many ways
the Project's most productive and exciting year
to date since its inception. The basis for this
statement is the Project Ecostratigraphy Plenary
Meeting organized by the Swedish Working Group
at the Allekvia Research Station on Gotland
22-28 August 1981. Seventy-one scientists from
16 countries participated in the meeting and 42
papers were given.
The indoor scientific programme had four main
topics: (1) Crossing the boundaries of the faciès
realms; (2) basin analyses of the Silurian "Baltic
Gulf" (the lithofacies subproject, final reports);
(3) Downtonian - Podlasian - Pridolian correlation;
(4) Ecostratigraphy in theory and practice.
During the three days indoors Project Ecostratigraphy
and the IUGS Subcommission on the Silurian
System held open business meetings. The
meeting was concluded by four days in the field.
The proceedings of the meeting were published
by the Geological Survey of Sweden (Laufeld 1981)
and a field guidebook had been prepared by Laufeld
and Martinsson (1981). Laufeld and Bassett
(1981) prepared a review of the Silurian of Gotland,
printed in "Episodes" and distributed free
by the IUGS to the meeting participants.
In addition, for the first time, a group of scientists
reviewed future plans and intentions of the
Project. It was agreed that the Project would
prepare a final report, with an initial draft by
the end of 1983. The final report will consist of
two parts. The first part will be a summary of
the activities and purposes of the Project. The
second part will be aglobal account of Wenlockian-
Gedinnian fossil communities.
It must be emphasized that this synthesis of community
information for a significant interval of
geologic time on a global basis is truly novel.
Nothing of this scope has ever been carried out
before. We all anticipate that the synthesis of the
anticipated wealth of community data will provide
a firm basis for a far more reliable basin analysis
capability during the Wenlockian-Gedinnian
time interval, and also for far more reliable biostratigraphic
correlations than have been available
previously. It then will be demonstrated to
the profession how fossils may be used with greater
facility in all parts of the Phanerozoic for
purposes of both biostratigraphic correlation and
basin analysis. Full attention will certainly be
paid to the everpresent biogeographic complications.
During the year under review, the Project activities
had advanced considerably in Austria,
Canada, China, Czechoslovakia, France, GDR,
Italy, Poland, Sweden, the UK, the USSR and
the USA, according to the annual reports received
from the relevant national working groups, as
well as in Rumania.
Activities planned. 1982 will be a busy year devoted
to the preparation of the Project's final report.

No. 58 MID-CRETACEOUS EVENTS
R.A. Reyment, Palaeontologiska Institutionen,
Uppsala Universitet, Box 558, S-751 22 Uppsala,
Sweden.
Description. The establishment of an internationally
acceptable scheme of biostratigraphical
zonation for the Albian to Coniacian sequences
of the world. The necessary mondially based
stratigraphical information currently is being
accumulated in order to provide a sound chronological
basis for dating the many events that
took place during the mid-Cretaceous. The following
main topics are being studied: epicontinental
transgressions and regressions, positions
of continents and relations between them in the
light of global tectonics, history of the oceans,
history of geosynclines, migration of sedimentary
basins, biotic provincialism and many other
categories of biological events, palaeoclimatology,
relationship of magnetostratigraphy to biostratigraphy,
dating of geomagnetic reversals.
Summary of activities. The official meeting of
the Project Working Group was convened in
Uppsala, Sweden, 17-21 August 1981. In addition
to a business meeting, a two-day scientific
meeting was held. The main topics of the meeting
were as follows:
(A) Transgressions and Regressions (Working
Group 1). Some of the results of a Symposium
were published recently in Cretaceous Research.
Work has continued along the lines adopted at
the London meeting of the group. The following
problems have been selected for special analysis
for the final report of this working group.
(1) The meaning of 'transgression' and 'regression'
and also the importance of stating the
time-scale underlying the discussion; (2) the
accuracy of intercontinental correlation, on
which depends the assessment of the reality of
eustacy; (3) possible causes of relative changes
in sea-level; (4) principal mondial changes, if
any; (5) magnitudes of changes of sea-level in
the Cretaceous; (6) nature of the so-called
stable areas; (7) sedimentary cycles in the
intra-continental, non-marine basins in comparison
with the marine ones; and (8) major sedimentary
cycles in the Circum-Pacific mobile
belt in comparison with those in the stable, regions.
(B) Mid-Cretaceous History of the South Atlantic
(WorkingGroup 2). Considerable work has
gone on, on an individual basis. The results of
these activities are being summarized at present
in the form of a set of palaeogeographical
maps s_. 1_. of the South Atlantic, in which the
land-geology is being integrated with the work
of the Deep Sea Drilling Project (DSDP) studies,
to form the basis for discussion in a workshop
to be held in Munich in June 1982. The
results of the Project's special project for international
macrozonation has shown that current
concepts on the stage boundaries in the Upper
Cretaceous need extensive re-interpretation; this
is particularly true of the Cenomanian-Turonian
boundary. The work of the palaeontologists studying
international microzonation support this
opinion.
(C) Biological Events (Working Group 9). Three
scientific meetings were held during the period
covered by this report, all in Paris. The results
of these meetings have been summarized into a
comprehensive scientific document, which will
be published in the next volume of Cretaceous
Research. A set of palaeobiogeographical maps
is being prepared. This Project's highly successful
working group has held numerous scientific
meetings, apart from the main meetings, since
its inception, namely: (1) Large foraminifers
Pau (1979), Naples (1980), Frankfurt (1980);
(2) Planktic foraminifers. Since the publication
of the monographed results of this subgroup, two
further meetings have taken place, to wit, Amsterdam
(1980) and Plymouth (1980); (3) Ostracodes.
Marseille (1980), Uppsala (1981). This
group is preparing an atlas of the ostracodes of
Aptian-Coniacian.
The open scientific programme treated several
topics of particular significance to workers on the
Cretaceous. Valuable reports of the Cretaceous
of the People's Republic of China were read -
most of the information was new to participants
in the Project and it fills important gaps in our
knowledge. Among the many subjects considered,
particular interest is attached to the detailed
palaeoclimatological work in relation to Milankovitchian
variables and rhythmic bedding currently
being undertaken. Valuable results were presented
on the integration of ammonite and inoceramid
biostratigraphy in a special symposium.
A second symposium was concerned with the interpretation
of anoxic sedimentational events in the
North and South Atlantic Oceans. This follows
on from the Mid-Cretaceous Events symposium
held during the 26th IGC in Paris, 1980 and is
currently in the course of being published in Cretaceous
Research.
Regional reports of the activities in France,
Central Europe, Japan, China, Italy, Spain, and
UK were submitted.
Progress has been made in various fields of research
encompassed by the Project.
Integrated microfossil biostratigraphy, Mid-
Cretaceous (Albian through Santonian). A further
refinement could be attained by intercorrelating
and integrating biozonations based on different
groups of microfossil taxa, and even further
perhaps by making an attempt to integrate these
with the standard ammonite and belemnite zonations.
Ideally, this would have to be reached by
concerted efforts of different specialists on identical
samples from fossiliferous measures sections.
At the time these ideas were put forward
at the meeting in Uppsala 1975, a start had been
made in several areas by groups working
27

independently from each other, all of which were
working towards providing first-order correlations
between the vertical ranges of different
groups of fossil organisms. The subgroup for
planktic foraminifers has tried to establish its
zonation as far as possible on successions of
bio-events within homogeneous groups. In the
Albian with Ticinella; the Upper Albian and
Cenomanian almost entirely with Rotalipora s.l. ;
in the Turonian - Santonian almost entirely with
the Marginotruncana - Dicarinella group. Although
not truly "phylozones", an underlying
pattern of a phylogenetic sequence in bio-events
is clearly present. This limits, to a certain
extent, the number of zones one could possibly
make by employing other taxa - e.g. Planomalina,
Praeglobotruncana, Favusella - it does,
however, provide a sort of "skeleton" zonation
which, in itself, already yields a zonal succession
in which each zone is close to 1 Ma, a reasonable
solution. The ammonite zonation used
in work on the Boreal Mid-Cretaceous is essentially,
as far as possible, adapted to the same
ideal. Amédro et al. in principle have limited
the number of ammonite families employed in
their zonal succession, which is therefore somewhat
different from the zonation proposed by
Kennedy, Hancock, and Wright.
Benthic foraminifers. The Mid-Cretaceous of
the 'Boreal Province' is relatively poor in
planktic foraminifers. Several attempts have
been made by various authors to integrate zonations
based on benthics with the planktic zones.
One of the difficulties one encounters in trying
to intercorrelate planktic foraminiferal zonations
with zonations based on either smaller or larger
benthic foraminiferal zonations, is the absence,
at present, of a uniform approach towards zonal
definition and nomenclature. A working group
on the standardisation of the zonal value of smaller
benthic foraminifers could be useful.
Magnetic reversal scale. The Mid-Cretaceous
coincides with the larger part of the "Cretaceous
Long Normal" palaeomagnetic interval. Wonders
(1980) summarizes the numerous data that
have been published since Van Hite (1976) published
his scheme. Apart from a possible confirmation
of a brief interval of reversals in the
early Late Albian (site 263 mixed zone), a
'mixed zone 1 of rapidly alternating normal and
reversed polarities of Late Cenomanian age was
found ("Queromixed" Zone of Vandenberg and
Wonders, 1979).
Correlation with the radiometric timescale.
Relative large variations occur dependent on
which original authors based the numeral timescale.
This, combined with a variety of the
chronostratigraphic stages, results in a rather
large variation in the duration of zones and
stages.
Correlations with ammonite zones. There is
general agreement that: 1. Ticinella occurs
somewhere in the D. nodosocostatum zone,
28
equivalent to the Hypacanthoplites jacobi zone in
the Boreal Province; 2. Rotalipora s.l. occurs
in the "D. crista turn zone" near the base of the
Mortoniceras inflatum zone; 3. Rotalipora exits
below the M. nodosoides zone s.l.; 4. The H.
helvetica zone is nearly coincident with the M.
nodosoides zone plus a part of the C. woolgari
zone; 5. Dicarinella concavata s.str. occurs
slightly below the level of T_. texanum; 6. Ft.
cushmani occurs in the A. rothomagense zone;
the range of this microfossil taxon includes most
of the Late Cenomanian ammonite zones. An
attempt has been made to correlate the various
zones from literature indications.
Correlation between planktic foraminiferal and
calcareous nannofossils zonations. Such zonations
are based currently on so-called 'events',
i_.£., appearances and disappearances, or 'entries'
and 'exits', usually referred to as a
'datum-plane'. Virtually all micropalaeontologists
working with planktic foraminifers agree on a number
of distinctive "events", which may be listed,
from the Albian to and including the Santonian as
follows:
A. Entries: 1. The entry of Ticinella, following
a fauna almost exclusively consisting of Hedbergella;
2. The entry of Planomalina buxtorfi,
practically together with Rotalipora appenninica
(Thalmanninella appenninica auct. ); 3. The entry
of Rotalipora cushmani; 4. The entry of Helvetoglobotruncana
(Praeglobotruncana auct. ) helvetica;
5. The entry of D. concavata, although the
definition of this species, evolving from M. primitiva-s
chneegansi, is somewhat subject to personal
interpretations; 6. The entry of G. elevata
s.str.
B. Exits. 1. The exit of P_. buxtorfi, close to
the exit of Ticinella spp. ; 2. The exit of Rotalipora;
3. The exit of H. helvetica; 4. The exit
of D. asymmetrica (= carinata auct. ).
Ostracod atlas: Work on the Ostracod atlas for
key genera and species of the Mid-Cretaceous is
under way. The following genera are being studied
at present: Limburgina, Hermanites, Qertliella,
Hazelina, Curfsina, and Cornicythereis.
The taxonomy of Cretaceous ostracods is currently
in a confused state and the aim of this subproject
is to establish a better order in the systematics
of this important group, in a manner analogous
to that achieved for the planktic foraminifers.
At the generic level, an important renewal took
place at the Albian-Cenomanian boundary. Most
of the West-Tethyan Upper Cretaceous genera
appeared then: Curfsina, Dumontina, Hazelina,
Limburgina, Mauritsina, Oertliella, Spinoleberis,
Amphicytherura, Dordoniella.
Anoxic events (Working Groups 3 and 8). The papers
presented at the meeting of these working
groups in Paris (IGC, 1980) have been edited
and will soon be sent to press. Problems of anoxic
sedimentation continue to interest these working
groups, and a discussion-group was convened

at Uppsala (August 20-21, 1981) to discuss problems
of relevance to the North Atlantic.
Climatic events (Working Group 12). In the Umbrian
Apennines, Italy pelagic sequences occur,
which consist of carbonate-marl alternations.
In some situations the marly intervals have been
deposited under anoxic conditions. The spectral
density curve of successive carbonate-rich intervals
fits well into a spectral density curve that
results from the analysis of peak-heights of a
simulated "climate curve" based upon astronomical
data from Berger (1978). Stable isotope
variations and other data suggest that the presence
of carbonate-marl alternations in the
above Mid-Cretaceous pelagic sequence is related
to variations of climate. It is inferred, therefore,
that regular climatic changes caused by
cyclic variations of astronomical parameters
are indeed the basic cause of the rhythmiciti of
the succession. An alternation of relatively
high, but absolutely rather low, productivity
within the surface waters, combined with relatively
good water circulation, and low surface
water productivity and reduced oxygen renewal
in deep water, caused the formation of rhythmic
succession in the Mid-Cretaceous pelagic series
in Umbria.
Bauxitisation (Working Group 16). This is a
new working group, the goal of which is to investigate
the phenomenon of Cretaceous bauxitisation.
The Mediterranean area, rich in Middle
Cretaceous karstic bauxites, is a suitable studyarea.
Active regional geological studies continue. The
regional groups have expanded intensively their
activities. A new area of extensive regional organization
has been established in China. Moreover,
the activities in Columbia and Nigeria
have notably increased.
Activities planned. 1. The final official essentially
business meeting of the Project will be
held in conjunction with the Second Symposium
on the German Cretaceous in Munich, FRG,
1-6 June 1982; 2. A special meeting of the Central
European Group will take place in Hungary
in 1982; 3. A meeting of the Spanish group will
be convened in Albacete in September 1982.
The manuscript of the Project's final report will
be completed by the end of 1983, and published
by Pergamon Press, Oxford in book form, probably
in 1984.
The participants of the Project have unanimously
agreed to continue the Project "On Extended
Term", for at least another five years or until
the termination of the IGCP.
No. 60 CORRELATION OF CALEDONIAN
STRATABOUND SULPHIDES
F.M. Vokes, Geologisk Institute, Norges tekniske
h^gskole, 7034 Trondheim-NTH, Norway.
Description. Correlation of data on the geological
environments and characteristics of Upper
Precambrian and Lower Palaeozoic stratabound
basemetal sulphide deposits in the Caledonian-
Appalachian Orogenic Belt with a view to elucidating
their genesis, predicting further mineral
resources, and facilitating the exploration and
development of individual prospects.
Summary of activities. An international Project
symposium 'Caledonian-Appalachian Stratabound
Sulphides, Scotland, 1981", was held at the University
of Strathclyde, Glasgow, on 1-2 May,
with an attendance of 150 from 12 countries.
Twenty-two papers concerned with Caledonian-
Appalachian stratabound mineralization from seven
countries were presented. The symposium
was preceded by a 45-participant excursion to
the Grampian Highlands, 25-30 April, during
which the sixth annual meeting of the International
Working Group was held. An informal post-symposium
excursion visited the Parys Mts. deposit,
Anglesey, Wales and the Avoca deposit in eastern
Ireland.
The review volume of stratabound sulphides in the
Caledonian-Appalachian orogen was published
early in 1981 as Special Paper No. 5 of the Geological
Survey of Ireland, whereas the volume
from the Project's 1979 symposium in Trondheim
was published as No. 360 in the Geological Survey
of Norway's Series in February 1981.
The mineral deposit maps (1:1, 000, 000) and the
accompanying tables now are completed for all
participating countries and are available on request.
The second generation of the regional
mineral-deposit map (1:1, 000, 000) of the UK
and Ireland has been completed, whereas that of
USA and Canada, as well as that of Norway and
Sweden, are well under revision. These maps,
compiled in line with a new classification of mineral
deposits upon their hostrocks and plate tectonic
regimes, and giving also information on the
metal contents of the ores, were displayed at the
symposium in Glasgow. The preparation of the
mineral-deposit map (1:5,000,000), which will
cover the whole orogen and will be accompanied
with a correlation chart based on the Wilson cycle,
is now in progress.
Studies of hostrock lithologies are progressing
in the same direction as expressed in the 1980
report. In respect of sedimentary rock-hosted
deposits, a detailed evaluation of the barite mineralization
by a private company has resulted in
the underground development of the Foss deposit
at Aberfeldy. Regional follow-up studies involving
geochemical analyses and geophysical methods
also have been employed with good results
and several papers on the subject have been
29

published recently. A comprehensive programme
has been initiated, combining detailed lithologie
mapping with stable isotope (Pb-, S-, O-)
analyses to study the variables controlling the
primary distribution of the Dalradian barite and
metalliferous chert mineralizations, including
basin morphology, distance from hydrothermal
brine discharge source, and local depositional
environments in terms of T°C, pH, f O2 and
availability of S02 2 + and S 2 ".
Studies of volcanite-hosted deposits have again
been prominent throughout 1981. Increased interest
is being shown regarding the extent, the
chemical character and the mineral faciès of
exhalite mineralizations (including iron formations)
away from the main mineralization centres.
A project has been initiated in Norway to
study exhalites in both ophiolitic and island arc
environments, while similar investigations are
nearing completion in the Appalachians of eastern
Canada. Tourmalites, associated with massive
sulphides in the New England area of USA
and ironstone sediments in Lower Palaeozoic
rocks near the Avoca massive sulphide deposit,
South-eastern Ireland, also are considered as
exhalative volcanogenic mineralizations. Apart
from the detailed Pb-isotope survey of the sulphide
deposits in the Bathurst district, New
Brunswick, Canada, similar studies are carried
out in USA, UK, Sweden, and Norway. The results
of the case history study of exploration
methods (geological-geochemical-geophysical)
used in the search for stratabound sulphide deposits
will be available.
The continued high level of activity in postgraduate
work being carried out under the auspices
of the Project reflects a natural maturing process
within the Project, having started with more
regional, general, geologically oriented problems
and now having moved into fields of more
detailed, individual deposits descriptions and
special problems studies that are being carried
out throughout the whole of the Caledonian-
Appalachian Orogen. In the countries east of
the Atlantic a total of 20 postgraduate students
have started or are working on the Projectsponsored
research problems. Of these, 6 are
completed, 8 are approaching completion and
the others are at various stages of progress.
To the west of the Atlantic, in Canada, doctoral
studies are in progress at the universities of
Newfoundland, New Brunswick, and Toronto
covering various aspects of the Canadian stratabound
sulphide deposits and several more thesis
research works have just been completed.
In the USA, 4 universities are involved with the
Project's research, besides the USGS, involving
about 20 active researchers, of which 12 are
postgraduate students (mainly at MSc level).
Three MSc theses have been completed.
Activities planned. Field meetings and symposia
have been a major feature of the Project's international
activities. After the successful symposium
and excursion held in Scotland in 1981,
30
there will be a break in this type of activity in
1982, in order to give Project workers time to
prepare contributions for the final Project symposium,
which will be held in Ottawa, Canada
in September 1983, with accompanying field
excursions to eastern Canada and the New England
states of the USA.
A meeting of the International Working Group will
be held in Copenhagen in early May 1982 to consider,
inter alia, the final forms of the 1:5,000,000
mineral-deposit map and the correlation chart,
and to decide the programme for the 1983 symposium
and the contents of the concluding Project
volume.
No. 61 SEA-LEVEL MOVEMENTS DURING
THE LAST DEGLACIAL HEMICYCLE
A.L. Bloom, Department of Geological
Sciences, 211 Kimball Hall, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York 14853, USA.
Description. Establishment of a graph of the
trend of mean sea-level during the last déglaciation
and up to the present time. This graph will
be an expression of the changing hydrologie balance
between ice and water in response to climatic
changes. Individual records of relative
sea-level movements from localities all over the
world will be used, and conclusions will be drawn
about local crustal movements along coasts and
about the fundamental parameters of strength and
elasticity of the Earth's outer layers.
Summary of activities. A symposium of the
Project, entitled "Variations in Sea-Level Last
15, 000 years" took place in Columbia, South
Carolina, USA from 6-8 April 1981, followed by
field excursions to the coastal plain of South Carolina
(8-10 April) and the Delaware coast (11-12
April). About 40 scientists participated, including
a remarkable 15 from the 29 national Project
leaders. Two and one-half days were devoted
to technical papers and business meetings.
The papers presented at the meeting will be published
in a symposium volume. The guidebook for
the South Carolina field excursion is a significant
contribution to the regional sea-level research.
At the meeting, the future of the Project was
discussed at length.
Summary reports from the annual reports for
1981 from the national working groups of Brazil,
Denmark, Finland, France (1980), Japan, the
UK and the USSR edited by M.J. Tooley, appeared
in "Sea-Level" (the Information Bulletin of
IGCP Project No. 61) January 1982, No. 7,
pp. 5-19.
Activities planned. The Project will be involved
in a joint symposium at the INQUA meeting in
Moscow in August 1982 with Projects Nos. 24,
146 and 158.

Ko. 86 EAST EUROPEAN PLATFORM
(south-western border)
K.B. Jubitz, Zentral-Institut fur Physik der
Erde der Akademie der Wissenschaften der
DDR, Institusteil Berlin, Rudower Chaussée 5,
1199 Berlin-Adlershof, GDR.
Description. Characterization of the Precambrian,
Caledonian, Variscan and post-Variscan
stages of evolution at the south-western border of
the East European Platform between the North Sea
in the north-west and the Black Sea in the southeast.
Investigation of stratigraphie, palaeogeographic,
tectonic, magmatic and metallogenetic
conditions during the Upper Proterozoic, Palaeozoic,
Mesozoic, and Cenozoic. Conclusions on
the regularities of the formation and regional
distribution of mineral deposits in the area concerned.
Summary of activities. The 7th annual meeting
of the Project Working Group took place in Lvov,
USSR from 25-29 May 1981. A field excursion
was made in the Soviet part of the East Carpathians.
Seventeen participants from eight countries
attended the meeting and discussed the
first version of the tectonic map, the 4th series
of the lithologic-palaeogeographicalmap and problems
concerning the palaeotectonic map. It
was decided to submit the completed tectonic
map to the coordinator-general in the GDR for
printing by September 1982; to submit the completed
lithologic-palaeogeographical maps, the
Westfalian A/B and the Oxfordians to the coordinator-general
in the GDR for printing by December
1981 and by March 1982 respectively;
and to submit the following lithologic-palaeogeographical
maps to the Project's participating
countries for final checking: the Upper Visean
by August 1981, the Middle Cambrian by October
1981, the Givetian by December 1981 and
the Stassfurt and the Turonian by June 1982.
Activities planned. (1) The 8th annual meeting
of the Project Working Group will be held in
Sweden and Denmark in 1982; (2) Molasse and
flysch deposits in the East Carpathians will be
studied; (3) As an outcome of the mentioned
meeting, the thematical papers (2nd and 3rd)
will be published in the Z. angew. Geol. in 1981
and 1982 respectively, and the special reports
also will be published as national papers.
No. 91 METALLOGENY OF THE PRE-
CAMBRIAN
A.V. Sidorenko, Staromonetry per. 22,
Institute of the Lithosphère of the USSR
Academy of Sciences, Moscow 109180, USSR.
Description. The main topics of the Project can
be outlined as follows: (1) Precambrian mineral
deposits and their geological environment;
(2) The role of sedimentation and organic matter
in Precambrian ore formation; (3) The role of
metamorphism and magmatism in Precambrian
ore formation, and (4) Ore-bearing tectonic
structures in Precambrian.
Summary of activities. Activities in 1981 were
devoted to the evaluation of the Project's scientific
results and to working out the research programme
for 1982-1984. With that aim some
working group meetings, international and All-
Union conferences and symposia have been held.
On 13 February 1981 the IV meeting of the
National Working Group of the USSR was held in
Moscow. Four issues have been included in the
agenda: (1) "Results, prospects, goals of the
Project 91 "Metallogeny of the Precambrian"
(A.V. Sidorenko): (2) "The main results of the
investigations for 1975-80 and plans for 1981-84"
(V.I. Kazansky); (3) The information of subgroup
leaders about scientific results and directions of
further investigations; and (4) General discussion.
A joint session of the Projects 22 and 91 took
place at Jihlava, Czechoslovakia on 21 May 1981.
The session was preceded by a geological excursion
from Prague through Kutná Hora and Chotébor
to Jihlava. It was aimed at studying classical
sections of the Precambrian rocks of the
Bohemian Massif; intrusions of eclogites, basic
and ultrabasic rocks, and deposits of pyrite; and
chalcopyrite, wolframite, and Ni-Cu-Co ores. A
visit also was made to some mines of historical
interest that were active in the Middle-ages. The
participants visited the Geological Survey and
Charles University in Prague, Geofond at Kutná
Hora and Choteboí, and the national Geoindustrial
enterprise at Jihlava,
At the session, three principal papers were presented:
"Precambrian Correlation of Palaeozoic
Folded Belts of Europe"; (Zoubek), "Geochemical
aspects of Precambrian Ore Genesis" (Pouba);
and "Tin Mineralization in the Precambrian of
the Bohemian Massif"; (Sattran). Moreover,
the following four principal problems were discussed:
1. Current state and the programme of
both Projects; 2. Activity of the Central European
Working Subgroup of Project 91; 3. International
collaboration within the Working Group of
Project 91; 4. Connections with other IGCP
projects.
The meeting came to the agreement to organize
a session "Correlation of the Precambrian and
Palaeozoic Metallogeny in Central Europe" within
the framework of IGCP Projects 91 and 22,
in Czechoslovakia in 1983.
On June 8, 1981, the joint session of Projects
91 and 160 took place in Petrozavodsk, USSR.
The agenda included the following topics:
1. General information of the Projects' activities;
and 2. Petrozavodsk symposium "Sedimentary
Geology of Highly Metamorphosed Precambrian
Complexes".
31

Problems concerning further joint symposia
have been discussed, including the symposium
"Sedimentary and Diagenetic Processes in Precambrian
Metallogenesis" which is to be held
in May 1982 in London.
From 17 to 26 August 1981, an international
conference "Archaean Granulites" took place
in Irkutsk. It was organized in the framework
of the Project 92 "Archaean Geochemistry"
with the participation of the Project 91 and consisted
of two series of reports and a geological
excursion along coastal outcrops of Lake Baikal.
Unfortunately, only 3 foreign scientists participated
at the excursion.
It was decided to strengthen the cooperation between
these two Projects during the Scottish
symposium (1982) and the 27th session of the
International Geological Congress (1984). Project
91 also participated in the 2nd All-Union
conference on the Precambrian metallogeny in
Irkutsk from 14-19 September. At the conference,
four main problems were discussed:
(1) Ore-bearing structures; (2) Petrological
and physico-chemical aspects of the Precambrian
ore-formation; (3) Precambrian oreformations;
(4) Regional Precambrian metallogeny.
From 1 to 10 October 1981, the International
Symposium "Sedimentary Geology of Highly
Metamorphosed Precambrian Complexes" was
held in Petrozavodsk, USSR in the framework
of Projects 91 and 160. About 50 scientists
from 8 countries (Canada, Czechoslovakia,
Denmark, FRG, Finland, GDR, UK, and USSR)
participated at this symposium. Twenty papers
presented were devoted to general problems of
sedimentary geology and volcanism of the Precambrian,
methods of reconstruction of the initial
nature of sedimentary and volcano-sedimentary
series, the information of sedimentary and
volcanic rocks during metamorphism, as well as
the role of sedimentation of organic matter, volcanism,
and metamorphism in the ore-formation.
The scientific session was followed by the geological
excursions to the White Sea complex of
the Early Archaean and stratotypical sections of
the Archaean and Proterozoic of the South and
North Karelia.
The 5th All-Union meeting "Lithology and Precambrian
Sedimentary Geology" took place in
Alma-Ata from 8-10 October 1981. It was organized
by IGCP Project No. 91 and the Interdepartmental
Lithological Committee. About
300 scientists from 60 research,industrial and
higher educational institutions participated in
this meeting. Results of investigations carried
out by the Soviet scientists in the field of exogenic
Precambrian geology during 1980 were
summarized. The following three main problems
were discussed: (1) Lithology, metamorphism,
and metallogeny of the Precambrian
of mean massifs; (2) Carbonaceous Precam­
32
brian deposits in relation to the modern data on
the biolithogenesis; (3) regularities of rock formation
at the early stages of geological development
of the Earth. A geological excursion on
Karatau was organized before the meeting and
typical cross-sections of the Upper Precambrian
deposits were visited.
After each symposium collections of abstracts
containing the latest information on Precambrian
geology and metallogeny were published. Besides
a series of other works was published as well in
1981. The most important were two issues of
"Problems of Precambrian sedimentary geology":
issue 6 "Carbonate Sedimentation in the Precambrian",
"Nauka", Moscow, 1981 and issue 7 (two
books): "Carbonaceous formations and their orebearing
features", "Nauka", Moscow, 1981, all
edited by A. V. Sidorenko.
Activities planned. Three scientific conferences
are planned for 1982: "Sedimentary and Diagenetic
Processes in the Precambrian Metallogeny"
(Projects 91 and 160); "Field Geological
Conference on Ni Deposits of Western Australia";
Meeting of the Working Group Project 91 "Metallogeny
of the Precambrian" during the International
symposium on the geological evolution and
the metallogeny of the Archaean and Early Proterozoic.
No. 106 PERMO-TRIASSIC STAGE OF
GEOLOGICAL EVOLUTION
A.N. Oleynikov, All-Union Geological Research
Institute, Sredny Prospect 74, Leningrad,
199026, USSR.
Description. The Project pre-supposes international
cooperation with the aim of producing a
detailed study of the geological evolution at the
Palaeozoic-Mesozoic boundary. The purpose is
to solve the problems connected with the definition
and characteristics of the Permo-Triassic boundary
with regard to the evolutional history of various
fauna and flora groups, the reconstruction
of palaeogeographic settings, the analysis of
palaeomagnetic data, and the tectonogenesis in
the Late Palaeozoic-Early Mesozoic.
Summary of activities. The following work has
been accomplished by national groups in 1981.
In Australia, B. Waterhouse has completed a
detailed study of the marine fauna from northern
Thailand which are equivalent to the Lower Chanxingian
of China. On d'Urville Island the Australian
group found numerous Durvilleoceras, a
contentious ammonite which is deemed to come
from Permian rocks, yet has a Flemingitid suture
suggestive of a Triassic age. Two specimens
with goniatitic sutures have been found to
occur together with Durvilleoceras.
The Permo-Scythian in Austria occurs in all the
tectonic units. Comparative studies have shown

that the Permo-Scythian of the Eastern Alps
can be subdivided into two main groups. The
first group begins in the Lower Permian; the
second one starts in the Middle Permian after
the Saalian orogeny. Problems of correlating
the Permo-Scythian in the Eastern Alps with
similar deposits from other regions have been
solved.
GDR. According to H. Kozur's data, the conchostracan
fauna of the BrOckelschiefer, the
lowermost unit of the Triassic, is a typical
Trias sic fauna. It is clearly younger than conchostracan
fauna from the Otoceras level of
Siberia, and most probably, even a little younger
than the Ophiceras fauna. The time-equivalent
of the Otoceras fauna therefore is not
present in the Germanic Buntsandstein.
China. A joint business meeting of the national
working groups of Projects 4 and 106, took place
in Beijing, China, in April 1981. According
to the plan adopted at the meeting the marine
subgrop worked on ten sections in the vast areas
of four provinces in South China, and the continental
subgroup - in Gansu Province of North
China. The morphology and stratigraphical range
of ammonoids, bivalves, brachiopods, and
microflora at the boundary were investigated.
A detailed study was undertaken of evolution of
the Upper Permian fusulinids. Great emphasis
was placed on the correlation problems of the
Changhsingian stage in China with the synchronous
formations in other regions.
In Hungary the Permo-Triassic boundary was
studied in different regions. On the territory of
southern Hungary, a Campilian-type palynological
assemblage occurs at the top of the "Jakabshegg
Sandstone", whereas in the lower deposits
the palynological assemblages comprise not
only Permian, but also rare Lower Triassic
elements. Thus, the Permo-Triassic boundary
there can be drawn at the base of the Jakabshegg
Sandstone. In the Middle Transdanubia boreholes
penetrated the Permian and Triassic in
marine facies.
The Indian National Working Group held its
fourth meeting in April, 1981. The study of
Permo-Triassic deposits was carried out successfully
in the Spiti region. Malla Johar,
Kashmir, Niti, Ladakh - in the Himalayan region,
Raniganj Coalfield, in the Peninsular region.
Both marine and non-marine sediments
have been studied. The study of the Otoceras
beds is being continued; it is observed that the
conodont study at present is confusing the issue.
It has been suggested to select two type areas
to be examined critically for Permo-Triassic
sequences and changes in biota.
In Italy four field trips were organized in the
Southern Alps where special attention was paid
to the Gardena Sandstones and their lateral stratigraphie
units. G.G. Ori and G. Venturini
suggested that the Gardena Sandstone is charac­
terized by the continental environment just in the
area where some authors admit the strongest marine
influence. Outside the Southern Alps, some
Permian-Triassic successions of Corsica, Sardinia,
and Peloritani Mountains have been investigated.
The Netherlands' Working Group has continued its
study of plant megafossils from the Upper Permian
of the Southern Alps. The study of the conifer
genus Ortiseia was completed. Three natural
species of the genus have been reconstructed
by correlating sterile and fertile fragments, and
the phylogenetic implications have been discussed.
The results will be published in 1982. Palynostratigraphical
investigations in the Upper Permian-Lower
Triassic of the Italian Alps have
shown clearly the existence of a prominent sedimentary
gap. The diachroneity of the base of the
Val Gardena formation has been further investigated.
In New Zealand, H. Campbell was engaged in a
monographic study of the Upper Permian brachiopod
fauna.
In Spain the activities were concentrated mostly
on the study of the Permo-Triassic stratigraphy
and floral remains of the Iberian Range. During
the last year special attention has been given to
two closely associated topics:
(1) The Permo-Triassic boundary and the Pfalzic
unconformity;
(2) Lateral evolution and the Buntsandstein age.
The basal Buntsandstein beds have yielded flora
of the Thuringian type. The red detrital series,
containing the Thuringian flora, occur unconformably
on the older Palaeozoic series and pass
without any break into younger Triassic deposits.
The unconformity occurring at the base of the
series with the Thuringian flora is the Pfalzic.
In Vietnam reference sections with continuous
Permo-Triassic sequences were selected on the
basis of lithofacies types, corresponding to different
structural elements. A detailed study is
carried out of the fossils collected, as well as
of characteristic features of sedimentary and
volcanogenic facies, palaeogeography of the Permian
and Triassic formations.
The Swiss Working Group has studied the Permo-
Triassic continental deposits and volcanism of
Eastern and Western Swiss Alps. Joint investigations
with the Greek Working Group are planned,
aimed at the study of Permo-Triassic transition
series at some critical localities of Eastern
Greece.
United Kingdom. Reviews of the data available
on the Permo-Triassic are published in the Geological
Society of London's special reports. Detailed
studies have been carried out of the Upper
Permian carbonate rocks of English Zechstein.
Most of the conodont forms therein are similar
to those previously reported from Germany and
33

Poland. The study of isotopic changes of carbon
and oxygen in carbonate rocks at the Palaeozoic-
Mesozoic boundary has started. The stage-bystage
maps showing the palaeogeographical evolution
of the United Kingdom and surrounding
areas during the Permian and Triassic are in
preparation.
In the USA, N. Newel and D.W. Boyd are carrying
out monographic studies of the Permian
and Lower Triassic bivalves in America, as to
revise the forms in question and compare them
with similar forms from other parts of the world.
Specimens have been collected in Nevada and
Utah. It has been ascertained that the bivalves
in the Early Triassic are essentially modified
relects, representing a greatly decimated Permian
remnant of a previously rich and diverse
fauna.
In the Soviet Union, as a result of detailed stratigraphie
and palaeontological studies in the
Transcaucasus, Pamirs and Darvaz, it has become
possible to work out a more precise stratigraphic
scale of the Permian deposits in the Tethys
Realm, proposing to maintain the traditional
subdivision of the Permian system into two
divisions. The upper boundary of the Permian
system is drawn at the top of the Paratirolites
kittli Zone of the Dorashamian stage. Additional
samples were collected from the Permo-
Triassic sections of Transcaucasus for lithological
analysis. In the Northern Caucasus, in
the upper Urushtan Formation above highly developed
Palaeofusulina nana and ammonoid remains
(Neogeoceras and Cyclolobus) have been
found. These deposits have also yielded Claraia
for the first time. In the lower Lyudyanzin horizon
of the Southern Primorye a new Cyclolobus
species was found. In the Pamirs, the Yabeina
globoza Zone has been established within the
central subzone of the Kastanatdzhelgin Formation,
and highly developed Collaniella (Collaniella
ex gr. parva) have been found for the first
time within the Tethyan Realm. Directly above
the zone in question an occurrence has been
found with the Takhtabulakh (Karabiless) foraminifer
and brachiopod assemblage. In Northern
Verkhoyanye and the Lena-Anabar Trough,
a distinct stratigraphical unconformity has been
discovered at the Permo-Triassic boundary.
In Slovenia, Yugoslavia, the Permo-Triassic
boundary is lithologically distinct. The uppermost
Permian beds contain Gymnocodiaceae
and small foraminifers, whereas fusulinids are
absent. The lowest Triassic beds contain no
fossils. In the well-known Permian sequence in
Velebit Mt. the uppermost part of the so-called
"boundary dolomite" was studied, and fusulinids,
microforaminifers, calcareous algae and Problemática
have been determined from these beds.
In the North-west Serbia (Jadar facies) the
uppermost Permian and the lowermost Triassic
microfossil association has been investigated in
detail. A field meeting was organized in Bosnia.
34
Activities planned. It is foreseen to hold a workshop
meeting "Zechstein in England" in Nottingham
from 28 March to 3 April 1982.
No. 108/144 PRECAMBRIAN OF WEST AFRICA
AND ITS CORRELATIONS WITH EASTERN BRAZIL
I. Yace, Department of Earth Sciences, University
of Abidjan 04 BP 322, Abidjan 04, Ivory Coast.
Description. The Project aims at a comprehensive
investigation of the structural, geochronological
and metallogenic characteristics of the
West African Craton and its mobile borders in
relation to the Brazilian Platform. The Project
Working Group has thus defined the terms most
commonly used by Precambrian specialists of
West Africa (and possibly also by those of Brazil)
and started the first part of its general synthesis
(the part of geology) which will be followed by a
general review of the resources or mineralizations
linked to the Precambrian.
Summary of activities. The working sessions of
the Project's Sixth Annual General Assembly in
Cotonou, Benin, from 19-20 January 1982 made
it possible for 18 addresses to be heard on the
general geological synthesis. These sessions
assembled more than 65 participants, and were
followed by a two-day field trip to Dassa in order
to study the Pan-African orogenic belt in the territory
of Benin and, in particular, the relations
between different formations of the Idao-Mahou
volcano-sedimentary basin in the zone of Bifur
(Abomey-Dassa).
In Benin, with regard to the Plain of the same
name, three "basements" are recognized as being
in existence, namely: an inferior basement forming
the core of the Mekrou anticline (garnet
gneiss and amphibolites, Leptynite) with two strikes
(NNE-SSW and NE-SW) of the gneissification;
a middle basement with three outcrop zones, corresponding
respectively to the east limb of the
Mekrou anticline, the core of the Sonboa anticline
and the zone of mylonitisation of Alibori; a superior
basement connected to big fault zones. An
example of geotraverse (the main structural
units of the Dahomeyides and of the forelands)
was examined, which is characterized by the
succession of the following large units: the forelands
(three supergroups separated by discordances),
the external units (the supergroups of
the forelands having been subjected to distinct
tectonic and metamorphic phenomena), and the
internal units (probably components of the Libero-
Eburnean Complex and some supergroups of its
sedimentary cover, implicated during the whole
tectonic history of the Pan-African orogeny).
In Nigeria, it is admitted that, in the light of
the recent development of the studies, the process
of expansion of the Earth's crust encompasses
two orogenic events of 2, 000 Ma and 600 Ma
since 2,500 Ma. The "schist" zones are regarded
as different but contemporary ante-Pan-

African basins. A re-evaluation of the geochronological
data and of the terrane shows that charnockitic
rocks belong, for the most part, to the
Pan-African orogeny, and that the dioritic charnockitic
series are younger than the "Older
Granites" with which they are frequently associated.
Chemically, the charnockites demonstrate
two tendencies: calc-alkali and tholeiitic,
formed at the base of the Earth's crust at an
elevated magmatic level. The "Older Granites"
correspond to a greater extent to the Pan-African
manifestations, being of calc-alkali in character,
but significantly of alkali in character
at Corundum. In particular, the north-western
part of Nigeria is considered to be a key region
for obtaining a better understanding of the Precambrian
of the whole country, because of the
quality of the outcrops of several fundamental
groups: the migmatites-gneiss complex, the
schist belts, the volcanic rocks, the "Older
Granites" of Pan-African age confirmed by recent
Rb/Sr datings.
In Liberia, the radiometric ages of 430 samples
and the palaeomagnetic ages of 61 different
sites can be noted which make it possible to compile
a new tectonic map in which three age provinces
are defined: Liberian (2,700 Ma, covering
two-thirds of the north-west of the country),
Eburnean (2, 000 Ma, covering one-third of the
south-east of the country) and Pan-African
(500 Ma, the littoral part of one-third of the
north-west of the country, being in continuity
with Sierra Leone); the strikes being respectively
north-east in the Liberian,east-north-east
to north-north-east in the Eburnean and northeast
in the Pan-African. Further detailed correlations
are foreseen for Sierra Leone, Ivory
Coast and Guinea, with the final objective addressed
to the complete history of each province,
more in-depth comparisons between the palaeomagnetic
ages of Africa and of South America
and their tectonic consequence, and the possible
mineralizations linked to these folding zones.
The Precambrian formations of Mali have led
to detailed studies on the Precambrian D (3,000-
2,800 Ma: Liberian) in Adrar des Iforas; on
the Precambrian C (2, 800-1, 850 - 250 Ma:
Eburnean) in the West and the South of Mali,
in Adrar des Iforas and the Eastern Gourma;
on the Precambrian A (1, 100 to 550 Í 100 Ma:
Pan African) in Adrar des Iforas and Gourma
in the East, and in the lower part of the immense
basin of Taoudenni in the West which covers
two-thirds of Mali.
In Togo, a granitic basement in the North has
been distinguished, which is in continuity with
the Eburnian basement of Upper Volta. It is
covered towards the South by sedimentary terranes
which constitute the Voltain basin (widely
developing in Ghana and comprising two tillitic
layers). In the South of this basin, three units
have been described: the Buem, the Atacorian
and the basement of the Benin Plain (ex-Dahomeyan).
The latter corresponds to the rejuvena­
ted Birrimian during the Pan-African orogeny
and the Liberian cores are preserved in it.
The Precambrian of Ivory Coast consists of the
basal parts of two orogenies. The older one,
called Liberian (2,700 Ma), is probably preceded
by an anterior Catarchean orogenic episode of
Leonnian age (3, 000 Ma), which was determined
recently at Man (after the Sierra Leone). Gneissic
and migmatitic rags of these orogenies have
been preserved inside the big granite masses of
the subsequent orogeny. Two domains are specified.
The first, northern domain, is metasedimentary
(with charnockitic microcline- and hypersthene-gneiss),
metavolcanic (amphibolo-pyroxenites),
itabiritic (with garnet and pyroxene),
intruded by magmatic charnockites, relatively
little influenced by the posterior orogenic manifestations.
In opposition, the second, southern
domain is marked off as essentially gneissic (biotite-gneiss)
and migmatitic much more sensitive
to the posterior, the Eburnian orogeny. Three
tectonic phases have recently come to light:
phase 1 of worm-flowage folds with unsymmetrical
limbs; phase 2 of major kilometric deformation
and often isoclinic folds; phase 3 of shearing.
The Eburnean orogeny (2,400-1,600 Ma) is formed
by an alternation of metavolcano-sedimentary
depression and granitic terranes regularly occurring
from west to east. Its low-grade epizonal
metamorphism is obviously opposite to the highgrade
catazonal metamorphism of the anterior
orogenies, in addition to the separation of the two
major orogenies (the Liberian and the Eburnean)
by the grand meridional fault of Sassandra.
Activities planned. July 1982 has been set as the
deadline for national working groups to submit
syntheses to the Project leader, and December
1982 for the diffusion of the general synthesis,
which will be examined in 198 3 at the same time
as the papers on resources and mineralizations
are read.
No. Ill GENESIS OF MANGANESE ORE
DEPOSITS
S. Roy, Department of Geological Sciences,
Jadarpur University, Calcutta 700032, India.
Description. This Project aims at a synthesis of
the different processes, controlled by multiple
parameters, responsible for the formation of
manganese deposits in varying geological environments.
With this purpose, the various aspects
of the geology, geochemistry, and mineralogy
of manganese and associated heavy metal
deposits in the geological record on different
continents, as well as on the floors of the presentday
basins, are being studied by geoscientists of
different countries under this Project. The Project
also includes developments of modern analytical
methods (chemical and mineralogical) applicable
to pure and multi-metal-bearing Mn-ores
as well as laboratory simulation studies relating
to dissolution and deposition of Mn in response
35

to inorganic environments and biological activities.
The Project was sponsored originally by
the IAGOD Commission on Manganese and presently
is conducted with its full cooperation.
Summary of activities. The major activity in
the field of publication is the 3-volume treatise
on Geology and Geochemistry of Manganese,
totalling 1, 333 pages and including 14 papers in
Volume 1 (General Problems: Mineralogy,
Geochemistry and Methods), 22 papers in Volume
2 (Manganese Deposits on Continents), and
15 papers in Volume 3 (Manganese on the Bottom
of Recent Basins). The volumes were edited
by I.M. Varentsov and Gyula Grasselly and
were published by Akademiai Kiado, Budapest.
A comprehensive book on 'Manganese Deposits'
has been published by S. Roy in 1981 through
Academic Press Inc. (London-New York). This
book contains a detailed treatment on the characterization
and genesis of manganese ore deposits
on the floors of present-day basins as well as on
the continents. A third book entitled 'Underwater
Minerals' containing a detailed discussion
and synthesis on the manganese deposits in modern
basins has been published through Academic
Press Inc. (Londo-New York) by D.S. Cronan
in 1980. Besides these books, numerous
papers have been published during the period
under review by the participants of this Project.
Substantial progress has been made in studies
on the manganese deposits on the continents.
Continuous detailed study is in progress on the
super large manganese deposits of the USSR and
two technical sessions, one at Nikopol and the
other at Chiatura were organized and the proceedings
published. The manganese mineralogy
of the polymetallic deposit of Primorye, USSR
has been established. The manganese deposit
at Groóte Eylandt, Australia has been investigated
in detail and evidence of a biogeochemical
origin has been suggested. Stratiform manganese
deposits in the Palapye Group, Central-
Eastern Botswana have been studied and a chemical
sedimentary origin has been suggested for
them. Trace-element geochemistry of the manganese
deposits of Israel and Sinai and of San
Francisco Mine, Jalisco, Mexico has been completed.
In India, detailed studies on the mineralogical
and geochemical changes in manganese
ore deposits due to dynamothermal metamorphism
are being carried out. The deposits undertaken
for such studies are those of Sausar Group,
Aravalli Supergroup, and Khondalite Group where
the grade of metamorphism ranges from
greenschist to granulite facie. In addition, the
unmetamorphosed Mn-oxide deposits of the Proterozoic
Pengagnga beds are being studied in
detail.
At the University of Bern, Prof. Giovanoli and
his group undertook experiments with synthetic
buserite and applied dodecylammonium chloride
to all types of synthetic and natural buserites.
The results show that Na-buserites react properly,
Ca-buserite and Na-birnessite do not
36
yield 100 % and buserites with saturated transition
metal contents do not react at all. No natural
samples could be expanded by dodecylammonium
chloride. Synthesis and investigation of psilomelane,
hollandite, cryptomelane, etc. have been
done. Professor Stumm and his coworkers at
the Zurich Polytechnic studied the surface properties
and colloid chemistry of manganese oxides
and found that Metallogenium manganooxydans
acts as a powerful oxidizing catalyst producing
always Z-disordered mangana te.- At the Hokkaido
University, Japan, studies have been done on
hydrogen isotopic composition of hydrated manganese
minerals. Other laboratory investigations
at various centres include cation absorption by
hydrous MnC>2, structural modification of Mn (IV)
oxides, nature of bixbyite, braunite I and braunite
II, characterization of different manganese silicates
such as Mn-pyroxenes, Mn-pyroxenoids,
winchite etc.
Important contributions have been made to manganese
deposits in present-day basins. Hydrothermally
active areas of manganese deposition on
Mid-Atlantic Ridge at 26° N, Carlsberg Ridge
(Indian Ocean), East Pacific Rise, and other
areas have been undertaken and substantial new
data have been generated. A joint New Zealand
Océanographie Institute /Imperial College, UK
cruise investigated hydrothermal deposits in the
south-westernPacific Ocean and the first collection
of submarine hydrothermal manganese deposit
from an island arc setting was made. The
partition geochemistry of sediments from the Galapagos
Hydrothermal Mounds Field has been established.
Detailed field and laboratory work on the
mode of occurrence, physical characterization,
mineralogy, and geochemical partitioning in coexisting
phases in manganese and ferromanganese
nodules from Central Pacific, North-east Equatorial
Pacific, South-west Pacific and Indian
Ocean helped considerably in unravelling the mystery
of manganese nodule growth in the oceans.
The papers embodying these numerous investigations
are cited in the reference list. Among the
active groups participating in this Project on this
aspect are the Marine Geochemistry Group of
the Federal Institute of Geosciences and Natural
Resources, Hanover, Universities of Clausthal
and Aachen (FRG), Imperial College of Science
and Technology (UK), New Zealand Océanographie
Institute, and NOAA, University of Washington
at Pullman (USA).
Activities planned. It is proposed to continue all
the ongoing programmes under this Project during
1982, A symposium on Manganese Deposits is
scheduled under the joint auspices of the IAGOD
Commission on Manganese and the IGCP Project
111 during the Vlth IAGOD Symposium scheduled
at Tbilisi, USSR in 1982. Already more than
forty abstracts have been received for this technical
session. A business meeting of the Project
also is scheduled during the symposium where
the progress and future plans of the Project will
be discussed.

No. 114 BIOSTRATIGRAPHIC DATUM-PLANES
OF THE PACIFIC NEOGENE
N. Ikebe, Osaka Museum of Natural History,
Nagai Park, Higashi-Sumiyoshi-ku, Osaka 546,
Japan.
Description. Evaluation of biostratigraphic
datum-planes of the Pacific Neogene by means
of stratigraphie and volcanostratigraphic field
surveys, referring to radiometrically dated horizons
or magnetostratigraphic data. Correlation
to be made within the Pacific Neogene and
with the European and American Neogene, for
exploration or exploitation of mineral and energy
resources of the Neogene.
Summary of activities. The scientific session
of the 6th International Working Group meeting
was held in Osaka and Kobe between 25 and 29
November 1981 under the title "international
Workshop on Pacific Neogene Biostratigraphy",
followed by the excursion for southern Korea
from 29 November to 3 December 1981. The
purpose of the meeting was to summarize the
work accomplished during the last 6 years. The
meeting consisted of two parts. The first part
was the general session, which was held at the
Osaka Museum of Natural History between 25
and 26 November. Twenty-one overseas and
70 domestic participants took part in this session
and 28 contributions were presented and
discussed. The second part was the semi-closed
workshop which was held at the Kansai Inter-
University Seminar House, Kobe, between 27
and 29 November. Twenty-one overseas and
28 Japanese participants attended this half of
the meeting. In this workshop, the method and
procedures for drawing a conclusion to the work
were discussed. In particular, sectional meetings
were organized to discuss datum-planes of
individual fossil groups, including planktonic
foraminifera, calcareous nannoplankton, diatom,
radiolaria, larger foraminifera, and molluscs.
A group of specialists also compiled a combined
palaeomagnetic and radiometric time scale. The
proceedings of the meeting have been published
and the National Working Group of Japan has
published the commemorative volume of this
meeting. These two publications were distributed
among participants at the meeting. The
post-meeting excursion, from 29 November to
3 December, visited Pohang and Yeonil areas
and Cheju Is. of southern Korea for the stratigraphical
and palaeontological check, under the
leadership of Professors B.K. Kim, S. Yoon,
and H. Yun. Thirty colleagues took part in this
excursion. The 6th business meeting of the Project
was held on 27 November 1981 and discussed
the compilation and publication of the final
report. The main subjects to be included in the
planned report are as follows: (1) Summary of
the activities of the working group, (2) Datumplanes
based on various taxa groups, and (3)
Special contributions relevant to the evaluation
of datum-planes. The final report is to be published
in 1982.
The National Working Group of Japan (R. Tsuchi,
leader) had a workshop meeting from 7-9 December,
198 0, to discuss the recently obtained biostratigraphic
as well as geochronologic data and
materials. As for geochronology, some important
already-known data were recalculated using
the new decay constant of K/Ar dating ( X« =
0. 581xl0 - l°/y). Then, using the following three
starting points, a new chrono-biostratigraphical
scale has been established: (1) the Orbulina
suturalis Datum of 15.5 Ma; (2) the Globigerina
nepenthes Datum of 11.6 - 0.4 Ma; and (3) a
chronological calibration of planktonic foraminiferal
datum levels made on the biostratigraphy of
DSDP Site 289 in the equatorial Pacific by assuming
a constant sedimentation rate between radiometrically
estimated age for the Orbulina Datum
at 15.5 Ma and the Pulleniatina Datum at 5.8 Ma,
with 11.6 Ma of the Globigerina nepenthes Datum
between the two. For the interval above 6 Ma,
the biostratigraphic datum is calibrated against
the geomagnetic polarity time scale based on the
data of V 24-59, RC 12-66 (equatorial Pacific),
V 20-119 (North Pacific), and of a land-exposed
Kakegawa sequence (standard for the Japanese
stages) with fission-track datings, on the Pacific
coast of Japan.
The revised key planktonic foraminiferal datum
scale for the western Pacific is as follows:
Globorotalia truncatulinoides Datum (1.9 Ma);
Grt. tosaensis Datum (3.0 Ma); Sphaeroidinella
dehiscens dehiscens Datum (5.1 Ma); Grt. tumida
túmida Datum (5.4 Ma); Pulleniatina primalis
Datum (5.8 Ma); Grt. acostaensis Datum (9.1 Ma);
Grt. siakensis Top-datum (10.4 Ma); Globigerina
nepenthes Datum (11.6 Ma); Grt. Peripheroacuta
Datum (14.6 Ma); Orbulina suturalis Datum
(15.5 Ma); Praeorbulina glomerosa curva Datum
(ca 16 Ma); Globigerinoides sicanus Datum
(16.5 Ma); Catapsydrax dissimilis/unicava Topdatum
(17.6 Ma); Globigerinatella insueta Datum
(18.0 Ma); Globigerinoides spp. Datum (22-24
Ma). Parallelization of these planktonic foraminiferal
biostratigraphic events with those of calcareous
nannoplankton, radiolarians, diatoms,
and larger foraminifera were discussed. The
results were published on 25 November by the
National Working Group of Japan (Neogene of
Japan-its biostratigraphy and chronology, 150 pp. ).
A joint study of Japan-Indonesia on the Palaeogene-Neogene
biostratigraphy in Java was continued
in July-September, 1981. The first report
of the 1979-research was edited by T. Saito and
published in March 1981. In this report, calcareous
nannofossils of the Nanggulan (Eocene,
CP13 and CP14) and the Sentólo (Miocene-Pliocene,
CN1, CN2, CN3, CN4, CN5, CN7, CN8,
CN9, CN10, CN11, CN12, CN13 and CN14) were
reported by H. Okada, and the planktonic foraminiferal
biostratigraphy of the Sentólo Formation
were described with a definition of thirteen
zones, all (except the lowest zone) defined as
such diagnostic species as: Globigerinoides sicanus,
Orbulina suturalis, Globorotalia peripheroacuta,
Grt. praefohsi, Grt. fohsi, Grt. lobata,
37

Globigerina nepenthes, Grt. acostaensis, Grt.
plesiotumida, Grt. túmida, Sphaeroidinella
dehiscens and Grt. tosaensis, by D. Kadar,
and with detailed columnar sections and maps
of the surveyed sections.
The final international meeting of the Project,
"IGCP-114 International Workshop on Pacific
Neogene Biostratigraphy" was held in Osaka
and Kobe from 25 to 29 November 1981 under
the main subject: (1) evaluation of planktonic
microfossil datum-planes of the Pacific-Neogene;
(2) bioevents of important fossil groups
in relation to planktonic microfossil datums;
and (3) quantitative chronological scale (radiometric
dating, magnetostratigraphy) of Pacific
Neogene biostratigraphy. The aim of this workshop
was to make the first steps towards compiling
the final Project report. The result will be
published in 1982. The meeting was followed by
a 5-day excursion to southern Korea to see the
Neogene in that area.
Activities planned. The activities in 1982 will
be concentrated on compiling and editing the final
report for its publication. A small-scale
meeting in Japan or the USA will be necessary.
Plans for the year 1982 will be decided upon during
the previously mentioned workshop session.
No. 115 SILICEOUS DEPOSITS OF THE
PACIFIC REGION
J.R. Hein, Pacific-Arctic Branch of Marine
Geology, United States Geological Survey,
345 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, California
94025, USA.
Description. The main goals and objectives of
Project 115 were established: to correlate sedimentary
processes of siliceous deposits in the
ocean basins and neighbouring géosynclinal
areas by use of stratigraphy, sedimentology,
geochemistry, and palaeontology in order to estimate
the geochemical silica budget in the
Earth's crust, and to estimate the production of
silica in the marine environment through geologic
time; to induce a general rule on sedimentation
of siliceous deposits in geosynclines; to increase
understanding of the development of
Circum-Pacific orogenic belts; and to obtain
basic methods to evaluate deposits for economic
interests.
Summary of activities. The final international
meeting of the Project was held in Tokyo in
August 1981 and was attended by sixty participants
from nine countries. The Congress was
a great success and included three days of symposia
and three days of field excursions. A summary
of the meeting has been submitted for publication
to Geotimes. Manuscripts for the Conference
volume were collected at the meeting.
Elsevier will publish the Conference volume in
1982.
38
A compilation of 1500 references concerning siliceous
deposits was published by the U.S. Geological
Survey. The bibliography is being transferred
to a computer and will be expanded by 1000 references
by S. Mizutani, Nagoya University, Japan.
Several highly significant findings and advancements
in several general fields of study are as
follows:
First, significant advances in the biostratigraphy
of Palaeozoic and Mesozoic radiolaria have been
accomplished by the Project members, for
example, E.A. Pessagno of the University of
Texas, David Jones of the U.S. Geological Survey,
and G.K. Holdsworth of the University of Keele.
A technique developed by Pessagno to extract
radiolaria from chert has revolutionized the field
of radiolarian biostratigraphy, tremendously increased
our understanding of the evolution of
Circum-Pacific orogenic belts, and has opened
the door to the study of Mesozoic and Palaeozoic
radiolarian taxonomy. As the result of the dating
of Circum-Pacific chert sequences, many melange
terranes dated previously as Palaeozoic on the
basis of included exotic limestone blocks, are
now known to be Mesozoic as determined from
the associated chert. Radiolarian biostratigraphic
zonations for the Palaeozoic are b'eing defined
by the work of Holdsworth, and when matured
will give information on the development of Palaeozoic
orogenic belts. A mutually beneficial relationship
has been established between geologists and
micropalaeontologists-biostratigraphers. By
submitting samples for dating, geologists get the
age control they seek and the biostratigraphers
get better control on the distribution and nature
of microfossil assemblages. This arrangement
is important especially to our members representing
less-developed countries, where the technology
and facilities for biostratigraphy are not
available.
A second field where great advances are being
made is in geochemistry and diagenesis. Understanding
the physiochemistry and temperatures
of transformations of the main sedimentary silica
polymorphs is receiving much attention by many
members, for example, M. Kastner of Scripps
Institution of Oceanography, Raymond Siever of
Harvard University, K.J. Murata of the U.S.
Geological Survey, and S. Mizutani of Nagoya
University. It has been determined that opal-A
(biogenic silica) transforms into opal-CT through
a temperature range of about 28° to 54° C depending
on the time elapsed before the geologic environment
reaches the appropriate temperature
(Hein et al. , 1978 ). Similarly, the transformation
of opal-CT to quartz occurs through a temperature
range of about 80° to 110° C (Murata et al.,
1977). These discoveries are important, in part,
because now silica polymorph transformation can
be used as geothermometers in drill holes to determine
geothermal gradiants and to determine
the thermal environment that exists in the section;
this knowledge has direct application to determining

the likelihood of whether petroleum was generated
in the section. The Project leader just recently
applied the technique to an OCS cost well off
Point Conception in California, and it worked
remarkably well (Hein et al., 1979 ).
Understanding the physiochemical nature of the
transformations is important because the extent
of recycling of silica and trace metals depends
on whether transformations are solid-solid, or
solution-reprecipitation. Also, it is necessary
to know what geochemical or sedimentary environments
inhibit or accelerate the transformations.
It is apparent that silica concentration
levels and alkalinity as well as the presence of
elements such as Mg* f govern the kinetics of
the transformation (Kastner et al. , 1977). These
results have profound implications to the accumulation
and recycling of economically important
elements such as U, Cu, Ni, Co, Fe, Mn,
and others. It has been shown (Hein et al.,
1979) that the availability of biogenic silica may
have a controlling influence on the Fe/Mn ratios
and the Cu; Ni and Co contents of deep-sea ferrorcanganese
nodules.
A third field of intensive study concerns the stratigraphy,
sedimentology, and diagenesis of the
extensive Circum-Pacific diatomite-porcelanitechert
sequences of Miocene age. These sequences
are source rocks for major petroleum and
perhaps uranium occurrences and also may be
important reservoir rocks if fracture porosity
was well developed. Many individual works on
these Neogene deposits will be integrated and
regional stratigraphie models developed. Along
these lines, Garrison, Pisciotto, and Ingle have
nearly finished a review and summary paper
on the Miocene siliceous rocks of California.
Understanding the connection between these Miocene
rocks and petroleum and uranium generation
and accumulation will be a major boon to
the petroleum-based, energy-hungry world, especially
to the less-developed countries that
contain extensive Miocene siliceous deposits,
for example, Peru. The cooperation that exists
between the developed and less-developed countries
that participate in the Project will go a
long way to realizing this goal.
A fourth field showing rapid increases in knowledge
is the study of Mesozoic bedded chert sequences.
It is becoming apparent that many of
the chert sections are not analogous to chert
sections drilled by the DSDP in open-ocean environments
as has been thought, but rather the
organic-belt cherts formed near continental margins.
Also, the bedding in the rhythmically bedded
sections may be the result of deposition of
siliceous debris by turbidity currents.
No. 120 MAGMATIC EVOLUTION OF THE ANDES
E. Linares, Instituto de Geocronologfa y Geología
Isotópica (INGEIS), Pabellón 2, Ciudad Universitaria,
Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Description. The principal objectives of the Project
are the age determination of the major plutonio,
volcanic, and tectonic events in the Andean
Cordillera, and also the correlation or relation
of these events throughout the whole South America
Andean Chain. The Project stressed the
geochronological research in dating magmatic and
tectonic evolution in different regions of the Andes,
the study of the petrology and geochemistry of the
rocks and also the identification of the related
metallogenic epochs, which will be a useful guide
for future ore prospecting in the area.
The Project, which has been extended until 1985,
includes: (a) a pilot subproject, which centres
its research in a geotransverse through the Andean
Chain in Argentina and Chile, at about 30° to 36°
south latitude; (b) ten regional subprojects,
which cover the whole chain from Venezuela to
Southern Argentina and Chile; and (c) six thematic
subprojects, which focus on subjects such
as metallogeny and roc geochemistry.
Summary of activities. Several hundred age
determinations were carried out in the geochronological
laboratories of Sao Paulo, Buenos Aires,
Grenoble, London, and California universities (USA).
The revision of the papers presented to the "Magmatic
Evolution of the Andes Symposium" held
during the 26th IGC (Symposium S. 01. 3. 5) was
completed and the complete set of the manuscripts
was sent to the Earth Science Reviews Editor,
Dr. R. Gramende in March 1981.
The research activities carried out during 1981,
were as follows:
Argentina: (1) Faja Eruptiva of Jujuy and Salta
Puna; (2) metamorphic basement of the Sierra de
Ancasti, Tucumán; (3) metamorphic basement
of Valle Fértil, San Juan; (4) metamorphic and
igneous basement of the Neuquén and Rfo Negro
provinces; (5) igneous and metamorphic rocks
of the Nord Patagonian Massif; and (6) igneous
rocks of the Patagonian Cordillera. Also, other
areas are under investigation in the central and
northern parts of the country.
Chile: (1) The Elqui-Limari granitic batholite;
(2) the metamorphic schists of Belen area;
(3) the Arica granite complex; and (4) the granites
and related rocks of the Central Coastal
Cordillera.
Peru: (1) Igneous rocks of the Coastal Cordillera
in the vicinities of Arequipa; (2) the metamorphic
rocks of the Central Cordillera between Arequipa
and Tacna; and (3) the Coastal Batholith.
39

Equator: Different areas under study, especially
in the western Cordillera.
Colombia: (l) Granitic massif of El Garzón;
(2) adamellitic stock of El Buey; (3) rocks of
the Combia Formation.
Activities planned. The activities planned for
1982 include: (l) the continuation of radiometric
and isotopic analysis in interested laboratories,
with emphasis on samples from new areas
of study; (2) research in several areas of
the Andean Chain; (3) organization of (a) a
symposium on the Magmatic Evolution of the
Andes and a business meeting of the Project
Working Group, both to be held on the occasion
of the 5th Latin-American Congress of Geology
in Buenos Aires, Argentina, October 1982; and
(b) a business meeting, and also an informal
session of the Project Working Group, both to
take place during the 3rd Chilean Geological
Congress, Concepción, Chile, November 1982.
In addition, a publication on the Geotectonic
Evolution of South America will be prepared.
No. 124 NORTH-WEST EUROPEAN
TERTIARY BASIN
R. Vinken, Niedersâchsisches Landesamt ftir
Bodenforschung, P.O. Box 51 01 53, D-3000
Hanover 51, FRG.
Description. Investigation of a marine sedimentary
basin by interdisciplinary cooperation and
correlation of all available data with the aim of
reconstructing the evolution of the North-west
European Tertiary Basin. Results will improve
water supply from Upper Tertiary and storage
of waste liquids and will have implications for
gas and oil exploration in the North Sea Basin.
This case study also is planned to result in the
recognition of the general pattern of epicontinental
basins.
Summary of activities. The 6th Plenary Meeting
of the Project was convened at Skive, Denmark,
13-16 May 1981. More than 50 members
of the Project from all the participating countries
attended the meeting and discussed the contents
of the Project's final report. On this occasion
workshops of the six Project subgroups
were held. The Tertiary localities in Jutland
were visited during a one-day excursion. In
addition, another workshop of the Subgroup
"Palynology" was organized by the Palaeogene
Pollen Group at Hanover from 19-20 November
1981.
The contents of the final report are as follows:
Volume I
(1) Lithostratigraphical schemes of about 30
investigated areas in the whole basin with special
columns for the descriptions of lithology,
40
environment, radiometric age etc. (re-edition
finished, copies have been sent to all cooperators).
(2) Description of the occurrence of each fossil
group investigated (up to 12) for each area; description
of the uni-biostratigraphical state of
knowledge.
(3) Combination of the results of all fossil groups
investigated in each area; multi-biostratigraphical
scheme for each area.
(4) Description of the zonation for each fossil
group investigated, valid for the whole basin; unibiostratigraphical
interregional scheme for the
whole basin.
(5) Correlation of the biostratigraphical results
of all fossil groups investigated in all areas;
multi-biostratigraphical interregional scheme for
the whole basin; base of the new stages for the
Tertiary of the North-west European Basin to be
defined.
Volume II
(6) Lithofacies sections (vertical scale 1:10,000,
horizontal scale 1:250, 000) from all parts of the
basin, extending from the margins to the centre.
(7) Palaeogeographical maps for 9 selected time
intervals at a scale of 1:1, 500, 000.
The preparation of the final report was the main
task of the Project's six working groups during
1981.
Activities planned. The 7th and final Plenary
Meeting will take place in Frankfurt, FRG, from
13-15 May 1982. The main topics of the meeting
will be: 1. the presentation of the main results
of the Project by the chairmen of the 6 subgroups
and by specialists of the different fossil groups;
and 2. the compilation of the final report.
No. 129 LATERITIZATION PROCESSES
Director General, Geological Survey of India,
27, Jawaharlal Nehru Road, Calcutta-700016,
India.
Description. This Project includes an integrated
study of all aspects of lateritic formations, including
their constitution, composition, control,
and distribution in time and space. An understanding
of the processes in question is essential
to correlate palaeoenvironments on a global scale
and to serve as a basis for prospecting for deposits
of Al, Ti, Ni, Cr, etc., which are concentrated
preferentially in lateritic formations as
well as for base and precious-metal deposits
hidden beneath deep lateritic cover.
Summary of activities. During the twelve months
ending November, 1981, work on the Project continued
intermittently in Australia, FRG, Hungary,

India, Japan, Suriname, UK, Venezuela, USSR,
and Yugoslavia. Two newsletters were released,
in December 1980 and June 1981 and were
circulated to 48 countries. The main thrust of
the newsletters has been towards generating
greater awareness about the Project and its potential
importance to the developing countries
and has concentrated on: (1) providing condensed,
practical case histories of successful exploration
of lateritic mineral deposits in Asia,
Latin America, Europe, etc.; (2) presenting
condensed accounts of important research techniques
(e.g. palaeomagnetic dating) and results
(géomorphologie correlation) on latérite as
well as on problematic subjects (e.g. isotope
dating of latérites); (3) developing a debate
among different experts on the definition of "latérite"
so that an agreed nomenclature could be
reached in the Sao Paulo meeting (1982) and a
latérite map of the world prepared thereafter.
The subgroups, set up last year for coordinating
the scientific programme have not yet made any
noticeable impact. However, the subgroup on
Engineering Application and Properties of Latérites
with M. D. Gidigasu as convenor and J.C.
Gogo as Secretary (both of the Building and
Road Research Institute, Ghana) has circulated
a questionnaire for making an inventory of all
on-going research projects, which are to be
grouped into the following classes: (1) Engineering
geology of lateritic soils; (2) Identification
and engineering classification of lateritic soils;
(3) Engineering properties and behaviour of lateritic
soils; (4) Stabilization of lateritic soils
for housing and roadwork; (5) Latérites as
construction materials; and (6) Performance
of lateritic soils/latérites on engineered structures.
This subgroup intends to organize a meeting at the
Sao Paulo seminar in July 1982, should funds permit.
In the FRG, the study of mechanical characteristics
of latérite was continued; a geochemical model
of different alteration processes in various
palaeoenvironments generating/modifying lateritic
rocks is being developed.
In Hungary, the practical value of computer-aided
geostatistical studies in estimating grade and tonnage
of bauxites have been successfully'demonstrated
in mines areas.
In India, experimental studies of latérite samples
for TL dating are in progress. Chronologic relationship
of latérites occurring on four geomorphic
surfaces in eastern India is being studied.
In Japan, mineralogical studies on the nickeliferous
latérites of the Philippines and on "garnierite"
from New Caledonia were continued.
In Suriname, a new project on lateritization on
Gondwana land surfaces has been started.
In UK, a number of research projects have been
started: examination of the mineralogy of Liberdade
nickel latérites, development of a mass balance
model on Bonsora nickel latérite profile, refinement
of techniques for quantitative mineralogy
of clay minerals in latérite and bauxite, and preliminary
investigation of micro-organisms in
latérites and bauxites.
In USSR, minéralogie studies are in progress on
the Cretaceous-Palaeogene latérites of the Dabaon
outlier at 62° N latitude in central Siberia.
In Venezuela, the National Working Group is engaged
in developing standard samples of different
types of latérites and applicability of different
instrumental analytical techniques.
Activities planned. The Sao Paulo seminar is
planned for July 1982. Concrete progress is expected
to be made in the development of (a) an
acceptable definition of the term latérites so that
a latérite map of the world could be attempted;
(b) standard techniques for quantitative mineralogical
analysis of latérites; (c) an intercontinental
palaeomagnetic grid for latérites on different
geomorphic surfaces, and (d) refined geochemical-
geophysical-geostatistical techniques
for assessment of lateritic ore deposits (including
deposits hidden below latérites). Moreover, this
will provide the first platform for energizing the
different subgroups.
The biennal international newsletter will continue.
No. 143 REMOTE SENSING AND MINERAL
EXPLORATION
W.D. Carter and L. C. Rowan, US Geological
Survey MS 7 30 Reston, Virginia 22092, USA.
Description. The rapidly developing technology
of remote sensing and widespread availability of
multispectral satellite imagery from Landsat and
other orbital platforms provide an excellent opportunity
to investigate mineral resource problems
on a global basis from a uniform data base. The
principal objective of this Project, therefore, is
to disseminate information about this developing
technology and test it on a global basis under as
many different climatic conditions as possible,
and help mineral exploration geologists meet the
ever-increasing global demands for mineral and
energy resources. Secondary objectives to develop
and recommend uniform terminology and symbology
that can be used on a global basis, and
help overcome some of the barriers created by
language differences around the world.
Summary of activities. During 1981, more than
110 books and scientific papers contributing to
the knowledge of remote sensing in mineral and
energy exploration were added to the Project's
bibliography. Of these, a comprehensive review
article in Science by A.F. H. Goetz and L.C.
Rowan (1981) states that "Remote sensing techniques
are now being used routinely in geologic
41

interpretation for mineral and energy exploration,
plant siting, waste disposal and the development
of models for regional and continental
tectonics. New spaceborne methods and associated
technologies are being developed to produce
data from which geologic information about
large areas can be derived much more rapidly
than by conventional techniques". The authors
provide a generally balanced overview of progress
and yet stress the spectral mapping approach
to defining mineralized ground that they
have developed. As principal investigators of
SMIRR, they tested the Landsat-D Thematic
Mapper (TM) and the Shuttle Multispectral Infrared
Radiometer (SMIRR) first from aircraft
altitudes over Nevada and Utah mineral-rich
test sites.
1. Space Shuttle Flight: Two geological experiments
were included in the scientific payload
of the second flight of the Space Shuttle on 12-
14 November, 1981. The objectives of the
SMIRR experiment were: (1) Obtain 10-channel
radiometric data from orbit from a significant
sample of geologic units world-wide in the spectral
region 0.6 to 2.5 um with emphasis on the
region beyond 1.0 um; (2) Determine the value
of the spectral bands chosen in the separation of
lithologie units based on their reflectances;
(3) Determine the correlation between the radiances
measured from orbit and the reflectance
data obtained by a portable field spectrometer
system; (4) Assess the effect of variable atmospheric
absorption on the radiance values, particularly
in the 2.0 to 2.5 um region; (5) Determine
the spectral bands to be used in future multispectral
scanners designed specifically for geological
mapping uses; and (6) Test the value of
Shuttle as a platform for low-cost measurements
of parameters vital to the design of new instrumentation
for future flights.
Measurements were made with a single 20-cm
telescope containing a linear array of ten detectors
and associated filters aligned along the spacecraft
ground track. Data were obtained in
100 x 100 m segments in a continuous strip along
the subspacecraft track. A 16-mm framing camera
was used to identify the position of the
ground track. Alex Goetz, Jet Propulsion Laboratory,
Pasadena, California, is the principal
investigator on SMIRR, and Larry Rowan, US
Geological Survey, Reston, Virginia, is the coinvestigator.
The results of that mission are
being evaluated. Data were gathered mainly
over desert regions of Mexico, Spain, Italy,
Greece, Turkey, Morocco, Egypt, and Saudi
Arabia. Data are to be distributed to scientists
where cooperating investigations have been established
through this Project. Unfortunately,
weather masses over the United States and Australia
limited operations in these areas.
The other experiment was the Shuttle Imaging
Radar (SIR-A). The objective of the Shuttle
Imaging Radar-A experiment was to evaluate the
potential of spaceborne imaging radars in geolo­
42
gic mapping and to determine the advantages of
using radar imagery in conjunction with Landsat
imagery for Earth resources observation.
The SIR-A is a synthetic aperture imaging radar
which uses the coherent echo from the surface to
generate a high-resolution image. It uses its
own energy to illuminate the surface, and generates
an image from the backscatter echoes. It
provides an all-weather capability because the
relatively long waves (microwave) are not effectively
reflected or scattered by cloud water droplets.
The SIR-A sensor operates at L-band frequencies
of 23. 5-cm wavelength. The incidence angle
at the surface is 50° at the centre of swath and differs
by± 3° at the edges. The sensor is designed to
be sensitive to surface backscatter cross-sections
between -8 dB and -28 dB. The SIR-A data were
recorded optically on board the Shuttle and all but
6 feet of its film was used during the mission.
After the shuttle landing, the signal film was retrieved,
developed, and processed. Then it was
converted to an image using an optical correlator.
Charles Elachi, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Pasadena,
California, is the SIR-A principal investigator.
Data were collected at numerous sites
located between 39° N latitude and 38° S latitude
in both experiments.
2. Preliminary Metallogenic Map of North America
and Landsat Mosaic: Under the chairmanship
of P.W. Guild (1981a, b, c) a team of six
geologists representing Canada, Greenland, Mexico,
and Central America published the first
"Preliminary Metallogenic Map of North America"
at a scale of 1: 5, 000, 000. It is accompanied by
a complex explanation which categorise 4, 215 ore
deposits by commodities according to size, geologic
environment, age, and minéralogie nature.
Two USGS Circulars (858-A and -B) provide (A)
numerical listing of deposits and (B) an alphabetical
listing of deposits. This remarkable map
was reproduced on an equal area - bipolar oblique
conic conformai projection by electronic colour
scanning of a hand-coloured original map. It will
serve as an excellent basis for formulating new
mineral exploration strategies and, we believe,
will be enhanced further when a new, ail-digitally
processed Landsat Image Mosaic and Lineament
Map of the North American Plate are completed.
Present plans, however, call for the mosaic to
be cast on a Transverse Mercator projection.
3. Geobotanical Anomalies related to Porphyry
Copper Mineralization: Birnie and Francica
(1981) described the results of using an airborne
multichannel spectrometer with a range from
450-1000 m m over the known Mesatchee Creek
porphyry copper prospect in central Washington.
The entire area is covered with Douglas Fir and
lesser amounts of western larch. Spectra from
within the pyrite halo were anomalously high at
565 nm and anomalously low at 465 nm. Individual
spectra with a 565 nm/465 nm reflected radiance
ratio value greater than 1.7 fall dominant -
ly within the pyrite halo. The zone of mineralization
was defined clearly by the cluster of anomalous
spectra.

4. Geobotanical Lithofacies and Limonite Distribution:
Raines and Santos (1980) published
maps showing lithofacies and limonite distribution
of the uranium-bearing Wasatch Formation
of Tertiary age. The maps "were derived from
band ratioing (5/6) of a Landsat image and correlated
with well-log information.
5. International Exchange: Carter published an
article in Geotimes (October, 1981, p. 21-23)
about new Soviet Academy of Sciences publications,
a bimonthly journal "Earth Research
from Space", in which title pages and abstracts
are provided in English. The authors are multinational
and represent the entire Inter Cosmos
Programme of the Eastern socialist nations.
The articles cover not only their own research
but also reviews of western research. In addition,
the Soviets have published a "Cosmogeological
Map of Linear and Circular Features of
the USSR - " (1:5,000,000) based on interpretation
of space images derived from the Meteor satellite
series. Again, the title and legend are bilingual.
The legend is well organized and reveals
the types of features identified from space
images in the USSR are identical to those that
western geologists have identified from Landsat
images throughout the world. The Meteor satellites
of the USSR were launched in June 1980
and July 1981 and carried new multispectral
scanner systems providing data in the visible,
near, and middle infrared bands that are similar
to those of Landsat 3 and proposed for Landsat
D. While the resolution of the system is about
80 m or greater, the band selection should enable
users to define clay-bearing alteration zones
usually found on the surface in relation to
buried mineral deposits. This Project is exploring
the possibility of acquiring such data from
the USSR over US mineral resource test sites
for evaluation.
Satellites being developed by France (SPOT),
Japan (MOS) and India will add to the satellite
imagery data base that will soon be available for
study.
In December 1980, A. Ilyin visited the US Geological
Survey, Reston, Virginia. He handcarried
copies of the Cosmogeological Map of
the USSR and several volumes of "Earth Research
from Space". In addition, he lectured on
the distribution of Precambrian-Câmbrian phosphorite
deposits in southern Siberia and northern
Mongolia. G.P. Salas (1980) has completed a
preliminary lineament map of Mexico published
at a scale of 1:3, 000, 000. It will be interesting
to compare his results with those of Guild. G.
L. Raines, USGS, Denver, spent two months in
1981 as an official visiting scientist with the
Commonwealth Scientific Industrial Research
Organization (CSIRO) of Australia and he participated
in the 1981 Australian Landsat Conference.
Dr. Guy Roberts, a CSIRO computer
specialist spent two months with USGS in Denver
and Reston under the exchange. Chen Gouda
(China) visited US Geological Survey remote
sensing specialists in Reston, Virginia on 16
October, 1981 and visited several mine sites
throughout the United States in the company of
Dr. Jan Kutina. At the Survey, he lectured on
"The Diwa (Geotectonic Depressions) of China
and their Metallogenesis". J. Talvitie (Finland)
visited the Project office on 10 February, 1981
to lecture on the "Geotectonics and Ore Deposits
of Finland", and planned also to lecture for two
months at Michigan Technical University,
Houghton, Michigan. J. Aarnisalo (Finland) visited
USGS offices between 26-30 May, 1981, and
lectured on his uses of Landsat data in mineral
exploration. C.E. Brockmann (Bolivia) is currently
conducting advanced computerized remote
sensing research at the Laboratory for Remote
Sensing (LARS) at Purdue University, West
Lafayette, Indiana.
Some of the participants of the Project's workshop
in Nairobi, Kenya in 1980, are to be trained
further on remote sensing: (l) F. Ahmed (Sudan)
having been granted a Fulbright Fellowship to
visit US Geological Survey and several universities
in 1981, would study the teaching of remote
sensing and its applications to geology and especially
to mineral exploration; (2) Ms. A. Kagya
(Tanzania) was to study photogeology at the International
Training Centre (ITC), Enchede, The
Netherlands.
6. Special activities during 1981: (1) The Fourth
International Symposium on Basement Tectonics
was held in Oslo, Norway, during August 1981.
The EROS Office of the US Geological Survey
provided funds to support publication of the proceedings.
(2) A Symposium on Remote Sensing
in arid and semi-arid Lands, was to be held in
Cairo, Egypt, from 31 October to 10 November
1981. Approximately 200 United States scientists
and relatives were scheduled to attend. W.D.
Carter had organized two sessions: (1) Geologic
Terrain Mapping and (2) Mineral Exploration.
However, the Symposium had to be postponed
until 17 January, 1982.
During 1981, the Geological Society of America's
Centennial Celebration Committee requested that
the US Geological Survey consider making a new
Landsat Mosaic and Lineament Map of the entire
North American Plate (scale 1:5,000,000) tobe
completed in 198 9 as part of the Decade of North
American Geology. As this project is of vital
interest to IGCP 143 members, we have taken an
active role in describing the project and developing
specifications for mosaic development. Several
meetings of interested individuals from Government,
industry, and universities were held
to assess the state-of-the-art of mosaic making.
This assessment of current technology indicates
that a mosaic can be constructed using all-digital
image processing techniques that will be far superior
to previous mosaics and will result in a more
useful lineament map as well as other map products
at other scales. IGCP 143 members will
play a role in developing the project into a multinational
effort that will include Iceland, Greenland,
43

Canada, the USA, Mexico, Central America,
Caribbean Islands, Bahama Islands, and Bermuda.
Canada has indicated its willingness to
participate, and Mexico is studying the idea.
Activities planned. (1) Symposium on Remote
Sensing of Arid and Semi-Arid Lands, Cairo,
Egypt, 19-25 January, 1982 and (2) the COS-
PAR Symposium on Remote Sensing and Mineral
Exploration in Ottawa, Canada, from 17-22
May, 1981. The proceedings of the COSPAR
Meeting will be published by Pergamon Press,
Oxford, England, and will constitute the final
Project report. In Ottawa, there will be a discussion
of a proposal for future plans and; it is
believed that a new project plan will be developed
and recommended for submission of the IGCP
Board.
No. 146 RIVER-FLOOD AND LAKE-LEVEL
CHANGES
R. Paepe and L. De Meyer, Belgian Geological
Survey, Jennerstraat 13, B-1040, Brussels,
Belgium.
Description. The primary objective of the Project
is the establishment of a river-flood and
lake-level fluctuation curve on the basis of the
stratigraphical evidence of their related deposits.
Correlation of regional results aims at the worldwide
validity of the curve, as well as its climatical
implication. It should lead to comparison
with sea-level curves and climatic fluctuations of
the periglacial area. The stratigraphical scheme
for the last 10, 000 yrs greatly using archaeological
material should serve as a model which is
to be extended to classical geological periods
beyond this date.
Summary of activities. Project activities in
1981 expanded unexpectedly.
A general meeting was held in Brussels in collaboration
with the "Centre for Quaternary Stratigraphy"
(Brussels), on Mediterranean Quaternary
Stratigraphy (13 January 1981) and on Palaeoclimates
and Palaeoenvironments of African
Lakes (19 and 20 November 1981).
The meeting at the "Korean Institute for Geology
and Energy Research, KIER" on 19 October
1981 was followed by an excursion to important
Quaternary sites. The East coast of Korea
proved to be especially promising since a continuous
sequence dating from Miocene up to the
present day was encountered. The facies changed
gradually from lake to fluviatile through time,
intermingling along the coast with marine
deposits. An intensive investigation programme
has now started and will continue for at least the
next 5 years. Stratigraphy, clay geology and
clay weathering, pollen analysis, neotectonics
and tephrochronological investigations will form
the basis of this research.
44
Investigation in Greece continued as it has been
linked up with the European Economic Community
Project on Palaeoclimatology. New sites in the
vicinity of Athens make it possible to date geological
deposits at 20-year intervals. On the island
of Skyros (North Sporadhes) a number of
new sections have been studied from the geological
and achaeological point of view. They confirm
the results obtained in Attica. A joint programme
of the Belgian Geological Survey, the Catholic
University of Louvain and the Vrije Universiteit
Brussel resulted in computation of climatic curves
which seems to correlate with the Shackleton
Oxygen-isotope curve and the Berger Astronomical
curve. New projects are foreseen in western
Greece and investigations in Macedonia continue.
Investigations in the interlake region between
Lake Kivu and Lake Tanganika (Zaire, Rwanda,
Burundi) continued,especially with regard to the
setting up of a climatic curve based on salinity
ratios. Humid versus drought phases have thus
been recognised.
New projects have locally been established:
foraminifera studies of the Yellow Sea Terraces
(China); Terrace studies around the site of Homo
pithecanthropus (Indonesia); Coral reef studies
along the Red Sea Coast (Sudan); Coral reef studies
along the Indian Sea Coast (Somalia); Stratigraphy
and sedimentology in the Sinai desert
(Egypt); River terraces in Lower Bangladesh
(Bangladesh).
The attempt to set up a manual on "Lake Level
and River studies" as discussed at the 26th IGC
Congress has failed despite overall encouragement.
Activities planned. The Xllth INQUA Congress
will be convened in Moscow in August 1982, at
which a monograph of selected papers will be presented
on the following topics: Late Quaternary
Geology of Greece; Late Quaternary Geology of
Brazil; Aspects of Quaternary Geology of Peru;
Aspects of Lake Valencia Quaternary deposits
(Venezuela); Comparison of some Climatic Curves
of the Late Pleistocene from Temperate,
Subtropical and Tropical Regions.
No. 148 EVALUATION AND DEVELOPMENT OF
QUANTITATIVE STRATIGRAPHIC CORRELATION
TECHNIQUES
F.P. Agterberg, Geological Survey of Canada,
601 Booth Street, Ottawa, Canada, K1A 0E8.
Description. The main objective of the Project
is the development of computer-based mathematical
theory and analysis of geological information
required for the practical application of automated
correlation techniques in quantitative stratigraphy.
Working along parallel lines, researchers
in different countries are conducting this
work in the fields of biostratigraphy and litho-

stratigraphy. Specific problems are solved by
establishing regional standards of ordered stratigraphie
events and performing correlations on
the basis of these standards. Comprehensive
descriptions are prepared for different techniques
which are applied to the same data sets in
order to evaluate their respective advantages
and drawbacks. Special attention is given to the
performance of computer-based quantitative
techniques in comparison with the results obtained
by conventional qualitative stratigraphie correlation
methods. During the first three years
of its existence, the emphasis within the Project
was on method development. -During the last
few years, the primary activity in the Project
has shifted from method development to application
for solving specific stratigraphie problems
using large data bases. Deep Sea Drilling Project
data sets are also being analysed.
Summary of activities. The 1981 international
meeting for the Project was held in Calgary,
Canada. It commenced with a symposium on
"New Concepts and Methods in Stratigraphy"
on 13 May 1981 at the University of Calgary,
during the annual meeting of the Geological
Association of Canada (10-13 May, 1981). Ten
papers were presented at this event attended by
about 50 scientists from five countries. It was
followed by a business meeting at which future
activities were discussed. A successful short
course with 30 participants, also on "New Concepts
and Methods in Stratigraphy", was held
during 14 and 15 May on the premises of Petro-
Canada. Detailed reports on these meetings in
Calgary were published in Newsletter No. 5 of
the Project which was distributed in July 1981.
The USSR National Working Group sponsored a
three-day international workshop on "Construction
of Composite Standards for Biostratigraphic
Correlation" in Tallinn, 13-15 October
1981.
Also related to the activities of the Project are
the Geochautauquas on Computer Applications
in the Earth Sciences. The Ninth Geochautauqua
(Miami, 9 and 10 January 1981) dealt with
computer applications in oceanography. The
Project leader presented a paper on computer
algorithms for the ranking and scaling of stratigraphic
events. The theme of the Tenth Geochautauqua
(Ottawa, 23 and 24 October 1981)
was use of computers in mineral-resources evaluation.
Ten members of the Project participated
in an open meeting on quantitative IGCP
projects Nos. 98, 148, 154, and 163, which was
part of this conference (see report in December
1981 issue of Episodes).
During the year, documentation of the RASC
computer programme for ranking and scaling of
stratigraphie events was completed. These computer
algorithms will be published in two papers
by F.P. Agterberg and L.D. Nel in consecutive
issues of Computer & Geosciences. The application
of quantitative biostratigraphical techni­
ques to large data bases was continued. P.H.
Doeven and F.M. Gradstein have developed a
quantitative nannofossil range chart for the Upper
Cretaceous sediments of the Canadian Atlantic
margin which improves upon previous range charts
obtained by conventional methods. R.G. Blank
and C.H. Ellis obtained standardized range charts
for Deep Sea Drilling Project data sets with hundreds
of taxa and dozens of wells for the North
Atlantic and Pacific Ocean. Use was made of a
technique originally developed by W . W . Hay for
sequencing first and last occurrences of taxa.
J.C. Brower and W.A. Burroughs have argued
that non-quantitative biostratigraphers resist
numerical methods because many of these techniques
are complex or use methodologies that are
basically foreign to biostratigraphers. These authors
have written the computer programme SER
which constitutes a modified version of a simple
but effective seriation technique used by archaeologists.
SER will be published in Computers &
Geosciences. M. Rubel and Yu. Salin are considering
various possible spatial distributions of
fossil taxa and their effects on automated ordering
techniques. J. Guex is solving biochronological
problems by techniques taken from graph theory.
Extensive bibliographies of publications of quantitative
bio- and lithostratigraphy were published
in 1981 by J.C. Brower and C.J. Mann in the
book "Computer Applications in the Earth Sciences-
An Update for the 70s" edited by D. F. Merriam.
In this same volume D. M. Raup presented a challenge
by noting that, during the 70s, development
of the computerization of biostratigraphy has been
disappointing with "much potential but little real
progress".
W. Schwarzacher has developed quantitative models
for sedimentation patterns and lithological
correlation with algorithms for use on an Apple
microcomputer. Also in the field of lithostratigraphy,
F.L. Kemp has developed a new algorithm
for simultaneous stratigraphie correlation of separate
segments of two well logs which are identical
except for depth shifts and stretches and value
shifts and stretches. B.K. Ghose has applied
methods of time-series analysis to clastic sedimentary
sequences after expressing the lithological
variation in sections of equal thickness by
means of a new variable based on hypothetical
settling velocities.
Two interesting papers on relative age inference
in palaeontology were published by C.W. Harper
Jr. who concluded that one of the most pressing
aims of stratigraphie palaeontology should be the
further development of tests of significance to
evaluate the hypothesis that a group of taxa are
sequential in time. In a recent study of biosequence
metrics, T.F. Smith, M.S. Waterman,
and W . M . Fitch have compared various nucleotide
sequence alignment algorithms. These techniques
also can be employed for stratigraphie
correlation. Lectures by J.E. van Hinte during
last May's short course held in Calgary stimulated
45

interest in geohistory analysis. The prerequisite
to this approach is a good calibration of sections
to the geochronologic scale. Several participants
of the Project are interested in automatic
image analysis for the study of morphology.
Recently, Zhang Yun and H.J, Hofmann
have obtained promising results by image analysis
of lamina profiles of Precambrian stromatolite
taxa.
Activities planned. Five participants in the Project
will conduct a short course on "New Concepts
and Methods in Stratigraphy" on 21-25
June, 1982, in Calgary, Canada, immediately
preceding the Annual Convention of the American
Association of Petroleum Geologists. The
international meeting for 1982 will take place on
22-23 November at the University of Geneva in
Switzerland. Its theme will be "Theory, application
and comparison of stratigraphical correlation
methods". A final meeting before completion
of the Project is planned for December
198 3 in India.
No. 154 GLOBAL EXCHANGE AND PROCES­
SING OF INFORMATION IN GEOCHEMISTRY
H. de la Roche, BRGM, B.P. 6009, 45060
Orléans; J. M. Stussi, CRPG, B.P. 20;
54501 Vandoeuvre-les-Nancy, France.
Description. The main topics of the Project
are: (1) to identify, in the framework of a defined
scientific project, the problems encountered
in exchanges of geochemical and additional data
(location, geology, petrography); (2) to appraise
the opportunity and possibility of defining
standards for communication and automatic processing
of these data. This experiment is conducted
through a scientific programme of "Comparative
geochemistry of two-mica granites and
associated rocks from various orogens".
The Project aims at the following results: (1) in
applied sciences and technology: identification
of the problems encountered in data exchanges
between existing geochemical files and data
banks, and research for solutions (from logistic,
technical, economic, and psychological
points of view); setting up a network of geochemical
data banks; (2) in theoretical sciences:
geochemical and metallogenic characteristics of
two-mica granites and associated rocks in relation
with their typology and location in an orogen,
in order to appraise the notion of geochemical
provinces; interregional and intercontinental
geochemical correlations.
Summary of activities. The activities of the
Project have been focused essentially on bilateral
contacts between centres expecting interesting
developments in this field. A retrospective
file of geochemical and additional data of the
granites in northern Portugal has been computerized
and at present is operative. The generation
of a Spanish data bank and the development
46
of the thematic files in Bulgaria have aroused a
renewal of interest in the Project. Hence, interesting
perspectives of exchanges and processing
can be expected. With regards to the French
Hercynian, the stage correlations between isopic
segments of the orogen are reached mainly with
the graphical presentation of the chemical typology
of the granites. The chemical data are identified
as pertinent markers for correlation and
make it possible to avoid the difficulties encountered
by the usually empiric and regional petrographical
designations.
The existence of the computerized and published
data of the granites in Central Europe gives, at
present, the possibility with the French and Portuguese
operative files, of exchanges and processing
of data which have derived from three major
regional units of the same European Hercynian.
The typological map of the French granites is,
in this respect, an important achievement and
the interorogenic data exchanges are being developed
with Australia.
Activities planned. The Project so far has worked
on the geotechnical data of two-mica granites
and associated rocks. It will extend its investigation
to all types of granites and, moreover,
also to metallogenic, structural, and isotopic
data thereof which are pertinent to the refinement
of the different types of intra- and interorogenic
correlations. From the point of view of computerization,
the integration of such data in existing,
operative data banks requires the creation of an
information system for efficient and rational usage.
At the meeting scheduled for 1982 in Orléans,
France, a tentative discussion will be arranged
for the elaboration of information and communication
standards liable to fulfil this objective.
No. 156 PHOSPHORITES
P.J. Cook, Research School of Earth Sciences,
Australian National University, P.O. Box 4,
Canberra ACT 2600, Australia.
J.H. Shergold, Bureau of Mineral Resources,
P.O. Box 378, Canberra ACT 2601, Australia.
Description. Project 156 is a multidisciplinary
research programme to investigate the nature
and distribution of sedimentary phosphate deposits.
The study provides a clearer understanding of
the processes relating to the genesis of recent
and ancient phosphorites as well as useful palaeogeographic,
palaeo-oceanographic and stratigraphie
information. It also provides a better
understanding of the relationship between phosphorites
and other forms of mineralization, and
phosphorites and petroleum-source rocks. It
assiste in the development of an international
phosphate resource data base and a code of nomenclature.
It contributes to the search for
this important food mineral, both through the
development of new ideas, and by providing geologists
(especially those in developing countries)
with the opportunity to familiarize themselves
with phosphate deposits in other countries.

Summary of activities. Two scientific meetings
have been held during 1981: in Central America
and Asia. Fifty-three scientists from eleven
countries participated in a meeting to examine
the Miocene, Pliocene, and Pleistocene phosphorites
of the La Paz district, Baja, California,
between 2-6 February. Technical papers
on the geology of the Baja California phosphate
deposits were presented by Mexican geologists
to provide an introduction for the following three
days of field excursions. During the excursions,
participants examined the shallow marine sediments
of the lower Mid-Miocene Monterrey Formation
at the San Hilario and San Juan de la
Costa deposits, and the Santo Domingo deposit
in the beach sands of the Pliocene Soledad Formation.
The Fourth International Field Workshop and
Seminar of the Project was held between 25 November
and 6 December in India. It was attended
by 213 scientists from 16 countries. The
meeting commenced with a three-day seminar
session in Udaipur, Rajasthan, and was followed
by field excursions to examine Proterozoic
stromatolitic phosphorites in the Aravalli sequence
of the Udaipur district, and the presumed
Mesozoic phosphorites of the Mussoorie
Syncline near Dehradun Uttar Pradesh.
A total of 48 papers were presented at the initial
seminar, held in Udaipur. The majority of these
concerned Indian phosphorite deposits and
provided a useful background for the two postseminar
field excursions. The first of these
was to examine stromatolitic phosphorites of
the Maton Formation, the middle unit of the
Aravalli Group, in the Udaipur district. Participants
were shown sequences containing both
phosphatic and non-phosphatic columnar stromatolitic
sequences at Maton, Kanpur, and Jhamarkotra.
These elicited considerable discussion
regarding the nature of phosphatization in stromatolitic
environments, and the possibility of
the existence of primary phosphate-fixing stromatolites.
Only particular forms of stromatolites
are phosphatic, and in some instances pétrographie
relationships indicate that some of
the phosphate may be secondary after carbonate
(although prior to lithification). It seems likely
that the morphological uniformity of the phosphatic
stromatolites indicates both a biological and
environmental uniformity of the phosphorite depositional
environment. Pétrographie relationships
described by previous workers indicate
that the phosphatization was an early diagenetic
event. The age of the Aravelli phosphorites
also was considered controversial: new radiometric
dates are not supported by the morphology
of the stromatolites which indicate close
affinity with late Riphean or Vendian forms,
implying a late Proterozoic age of less than
1000 Ma.
The phosphorites of the Mussoorie Syncline
occur mainly in the black shale, black chert,
sequence of the Lower Tal Formation. At
some localities they also are associated with low
columnar stromatolites. Various ages, generally
post-Permian, have been considered for these
phosphorites, but the recent discovery of Cambrian-Ordovician
conodonts is confirmed and this
suggests that the Tal Formation contains at least
two stratigraphie units of disparate ages. A Cambrian-Ordovician
age for the Lower Tal Formation
suggests a late Proterozoic to Cambrian age
for the underlying Krol, Infra Krol, and Blaini
Formations. The last is a diamictite which has
been correlated with the Permian tillites of peninsular
India, but a late Proterozoic age now seems
more likely. This would therefore imply a Cambrian
age for the Krol Formation, which encouragingly
does contain thin layers of phosphorite
in its upper part, and which potentially may yield
phosphatized shelly fauna. Thus, as a result of
the Indian Workshop, the Proterozoic phosphorites
of Rajasthan are considered younger than
previously at Late Riphean or Vendian, and the
Mussoorie phosphorites are considerably older
than previously, i. e. Cambrian-Ordovician.
Project Newsletters 8 and 9, produced in April
and September respectively, contain a full account
of the Project's activities together with
annotated recent references on phosphate geology;
reports on phosphorite deposits and occurrences;
and relevant meetings.
The Project continues to grow. To date 402
scientists representing 30 countries have attended
the official meetings and many others are on the
Project mailing list. National representatives
have been nominated by 16 countries, and we have
national correspondents in another fourteen.
During the year national representation wes requested
by Vietnam, and the possibility of representation
is under discussion with Argentina,
Nigeria, and Zambia.
One of the major problems for geologists interested
in the geochemistry and mineralogy of phosphorites
is the lack of adequate rock standards. With
this in mind,a Committee on Standards has been
formed within the Project to enquire into the present
adequacy of standards and, if necessary, to
establish an appropriate rock phosphorite standard.
For the past two years, the Project has comprised
three working groups. Highlights of activities
within these working groups are given here.
Working Group 1 (Proterozoic and Cambrian
phosphorites): A national working group has been
formed in China and comprises 29 scientists who
will promote research into the sedimentary facies
and palaeogeography of the late Proterozoic and
Cambrian phosphorite deposits of Hunan and Hubei
in south-western China; the petrology and
mineralogy of the Doushantou phosphorites of
Guizhou Province; enrichment processes and
utilization of associated elements of Proterozoic
and Cambrian phosphorites. In Canada, data have
been assembled for the Proterozoic Thelom Basin
47

y the Geological Survey of Canada, and for
the Athabaska Basin by the Saskatchewan Geological
Survey.
Working Group 2 (International Phosphate Resource
Data Base, IPRDB): The aim of this
working group is to produce a needed and comprehensive
world survey of both sedimentary
and igneous phosphate rock occurrences. In
1981 considerable progress was made in the
building up of the computerized bibliography on
the geology of phosphorite and apatite. At the
present time, over 5, 000 references have been
entered into the file, including a large number
of abstracts. A bibliography comprising some
3, 000 references on a country basis has been
prepared by the Institute of Geological Sciences
and is to be published in early 1982.
Progress on the data base itself has been slight.
A number of entries for deposits in the US, USSR,
and India now are in hand but they have not been
entered into the computer file. The entry and
retrieval software has been completed. Due to
financial constraints, it seems likely that the
file will have to be moved to another computer.
In view of this change, the development plan of
the programme has been re-assessed and it is
tentatively planned to publish short papers on
the important phosphorite occurrences of the
world. A two-year programme is envisaged for
this work. An outline for papers that parallel
the computer format will be worked out and
country specialists of the Project will be enlisted
to prepare the reports. It is planned also
to publish the bibliography of the geology of phosphorite
and apatite.
Working Group 3 (Young Phosphogenic Systems):
This group is effective in support of the main
objective of the Project - Protèrozoic and Cambrian
phosphorites, through an improved understanding
of the genesis of economic sedimentary
phosphorite deposits by providing comparisons
with ancient deposits and modern analogues. In
France, geological, geochemical, isotopic, and
bacterial studies have been programmed into the
activities of Working Group 3. Four proposed
research cruises to offshore North Carolina,
the Lau Ridge offshore New Caledonia, offshore
Peru, and offshore Portugal, involve members
of the Working Group from France, USA, and
New Zealand. Working Group 3 held a one-day
seminar in association with the Baja California
phosphorite meeting, at which four research status
papers were presented. Members of the
Working Group also participated in a NATO Advanced
Research Institute meeting on coastal upwelling
and its sediment record which was held
at Algarve, Portugal between 1-4 September.
Activities planned. The fifth international field
workshop and seminar of the Project will be
held in early December 1982 in China. The
meeting will concentrate on the Lower Cambrian
phosphorites of the Meisuchun Formation of
Yunnan Province. In addition, it is hoped that
48
a regional meeting can be organized in Central
Africa to bring together countries from the African
Continent having interests in phosphorites.
A workshop on phosphates in Australia will be
held in Canberra between 25-26 February, 1982,
and a training course will be held at Macquarie
University in May 1982. It is hoped that some
activities in the Cretaceous-Eocene Tethyan
phosphogenic province will get underway in 1982.
No. 157 EARLY ORGANIC EVOLUTION AND
MINERAL AND ENERGY RESOURCES
M. Schidlowski, Max-Planck-Institut fur Chemie,
Saarstrasse 23, Postfach 3060, Mainz, FRG.
Description. The aim of the Project is to evaluate
organic geochemical, isotopic, and palaeontological
data in terms of the evolution of life and its
relationship to episodic formation of Precambrian
and Lower Palaeozoic mineral deposits, particularly
those of base metals and hydrocarbons.
Summary of activities. 1981 was mainly a year
of quiet and intensive work for the preparation of
the forthcoming meeting of Projects 157 and 160
in Mexico City (11-14 January 1982).
Subproject 1: "Precambrian Weathering Horizons"
(convenor: A. Button): Work has proceeded mainly
along the same lines. The accent was on palaeosols
from North America and South Africa. Cataloguing
of important palaeosols is being continued
as new data arise.
Subproject 2: "Organic Geochemistry of pre-
Devonian Crude Oils and their Source Rocks"
(convenor: D.M. McKirdy): Recent activities
have focused upon four principal areas: (i) Biological
marker geochemistry of pre-Devonian
crude oils; (ii) Palaeoenvironments and petroleum
geology of Proterozoic and early Palaeozoic
sedimentary basins; (iii) Association of organic
matter (kerogen, hydrocarbons) with pre-
Devonian phosphorites and Mississippi Valleytype
base-metal mineralization; and (iv) Types
and maturation of pre-Devonian kerogens.
D.M. McKirdy and co-workers completed a study
which revealed an unexpectedly diverse array of
biological marker hydrocarbons (isoprenoid,
steroid, and hopanoid alkanes) in seven Vendian-
Cambrian oils from Australia, Namibia, and the
USA. Further work is planned on Palaeozoic oils
from the Appalachian Basin, USA. The exciting
discovery by J. Zumberge of tricyclic diterpanes
in early Palaeozoic oils from the Williston Basin,
USA suggests that many hydrocarbons were derived
from primitive marine biota, and therefore
are not necessarily specific biomarkers of vascular
plants. M. Fowler and A.G. Douglas continued
their work on a large collection of Proterozoic
and Palaeozoic oils and potential source
rocks from the USA, Canada, Australia, Algeria,
Sweden, and the USSR. A recent highlight was
the discovery of woody material in Silurian shales

from Algeria. The Baas Becking Geobiological
Laboratory (Canberra) has embarked on a new
research programme aimed at investigating the
conditions under which sedimentary organic matter
formed and was preserved during Proterozoic
and early Palaeozoic time (M. Walter, P.
A. Trudinger and co-workers),
Subproject 3 "Antiquity of Bacterial Sulfate
Reduction" (convenor: P.A. Trundinger): The
outstanding event was a symposium on "Sulfide
Mineralisation in Sediments: Current Status of
Syngenetic Theory 1 , 1 held from 2-4 March, 1981,
at the Australian Academy of Science, Canberra.
The proceedings of this meeting (which was attended
by more than one-hundred specialists in
the field) was scheduled as a Special Issue of
the Journal of Australian Geology and Geophysics,
vol. 6 (No. 4) in December 1981. Work
specifically related to the emergence of dissimilatory
sulphate reduction and attendant environmental
impacts has been pursued at the Baas
Becking Geobiological Laboratory, Canberra
(Donnelly, Skyring, Trudinger), by the UCLAbased
Precambrian Paleobiology Research
Group (Hayes, Kaplan, Schidlowski), and by a
working group at McMaster University, Hamilton,
Ontario (Thode and co-workers).
Subproject 4 "Fossil Stromatolitic Microbial
Ecosystems and their Recent Analogues" (convenors:
W.E. K rumbe in and S. Golubic): Based
on a poll and other considerations, two taskforces
have been established for tackling selected
aspects of the stromatolite topic.
Group 1 "Organic Geochemistry of Recent Stromatolites"
has been engaged primarily in a detailed
documentation of the organic geochemistry
(biological marker molecules) of the Solar
Lake stromatolites (Israel).
Group 2 "Microbial Ecology of Recent Stromatolites"
is concerned with physiological ecology
and population dynamics as well as with the fossilisation
potential of extant stromatolite communities,
with efforts mainly focusing on the
Solar Lake and "Sabkha Gavish" localities (Israel)
as representative environments.
Corresponding investigations are planned for the
mat communities from Lower California (Mexico)
and the San Francisco Bay. Laboratory
work presently is concerned with problems of
nitrogen fixation by microbial mats and with impacts
exercises by light, salinity, and grazing
stress on stromatolite ecology.
Current work of Subproject 4 is carried out
mainly as a "joint venture" involving groups
from Hebrew University (Cohen, Gavish), Boston
University (Golubic, Margulis), Oldenburg
(Krumbein), Bristol (Eglinton), Scripps Oceanic
Institution (Nealson) and NASA Ames Research
Center (Des Marais).
The working group "Paleobiology" of the workshop
"Early Crustal Genesis" of Lunar and Pla­
netary Institute, Warrenton, Virginia, USA,
(13-17 November, 1981), was mainly made up of
active Project members.
The European participants played an active role
in the organization, notably in (i) the Inaugural
Meeting of the European Union of Geosciences,
Strasbourg; (ii) the Annual Meeting of the "Geologische
Vereinigung", Copenhagen; (ii) the
NATO Advanced Study Institute "Cosmochemistry
and the Origin of Life", Maratea, Italy;
(iv) the IUGG/IAMAP 3rd Scientific Assembly,
Hamburg.
Activities planned.
1. A volume entitled "Origin and Evolution of
Earth's Earliest Biosphere; an Interdisciplinary
study" (ed. J.W. Schopf; Princeton University
Press) is due early in 1982.
2. The proceedings of Dahlem Conference "Biosperic
Evolution and Precambrian Metallogeny"
(Berlin 1980) will be published in January 1982
under the title "Mineral Deposits and the Evolution
of the Biosphere" (eds. H.D. Holland and
M. Schidlowski; Springer, Berlin).
3. A joint workshop of Projects 157 and 160 will
take place in Mexico City (11-14 January 1982).
The proceedings will be published as a Special
Issue of "Precambrian Research".
4. A symposium, tentatively entitled "Organic
Matter in Sediments: 3800 Ma Record of Life in
Crustal Rocks", will be sponsored by the Project
on the occasion of the 2nd Meeting of the European
Union of Geosciences (Strasbourg, April 1983).
No. 158 PALAEOHYDROLOGY OF THE
TEMPERATE ZONE
L. Starkel, Polish Academy of Sciences, Institute
of Geography, Department of Geomorphology
and Hydrology, 31-018 Krakow, ul. áw. Jana
22, Poland; and
B. Berglund, Lund University, Department of
Quaternary Geology, Tornavagen 13, S-223 63
Lund, Sweden.
Description. Multidisciplinary research on environmental
development with special attention to
changes in the hydrological regime in the temperate
zone (35-70° latitude) due to climatic fluctuations
and human impact. The Project is subdivided
into two subprojects with close co-operation:
(A) fluvial environments; (B) lake-mire
environments. The studies of valley bottoms will
reveal material for long-distance correlation.
Lake and mire sediments comprise the most complete
and undisturbed sequence of changes. A
network of reference sites showing changes of the
physical and biotic environment will be selected
for correlation in time and space. The results
will be compared with palaeoenvironmental reconstructions
elaborated in IGCP Projects Nos.
24, 61 and 146.
49

Summary of activities. The following international
meetings have been arranged and attended.
(a) A joint meeting of Project 158 and Holocene
Eurosiberian Subcommission of INQUA, the
Symposium on "Palaeohydrology of the temperate
zone" (Poznan, Poland, 22-28 September,
1981) was organized by Professors. Kozarski
and A. Witt (Secretary), Adam Mickiewicz
University in Poznañ and the Committee for
Quaternary Research, Polish Academy of Sciences
and attended by 37 foreign participants from
15 countries and 38 from Poland. Thirty-five
papers were presented during the meeting, mostly
national reports. Some invited speakers presented
the ways of palaeoecological, palaeohydrological,
and palaeoclimatic reconstructions
based on different evidence from fluvial, lake,
and mire environments (T. Webb, N. Hotinsky,
B. Berglund, L. Starkel, B. Frenzel, K.D. Jager,
V. Lozek and M. Geyh) and the impact of
man on the environment (K. Gregory, P, Moore).
Another 17 papers at the poster session mainly
presented results from different lake reference
sites or river systems in Poland.
During a four-day field trip, organized mostly
by the Poznañ team, led by S. Kozarski, complex
methods of studies were presented, covering
palaeochannel fills and fluvial history in the
Warta valley and later Biskupin archaeological
site, Gacno Wielkie lake (M. Hjelmroos-Ericsson),
mires and dunes with fossil forest in
Slowiñski National Park (K. Tobolski) and
Zarnowieckie lake (M. Latalowa).
A volume with abstracts of papers and an excursion
guidebook were edited by S. Kozarski. This
meeting summarized the four-year activity and
showed distinct progress both in regional studies
and in general methods and palaeohydrological
reconstructions. A Project business meeting
was organized during the symposium.
(b) The Project-sponsored meeting on the absolute
and radiocarbon chronology of varves, icecores
and Mid-Holocene tree-rings took place
in London from 30 April-1 May 1981, organized
by Dr. D.J. Schove. It was attended by 10 participants
from 7 countries. The problems of
teleconnection, absolute chronology of the lateglacial,
role of volcanic eruptions, sunspots,
geomagnetic variations, and other matters were
discussed, with examples from different parts
of Europe and America. The proceedings edited
by R. Fairbridge and D.J. Schove are expected
to be published.
(c) The International Palaeolimnological Conference
was convened in Koli, South Finland
from 1-8 September 1981 and was attended by
about 150 participants, several of whom were
connected with Subproject B. Reference sites
from different countries were demonstrated as
posters, as well as the Finnish project programme
for Subproject B (Y. Vasari). M. Ralska-
Jasiewiczowa, secretary of Subproject B, took
part in this meeting.
50
Subproject A: Fluvial environment. The revised
version of the Subproject guidebook was edited in
November 1981 by J. Thornes and L. Starkel
and published by Geo Abstracts in the Technical
Bulletin of the British Geomorphological Research
Group. This new version includes a new chapter
on palaeohydrological reconstructions written by
M. Church.
Official working groups now have been organized
in Canada, Czechoslovakia, Finland, UK, Hungary,
Poland, Roumania, and Switzerland. Active
teams, or individual scientists from Belgium,
FRG, the USA, Italy, and the Netherlands, have
joined the work. Another group of countries
(France, Austria, the Soviet Union, China, Spain,
and Australia) shows an interest in the Subproject.
At the meeting in Poznañ the results of most of
the collective work were presented. L. Koutaniami
(Oulu, Finland) showed new results of the
generations of palaeochannels in the Oulanka valley.
K. Gregory (Southampton, UK) presented
the next volume with preliminary results of studies
in the Severn valley. J. Rose (London) discussed
the palaeohydrological variations in the
Gipping River Valley during the late glacial. The
Polish team gave a wide review of work mostly in
the Vistula River Basin (Es Niedziaikowska,
K. Klimek, K. Mamakowa and L. Starkel, A. Szumawski,
E. Wiániewski, A. Tomczak, E. Drozdowski,
J.E. Mojski, W . Florek) and during the
excursion in the Warta River Valley (S. Kozarski,
B. Antczak, P. Gonera, K. Tobolski, I. Okuniewska).
A close co-operation with palynologists working
in Subproject B should be stressed. The monograph
from the Wisloka valley was offered to all
participants.
J. Havlicek (Prague, Czechoslovakia) presented
the results of work in the Morawa River Valley.
A broad summary of palaeohydrological changes
based on well-dated alluvial fills in the upper
Main Valley was given by W . Schirmer (Dusseldorf,
FRG). The beginning of studies in the
Tisza and Bodrog River Valleys with a wide view
of the channel changes in the subsiding basin was
presented by Z. Borsy (Hungary). Ch. Schlüchter
(Zurich, Switzerland) showed the preliminary results
of work in the Aar River Valley in the Alps
and their foreland. I. Heyse (Gent, Belgium)
discussed the evolution of Sceldtbasin Valley
dammed by sand dunes. Of special value was the
synthetic presentation of work in the small Scottish
River Valley North Esk by I. Mairels (Aberdeen,
UK) who made the approach of using statistical
methods for full palaeohydrological reconstructions
based on studies of palaeochannels and
alluvial fills. In a summarizing paper L. Starkel
underlined the typology of river valleys of the
temperate zone, the main model of turning from
braided to meandering channels, the human impact
(this problem was discussed in detail by K.
Gregory) and the origin of many fills side-by-side
related to minor hydrological fluctuations.

Subproject B: Lake and mire environments.
Official working teams have so far been organized
in the following countries: Bulgaria, Canada,
Czechoslovakia, Denmark (including
Greenland), Finland, France, UK, the Netherlands,
Poland, Sweden, Switzerland, and the
USSR. Co-operating actively but informally, or
showing interest in co-operation in the near future,
are Austria, Belgium, China, GDR, FRG,
Ireland, Italy, Norway, and the USA, and hopefully
the Irish-English-Dutch team working in
Spain. There has been no response from Hungary
and Roumania, although official working
groups for Subproject A have been organized
and are active in those countries.
The third volume of the IGCP 158 B Project
Guidebook will be completed and ready for distribution
at the beginning of 1982. It will contain
contributions on vegetative plant remains,
molluscs, bryophytes, algae, phytolith analyses,
application of magnetic susceptibility, tephrachronology,
and palaeoclimatological reconstructions.
During the meeting of the international working
group in Poznan, Poland, in September 1981,
10 papers concerning Subproject B were presented
on palaeoecological and palaeoclimatological
results besides 6 national Project reports. In
addition, the progress of collective work on particular
reference sites, mainly from Poland and
Switzerland was demonstrated in the form of
posters and brief reports. The Swiss working
group (G. Lang, B. Ammann, R. Schneider,
MrJ. Gaillard, S. Elias, K. Tobolski) presented
instructive examples of collective work and international
co-operation in investigating reference
sites by a wide range of palaeoecological methods.
To some of the Polish reference sites a
variety of methods recommended by the IGCP
158 B Project Guide also have been applied,
partly as a result of co-operation with foreign
specialists.
Activities planned. 1. Edition of short national
reports and proceedings of the Poznan Symposium
before the INQUA Congress in 1982 by
S. Kozarski in the series "Quaternary Studies
in Poland"; 2. Edition of the proceedings of the
"Franken" Symposium (1980) by W. Schirmer;
3. Edition of extended national reports (i.a.
two volumes from Poland); 4. Preparation of
short reports on the subprojects (for distribution
during the INQUA Congress); 5. Organization
of the joint symposium with IGCP Project
Nos. 24, 61, 146, 158 on "The Palaeohydrology
of the last 15, 000 years" during the INQUA
Congress in Moscow in 1982 with 7-8 invited
speakers; 6. Future meetings: 1983 in the UK;
1984 in Sweden or France (Subproject B) and in
Hungary (Subproject A); 1985 in Switzerland.
No. 160 PRECAMBRIAN EXOGENIC
PROCESSES
V. Sokolov, Academy of Sciences of the USSR,
Karelian Branch, 185610 Petrozavodsk,
Pushkinskaya 11, USSR.
Description. Objective of the Project is the study
of exogenic processes in the Precambrian, their
possible variation in time, and their metallogenetic
significance. The objective includes
palaeovolcanologic studies (mechanism of flow of
lava and the reconstruction of Precambrian volcanoes),
sedimentology (depositional environments
and palaeogeography), low-temperature
geochemistry (weathering and diagenesis), exogenic
ore deposits, and regional correlation and synthesis
(basin analysis).
Summary of activities. In 1981, active collection,
processing, analysis, and synthesis of various
material were continued. Contacts and co-operation
with other IGCP projects further were developed.
An international symposium on sedimentary
geology of highly metamorphosed Precambrian
complexes was held jointly with Project 91
"Metallogeny of the Precambrian" in Petrozavodsk,
USSR, from 1-10 June 1981. The past
leader of the Project, E. Dimroth (Canada), lent
an active support to the organizers of the symposium.
It was attended by 11 scientists from 7
countries: UK, GDR, Denmark, Canada, Finland,
FRG, and Czechoslovakia, and also by about 40
Soviet geologists. Of importance are the facts
that first, the activity of the Project was extended
after the Project's meetings held in Canada and
Australia, as to cover the Baltic Shield and, second,
the scientists from some countries (GDR,
Finland, Czechoslovakia ) which had not been involved
in the Project's activities in the past, took
an active part in this meeting.
Twenty papers presented at the symposium were
mainly on the following problems: (1) General
problems of Precambrian sedimentary geology
and volcanism; (2) Method for the reconstruction
of the original nature of sedimentary and volcanogenic-sedimentary
series; (3) The effect of metamorphism
on the transformation of sedimentary
and volcanogenic-sedimentary rocks; (4) The
role of sedimentation, organic matter, volcanism,
and metamorphism in ore formation. The proceedings
of the symposium are being prepared for
publication.
Seven days were devoted to field trips to most
typical sedimentary and volcanogenic-sedimentary
complexes of the Archaean and the Proterozoic
in Soviet Karelia. In the opinion of the participants,
fruitful discussion at all stages of the meeting
led to its creative effect.
A joint session of the working groups of IGCP
Projects 160 and 91 was held on 8 June 1981 on
this occasion. Reports of the Project's activities
were presented, and proposals concerning further
co-operation in research between the two projects
were set forth.
51

The problem of the metallogeny and exogenic
processes of the Proterozoic was proposed by
the Finnish scientists for discussion at the next
session to be held in Finland. This will enable
the participants of Project 160 to gain a more
profound knowledge of the geological localities
in a typical Precambrian region of the Baltic
Shield.
Activities planned. A meeting on development
and interactions of Precambrian lithosphère,
biosphere, and atmosphere is to be held jointly
with Project 157 in Mexico City in 1982. H.
Clemmey has proposed another meeting on sedimentary
and diagenetic processes in Precambrian
metallogenesis which is to be sponsored
jointly with Project 91 in London in May 1982.
No. 161 SULPHIDE DEPOSITS IN MAFIC AND
ULTRAMAFIC ROCKS
A.J. Naldrett, Department of Geology, University
of Toronto, Toronto, Canada M5S 1A1.
Description. The aims of the Project include:
(1) gathering and compiling systematic data sets
on magmatic sulphide deposits associated with
a wide variety of tectonic environments and host
rock types with a view to recognizing and understanding
the best environments for ore formation.
Unmineralized mafic and ultramafic rocks
will, of course, be included in the compilation;
(2) fostering field conferences and symposia to
stimulate interest in magmatic deposits, to help
educate geologists from countries lacking such
deposits, and to assist in the compilation as outlined.
Summary of activities. The Project Workshop
"The Geology and Exploration for Ni and Pt-
Group Element Deposits" was held at the University
of Zimbabwe, Salisbury, Zimbabwe.
The lecture and laboratory sessions lasted four
days from 20-23 July 1981, and included descriptions
of Zimbabwe deposits, discussion of the
use of predictive genetic models in planning exploration
programmes and an outline of exploration
methods currently in use in Zimbabwe.
This formal instruction was followed by six days
of field trips, during which the participants visited
all of the major Ni deposits in Zimbabwe,
including the classic Belingwe greenstone belt
and the Great Dyke. About sixty geologists participated
in the workshop. In addition, the Geological
Liaison Office at the Commonwealth
Science Secretariat convened a meeting of the
heads of the geological surveys of the African
Commonwealth countries, to coincide with the
workshop so that these people were also able to
participate in all facets of the workshop.
Data compilation is progressing, with the first
data sets already in the hands of the US Geological
Survey for incorporation into their CRIB
storage system. Data compilation of Canadian
nickel sulphide deposits is in hand and a map
52
showing Canadian nickel sulphide deposits, their
size and types is being prepared. The complete
compilation of data on Finnish nickel occurrences
and the codified data from approximately half of
the Norwegian nickel deposits have been sent to
the US Working Group for computer entry.
A special Issue of Economic Geology (No. 6,
1981) on the geology of Western Australian nickel
sulphide deposits was published as a result of the
joint collaboration of IGCP Projects 161 and 91.
The Project's scientific progress can be summarized
as follows:
In the field of nickel sulphide deposits: (1) Environment
of ore deposition. Important progress
in the understanding of Komatiite-related nickel
sulphide deposits at Kambalda in Western Australia,
is reported in the recently published Nisulphide
volume (Loftus-Hills et al., 1981). It
has been known that these same ore deposits occur
at the base of a sequence of ultramafic lava
flows, mostly in topographic irregularities at the
basal contact of the ultramafic succession and, to
a lesser extent, above this contact at the base of
the next one to three overlying flows. The latest
work has shown that, within one hundred metres
of the ore deposits, the normal, regular succession
of flows and interrelated cherty sediments
is less regular. Sediments are either absent or
discontinuous, flows have a greater ratio of vertical
to horizontal dimension, and MgO -rich units
occur throughout the succession, rather than predominantly
at the base, as is the situation away
from ore. Although no vertical feeder conduits
have been distinguished at Kambalda, the ore
deposits are thought to lie close to the feeders.
Ore lying within and on the flanks of a feeder has
been identified at the Langmuir komatiite deposit
(Green and Naldrett, 1981).
(2) Sulphide-Silicate interaction as a guide to ore.
Some years ago it was proposed that if a magma
was saturated in sulphide, the concentration of
chalcophile elements should differ during fractional
crystallization than if it was not sulphide saturated
(Duke and Naldrett, 1978); Leisher et al.
(1981) have shown that Ni decreases more rapidly
with decreasing MgO in flows that are part of
the Kambalda Ni camp than in the Belingwe belt
(Zimbabwe) within which Ni sulphide deposits
have not yet been identified. It also has been
shown that mineralized intrusions in northern
Maine (USA) are characterized by olivine that is
less Ni-rich than olivine characteristic of unmineralized
intrusions (Thompson and Naldrett, 1981).
These observations have considerable implications
with respect to prospection and are being followed
up.
As regards Pt deposits in the 1980 Project report
it was stressed that "the compositions of certain
(Pt-rich) ores still defy quantitative modelling".
Two important advances have been made in this
respect:

(1) Sharp (1981) has shown that the chill rocks
of the Bushveld complex contain 30-40 ppb Pt,
approximately 5 times the highest concentration
observed in basalts. This observation, coupled
with a report of 12 ppb Pt and 55 ppb Pd in a
chilled phase from the Stillwater Complex, suggests
that the magmas that have given rise to
intrusions containing rich concentrations of PGE
(platinum group elements) are themselves unusually
rich (by a factor of 4 or 5) in PGE.
(2) One of the major problems in understanding
the formation of PGE deposits has been the large
mass of magma from which the sulphide in
the deposits have had to scavenge their PGE. A
new model involving introduction of a pulse of
fresh magma into a layered intrusion, gravitational
instability of this pulse leading to mixing
with the cooler pre-existing magma, the cooling
leading to liquidation of sulphides and scavenging
of PGE from both new and old magma, and finally
settling of the gravitationally unstable new pulse
to form Merensky reel-type horizons, has
been developed (Campbell et al 1982, Bow et al
1982) and offers considerable promise in explaining
these deposits.
Activities planned.
1982. 3rd Nickel Sulphide Field Conference, Western
Australia, in May or June 1982. A two-day
symposium on Ni sulphide and Pt deposits will
be followed by a 7-day field excursion.
1984. 4th Nickel Sulphide Field Conference in the
USA in August 1984. .Field excursions will be
made to the Stillwater Complex, Montana, the
Duluth complex, Minnesota, and perhaps to the
Duke Island complex, Alaska.
1986. 4th International Platinum Symposium.
Professor Naldrett has been invited to organize
the 4th International Platinum Symposium in
Canada. IGCP Project 161 will be a sponsor of
this event. The Mineralogical Association of
Canada and the Society of Economic Geologists
have been approached to join as co-sponsors
and have given preliminary approval.
No. 163 DESIGN AND GENERATION OF A
WORLD DATA BASE FOR IGNEOUS PETROLOGY
Felix Chayes, Geophysical Laboratory, 2801,
Upton St. NW, Washington, D.C. 20008, USA.
Description. The general aims of the Project
are to design an archival retrospective data base
for igneous petrology and to stimulate and assist
in the development of such a base. Realization
of these goals will require (a) extensive, carefully
organized international professional collaboration
in the literature scan and data accumulation;
and (b) systematic long-range support
from appropriate national and international EDP
facilities in connection with the management of
the base, both during its development and in its
administration thereafter, as a service to the
world scientific community.
Summary of activities.
(1) The first scientific session of the Project,
the Hawaiimeeting was to be held from 19-22
December 1981.
(2) The national groups of Japan and Brazil have
been formally organized.
The recently organized British group has designed
and is testing a coding form compatible both with
project specifications and domestic requirements;
it has negotiated agreements with editors of a
number of British journals according to which
authors of accepted papers will be invited to submit
their data to the Project. O. Wadatsumi, of
the new Japanese group, has brought the Project's
conversational data transfer programme on line
for Japanese contributors. K.V. Subbarao reports
that the Indian group, having virtually completed
its literature scan, is planning to transfer
its own data to card-image files rather than rely
on the central office for this service. The US
group now has four members generating their own
card image files or planning to do so. Most of
these developments will facilitate the planned
decentralization of the data transfer operation,
making life more bearable in the central office of
the Project and probably also making it easier
for us to find an institutional home for the new
base.
(3) Central office activities: In generating, editing,
and maintaining its steadily growing collection
of card-image files, the central office has
been obliged to develop considerable ad hoc software,
specifically:
(a) conversational programmes for moving
data and bibliography from hard copy to machine
readable card-image form;
(b) a programme that provides a table of contents
of any project data file (s);
(c) a programme that uses card-image bibliography
files produced by (a) as input and
generates a direct-access bibliography file;
(d) a programme that extracts and orders all
reference numbers encountered in a scan of
any designated card-image files produced by
(a) and uses these numbers as entries to a
direct-access bibliography file produced by
(c), from which it extracts and lists all references
cited in the data files scanned;
(e) a programme that scans any designated system
data files produced by (a) and collects
information about the numbers and values of
items of different types they contain. To do
its work this programme must essentially
proof every queried data field for strange
characters and registry errors.
53

Programmes (a)-(d) have been developed in response
to practical needs of the office's data capture
procedure. They are essentially prototypes
of service programmes that will be needed not
only during building of the base but for as long
thereafter as it is kept current by systematic
updates. Programme (e) was constructed to
provide information that facilitates improvement
and simplification of the project coding form,
from which the card-image data files are generated,
and assists in design and development of
the data base to be built from these files. It offers,
rather unexpectedly, a convenient method
for detecting and characterizing temporal trends
or regional differences in the techniques of pétrographie
description; preliminary results of
a pilot study of this sort were to be presented
at the Hawaii meeting.
(4) Additions to current holdings: holdings of
card-image files ready for incorporation in the
base continue to expand. The Brazilian and
Israeli files more than doubled in size during the
report year, as did those for the US systematic
literature scan, the latter now containing over
2000 specimen descriptions. The Italian group
expanded its collection of Etna material from
399 specimen descriptions to 466; this is by
far the best computerized collection of Etna analyses
now available and reductions from it will
be used in preparation of a memoir to accompany
the new geological map of the volcanic complex.
Activities planned. A meeting will be convened
in the last part of 1982; the exact dates and
meeting place are under consultation.
No. 166 CORRELATION OF COAL-
BEARING FORMATIONS
P.P. Timofeev, Academy of Sciences of the
USSR, Pyzhevsky per. 7, 109017 Moscow Zh.
17, USSR.
Description. During its first stage, the Project
will aim at elucidating the processes of sediment
and peat accumulation, at studying the dynamics
and peculiarities of the transformation of ancient
peat-bearing formations into coal-bearing ones,
and at correlating regularities of location of
peat and coal-bearing formations. During the
second phase correlation of sedimento-genesis
and lithogenesis of peat- and coal-bearing formation
in the Earth's crust continental blocks
and their oceanic margins will be established.
Summary of activities. The following countries
are taking part in the Project: Australia, Bulgaria,
Canada, China, Czechoslovakia, France,
FRG, Hungary, India, Japan, the Netherlands,
New Zealand, Poland, Thailand, UK, USA, and
USSR.
The 4th meeting of the International Working
Group was held in Heerlen (Netherlands) 1-6
June 1981.
54
1. The reports of the delegates from FRG, Belgium,
and the Netherlands summarized the published
materials and let the audience get acquainted
with the methods of investigations of coalbearing
formations in these countries. The national
working groups of Australia, Bulgaria,
Hungary, the Netherlands, CSSR, and the USSR
presented their reports on the main problems of
the Project. Judging from these reports, the
investigations of the scientists in Australia, the
Netherlands and FRG are mostly of applied
character.
It was decided to pay more attention to the scientific
aspects of the problems of stratigraphy,
sedimento-genesis, and organic matter of coalbearing
formations. Special attention should be
paid to the processes of sedimento-genesis and
palae oge ography.
2. The National Working Group of the USSR submitted
to discussion the working programmes on
the following problems: I. "Stratigraphical correlation
of coal-bearing formations"; II. "Sedimento-genesis
and lithogenesis of coal-bearing formations";
III. "Processes of organic matter
transformation"; IV. "Prognosis and reserves
of solid fuel minerals".
The scientific and methodological basis for the
investigations and some concrete recommendations
are given in these programmes. The convenors
of all problems were asked to prepare
such working programmes.
3. The first part of the inventory of the world
coal basins (except those of the USSR, China,
Australia, and some other countries) was published
in the Netherlands under the guidance of
M. J.M. Bless. The main aspects of the inventory
were discussed at the meeting. Twelve volumes
of geology of coal basins of the USSR have
been published in Russian. Nevertheless, it was
decided to generalize all information, add some
new details and include the coal basins of the
USSR into the second part of the inventory. Under
the suggestion of Dr. Bless the studies on problem
I should be provided by four steps: step 1-
Inventory, step 2- Compilation (maps, charts),
step 3- Criticism and corrections, and step 4-
Final report.
The inventory has been considered as the first
part of the work on problem I "Stratigraphy".
The inventory should be completed by December,
1981. It was agreed that no further work should
be expected from any national delegate, until the
inventory was completed. However, the inventory
does not touch upon scientific aspects of stratigraphy
which was stressed in the speeches of the
Project leader, P.P. Timofeev, K.H. Jósten
(FRG), and other delegates.
4. The delegates discussed the suggestion of the
9th session of IGCP Board (Paris, February
1981) to establish indépendant projects under

egional or stratigraphical principles (the
Palaeozoic formations only, or the North Hemisphere
only). After the discussion the suggestion
was not accepted because (a) stratigraphical
principle cannot be taken as the basical because
many coal basins of the world contain
coal seams of various ages,and (b) regional
principle makes difficulties with organization of
similar projects on one problem (theme).
All delegates unanimously approved the existing
structure of the Project.
5. It was stressed that for the last years the
Project made progress as far as study of coalbearing
formations is concerned, but not enough
attention has been paid to their genesis, palaeotectonics.and
palaeogeography.
6. The results of the Project were published
in three volumes of theses of Geological coal
meeting (Lvov, 1980); annual "Newsletters"
(No. 1, 1980); No. 2, 1981); the form of inventory
of coal basins of the world (the first part
published in the Netherlands in 1981, includes
the coal basins of Europe, Canada, Japan, and
New Zealand, and the coal basins of the USSR,
the USA, Australia, China, etc., will be included
into the second part); and the articles,
which were published in the USSR, the USA,
Canada, Australia, Bulgaria, and other countries.
The delegates visited the Colliery Emil Mayrisch
in Aachen (FRG), which belongs to the
Ruhr Coal District.
Activities planned. The next meeting of the International
Working Group of the Project is expected
to be held in Brussels, Belgium.
No. 169 GEQTECTONIC EVOLUTION AND
METALLOGENY IN THE EASTERN MEDITER­
RANEAN AND WESTERN ASIA
S. Jankovic, Geoloski-rudarska fakultet,
Djusina 7, YU 11000 Belgrade, Yugoslavia;
W.E. Petrascheck, Erdwissenschaftliche Kommission
der Ôsterreischischen Akademie der
Wissenschaften A-1010 Wien, Dr. Ignaz-Seipel-
Platz 2, Austria.
Description. Genetic comparison and correlation
of mineral deposits of south-eastern Europe,
Asia Minor and parts of Central Asia, particularly
with regard to their relationship with plate
tectonics.
Summary of activities. The tectonic, petrologic,
and metallogenic characteristics of the Srednogorge-Sector
(Bulgaria) of the Eurasian Copper
Belt were systematized (L. Vassileff 1981). In
Yugoslavia, an important contribution for understanding
the general plate tectonic evolution of
the Tethys area was made by St. Karamata
(1981). It is desirable that this model be used,
by other collaborators in the Project, to corre­
late metallogenic evolution and, furthermore, to
explain the metallogenic peculiarities in the Mediterranean
area. Whereas the metallogeny,
related to more or less proven subduction zones
and to the subsequent acid magmatisms in Southeast
Europe was the main topic of all the previous
studies, the problematic stratiform deposits associated
with andésites, spilites and keratophyrs of
Triassic age deserve special attention. In his
comprehensive article on metallogeny and tectonic
evolution (1977), S. Jankovic attributed these
deposits to an early alpidic rifting. A similar
idea was proposed by W.E. Petrascheck for the
South-Alpine Pb-Zn deposits on both sides of the
Periadriatic Line. However, the tectonic features
indicating ancient rifts or sutures are expected
for the maps of Yugoslavia and Greece.
S. Pamic has proposed a comparative study of
ore deposits related to alpidic rifting in Southeast
Europe and established a working group
which will join Project 169.
The papers presented at the Symposium in Athens
in October 1980, on metallogeny associated with
mafics and ultramafics, have been published recently
in a volume edited by S. Augustithis. This
volume may enable us to understand by comparison
why certain ophiolitic regions are rich in Crand
Cu- deposits and others are poor. In Austria,
with the increase of additional data in collection,
E. Stumpfl and his co-workers investigated the
geochemistry, particularly RE-elements of ultramafics,
in the Eastern Alps. The problem of
remobilization of Palaeozoic ore deposits by
younger alpidic events has been a basic problem
for almost 20 years. In order to discuss this
problem, a Project meeting was held in Leoben,
Austria, in October 1981. Not only mineralogists
but also chemists were invited to explain realistic
physico-chemical conditions for the solution and
redeposition of ore minerals. According to theory,
experiments and field observation, this seemed
possible for carbonate ores, but most improbable
for complex sulphide ores. In most situations,
recrystallized and mobilized sulphide ores
have migrated for only short distances. The discordant
Pb-Zn veins of Mesica, considered as
remobilization products by some authors, contain
galena, which contain less silver that the original
synsedimentary ore. Also Sphalerite becomes
poorer in iron when mobilized, as in the situation
of deposits in the Northern Kalkalpen and in Mesica.
A mobilization and redeposition of tennantite
in Schwaz (Tyrol), as assumed by some mineralogists,
was considered as almost impossible
by the chemists. The relics of sedimentary structures
in the siderite deposits of the Erzberg are
rare. Generally it could be concluded that mobilization
of ores from known deposits should not be
overestimated.
Activities planned. The IAGOD-Symposium will
take place in Tbilissi in September 1982. It is
time to make real attempts at defining and correlating
ore provinces, on the basis of synthesizing
the tectonic, magmatic, and metallogenic events
in the Eastern Mediterranean area and Western
55

Asia. In this respect, the results of the working
group on ore deposits, related to rifting in
the Balkan Peninsula should be expected in the
next few years. Mineralization along the most
northern part of the Jordan Graben will be investigated.
A geographic extension of the Project to the
Western Mediterranean area is proposed.
The preparation of drafts for the following three
maps (1:10,000,000) is under consideration:
(1) the Palaeozoic ore districts, (2) the Mesozoic
ore districts, and (3) the Neogene ore districts.
On each map the Palaeozoic magmatic
rocks, main tectonic features and stratigraphie
unconformities, as related to the respective
mineral deposits, should be shown. Every national
group should make a draft of its own territory
and these drafts should be composed tentatively
during a joint meeting in Tunisia in October
1982. For a general, preparatory discussion
on the legend, a meeting on Pb-Zn veins is
planned to take place at the Bureau de recherches
géologiques et minières (BRGM), Orléans,
France from 21 - 2 3 April 1982.
No. 171 CIRCUM-PACIFIC JURASSIC
G. E.G. Westermann, Department of Geology,
McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario,
Canada L8S 4M1.
Description. To promote interdisciplinary and
intercontinental research on the following 11 topics
concerning the Jurassic of the Pacific region:
A. Ocean floor, continental margins and
exotic terrains; B. Palaeogeography of sedimentary
basins; C. Eustatic events and their
correlations; D. Ocean currents and climatic
events; E. Floral biostratigraphy; F. Microfaunal
biostratigraphy; G. Macrofaunal biostratigraphy;
H. Supra-regional standard zones;
I. Biogeography; J. Seaways to Tethys and
Arctic Ocean; and K. Unusual biological events.
Summary of activities. The Project has consolidated
its active membership and research
areas. As of 20 November 1981, there were
150 researchers divided amongst the 11 topics
(A-K), and 49 subtopics. Whereas topics A
and B are concerned basically with the construction
of a "2nd generation" base map of the
Pacific area, topics C and D are concerned with
the pertinent physical properties derived from
palaeontology. Most of the remaining topics
concern biostratigraphy and palaeogeography.
The Project objective is to formulate a synthesis
of the Jurassic in the Pacific area with emphasis
on the distribution and time correlation
of biological events and their relationship with
geodynamic events.
Activities planned. The following short-term
results are expected:
56
(1) 1982: Preliminary synthesis of the research
topics, at the Jurassic Field Meeting in Calgary,
Canada from 9-14 August 1982 including a fourday
field excursion and a two-day conference;
(2) 1983-1984: Individual biochronological correlations
of geodynamic events (e.g. plate movements;
participation at multidisciplinary symposium
tentatively planned for 1983), preparation
of standard zonal sequences based on different
taxa and their correlations;
(3) 1985: Complete sets of standard zones for
the Circum-Pacific area; maps showing the
stage-by-stage Jurassic palaeogeographic development
of the Pacific margin and the sequence
of biogeographic provinces.
No. 17 4 GEOLOGICAL EVENTS AT THE
EOCENE-OLIGOCENE BOUNDARY
Ch. Pomerol, Laboratoire de géologie des bassins
sédimentaires, Tour 14-15, 4, place
Jussieu, 75230 Paris Cedex 05, France.
Description. (1) To check the sections which
are complete and continuous at the Eocene-Oligocene
limit on continents and in deep-sea drills;
(2) To study the modifications occurring at this
limit, in particular: increase in the evolution
rates (extinctions, appearances), climatic changes,
sea-level changes, stable isotope fractionation
changes ( i3 C/12c and ISQ/^O), changes in
magnetic polarity, changes in biotope distribution
and extraterrestial events; and (3) to correlate
and date these geological events in order to characterize
a limit which has been, up to now, a
matter of controversy, for the lack of objective
documents.
Summary of activities.
1. After the diffusion of a questionnaire through
the Project's Newsletter No. 1, 1980 it would
appear that the following Eocene-Oligocene boundary
sections could be studied; 17 sections in
Europe, 19 in Asia and the Pacific region, 5 in
Africa, 5 in America and 8 DSDP sites. The
location of these sections appeared in the Project's
Newsletter No. 2, 1981.
2. Thirty regional working groups have been
established each headed by one geologist as indicated
in Newsletter No. 2. Moreover, the following
twenty-one specialists working groups have
been organized: Planktonic foraminifers; Benthic
foraminifers; Large foraminifers; Nannoplankton;
Radiolarians; Diatoms; Ostracods;
Algae; Charophytes; Palynology; Molluscs;
Mammifers; Evolution of micro-organisms;
Magnetostratigraphy; Tectonics; Planetology;
Tectites and Microtectites; Ocean floors spreading;
Oceanic circulation; Sedimentology; Stable
isotopes.

3. The following continuous sections of the
Eocene-Oligocene boundary have been selected
for study: the Budapest region in Hungary; the
Brebi Marl in Transylvania, and the Carpathian
Flysch in Pietra Neamt region of Rumania; in
Italy, the profiles of Contes sa and of San Marco
(in the Apennines), the profile of Lavacille
near Bassano (in Venetia), and the profile of
Ponte-Pia, 30 km west of Trent (in Trentino).
4. A meeting of the working group on the Eocene-Oligocene
boundary in Asia and the Pacific
region, was held in Paris, from 12-13 November
1981, and attended by 15 scientists from
six countries. Sessions were devoted to large
planktonic foraminifers and to structural geology.
Abstracts of these reports were to be published
in Newsletter No. 3 in January 1982.
The choice of principal sections, and the objectives
of the working group were discussed.
The working group intends to study the following
sections: the Kirthar Fm (Gaj River Sect. Dadu)
in Pakistan; the offshore of W. Bombay
Basin and Cauvery Basin (East Coast) in India;
the Malinan limestone (Sarawak) in Malaysia;
the Nanggulan Fm of central Java, Indonesia;
Pasir Basin (Mum River) in Borneo; the Chimbu
limestone (near Kundiawa, Papua) in New
Guinea; the Hashi Group in China; the Nichinan
Group (Miyazaki Prefecture, South Kyushu) and
the Poronai Fm (Central Hokkaido) in Japan;
the Otway and St Vincent Basins of South Australia;
the Aire District and Browns Creek
Sect., Victoria in Australia; the Weber Section
(Akitio River) on the North Island; the Port
Elizabeth Section on the West Coast and Taylors
Quarry at Weston near Oamaru on the South Island,
in New Zealand; Eniwetok and Marshall
islands in the Pacific; Sites 277 (South-western
Pacific) and 282 (western Tasmania) of DSDP
LEG 29; Site 445 (northern Philippines Sea) of
DSDP LEG 58.
Activities planned. 1. Field conference in Alabama,
Mississipi and Barbados from 18-30 January
1982, to examine the sections on a continental
(passive) margin (Gulf Coast) and in an
oceanic environment (Barbados). 2. Establishment
of a preliminary report by regional working
groups. 3. Development of research in
South-east Asia and in North Africa. 4. Coordination
of magnetostratigraphic 'work and on
stable isotopes, in particular those concerning
oceanic sites.
No. 175 CHRONOSTRATIGRAPHIC PRECISION
N.F. Hughes, Department of Earth Sciences,
University of Cambridge, Downing Street,
Cambridge CB2 3EQ, United Kingdom.
Description. The objective of the Project is to
examine, from all points of view, the current
practices in making time-correlation. To develop
after analysis and to publicise those methods
achieving greatest resolution of correlation and
best capacity for progressive refinement.
Summary of activities.
1. The first working group meeting was held in
Cambridge, England 15-17 October 1981, with
ten members drawn from USA, Switzerland, Eire,
and UK.
2. The objectives were agreed to as indicated in
the description of the Project.
3. It was agreed that 'Assessment of timecorrelation
potential' involved: (a) Evaluation of
quality of evidence of each event independently;
combination of scores for comparison of whole
sections would be studied later, (b) Events would
be both of palaeobiological origin and of lithological
origin (including observed lithology, logged
lithology, isotopic, magnetic, and other data);
in the situation of lithological events a sequence
identification generally would be necessary,
(c) Estimation of the time duration (sequence
length) under consideration either from radiometric
data with averaged subdivision as necessary
or from sediment/rock thickness, (d) Estimation
of the range of distance over which an
event could be used effectively in time-correlation,
(e) Normally for these comparative purposes the
correlation would consist of the sequencing of one
event from one external sample against the reference
scale under study.
4. Scoring of assessments. A system of scoring
both for biological and non-biological events was
prepared in outline and the subgroup undertook to
prepare it fully for the next meeting.
5. Definition of terms. It was necessary to
agree definitions between members for the most
frequently used terms.
Activities planned, (a) It was appreciated that a
report required for the IGCP Board in late 1982,
would have to indicate sufficient progress to justify
continuation of the Project, (b) Second working
group meeting is planned for 25-26 February
1982 at Sunbury-on-Thames (UK). It is hoped
that a publicity document will be approved,
(c) Third working group meeting is planned for
early July 1982 in Cambridge (UK).
No. 179 STRATIGRAPHIC METHODS AS
APPLIED TO THE PROTEROZOIC RECORD
J. Sarfati, Centre géologique et géophysique,
U.S.T.L., 34060 Montpellier Cedex, France.
N. Clauer, M. Semikhatov, G. M. Young and
P. Affaton.
Description. Intrabasinal and interregional correlations
of Proterozoic supracrustal rocks are to
be made by using all available methods together.
An attempt will be made to evaluate the limits of
applicability of each method, to improve their
57

precision and, by their combined use, to achieve
a more precise correlation of reference sections
of the Proterozoic in different continents.
Summary of activities. A WorkingGroup meeting
was held in Montpellier, France from 8-10 December
1981, followed by a field trip to Brittany
and Normandy on 12-14 December respectively.
Seventeen scientists from nine countries
attended the meeting and visited numerous outcrops
of the Brioverian and the Lower Cambrian.
Those present gave summaries on the geology of
certain regions of their countries and on the application
of certain techniques to problems of the
Proterozoic correlations. Particular attention
was paid to the use of two techniques which have
not been used previously much in relation to the
Proterozoic supracrustal rocks: Palaeomagnetism
and Geochemistry.
Don Elston presented some important new results
on Proterozoic successions on Western
North America concerning both polar wander
paths and magnetostratigraphy. Norbert Clauer
discussed the possibility of using geochemical
techniques: rare earth elements, transition elements,
and isotopic analysis for origin studies,
as geochemical markers and for studies of the
diagenetic evolution of the sediments. Grant
Young talked about the possibility of using major
elements geochemistry of mudstones for palaeoclimatic
interpretations. These techniques
look promising to the Working Group and it was
proposed to favour their application where other
data are yet to be collected.
In order to present clearly what was done in certain
key areas it is proposed that correlation
charts be drawn up to summarize all available
information such as: geochronology, palaeontology,
lithology, mineralization, metamorphism,
magmatism, palaeomagnetism, geochemistry
(markers ? ), sediment ratio, palaeocurrents,
unconformities. . . Such charts can be drawn
now in some key areas such as: Scandinavia,
Southern Urals, Baltic Shield (Lower Proterozoic);
South-east Siberia; Anabar massive;
Spitzbergen; Great Lakes Lower Proterozoic;
Arctic Canada (Middle to Upper Proterozoic);
Belt and Grand Canyon sequences; North West
Africa; Europe; British Isles.
For the next meeting in Canada it is proposed
that several charts be prepared so that comparisons
can be made among them and with that
already compiled by R. Trompette for North
West Africa. This information will be used to
establish a definitive format that can be used to
prepare additional charts for other regions and
for final publication.
In some areas it was decided that collaboration
among members of the WorkingGroup would fill
the gaps in the available knowledge, thus facilitating
the preparation of correlation chart. One such
study is proposed on the Shaler Group (Upper Pro­
58
terozoic) of Arctic Canada essentially biostratigraphy
and geochronology. Other projects include
palaeomagnetic work on the Upper Proterozoic of
West Africa and Brazil.
In countries where such charts are not yet
ready, work will be continued and the members
of the Project are requested to pay attention
to the demand of these countries regarding the
possibilities to increase data and especially to
form geologists trained for new techniques.
Currently there are many different ideas in different
countries concerning the subdivisions of the
Proterozoic. One possible objective of the members
of the Project could be the establishment of
a scheme for global subdivision of the Proterozoic;
a scheme based on supracrustal rocks.
M. Semikhatov will send to all members of the
Project a questionnaire on this topic and if it is
possible results of this inquiry will be presented
to discussion during the next meeting.
Project 118 and 99 emphasized the use of various
techniques in the understanding of sequences of
supracrustal rocks. Articles published in special
issues of Precambrian Research (Vol. 15, 1981),
and Earth-Science Reviews (in press) clearly
testify to the success of these projects. Such
purposes will be pursued in all places where new
data are needed.
One objective of this Project will be the production
and publication of correlations charts displaying
a wide variety of information in certain
key areas. It has been suggested that consideration
should be given regarding the possibilities
and limitation of the techniques that are currently
being used. It is hoped that newer techniques
such as palaeomagnetism and geochemistry will
be fully exploited.
Activities planned. The schedule of meetings for
the duration of the Project is as follows: 1982:
Canada. Lower and Middle Proterozoic; 1983:
Mauretania and China; 1984: Moscow. International
Geological Congress.
No. 183 WEST AFRICAN MESOZOIC AND
CENOZOIC CORRELATION
M. Moullade, Centre de recherches micropaléontologiques
"jean Cuvillier", Université de Nice,
Parc Valrose, 06034 Nice, France.
O.S. Adegoke, Department of Geology, University
of Ife, He Ife, Nigeria.
Description. Project No. 183, succeeding Project
No. 145, "West African biostratigraphy and
its correlations", continues to focus on the correlations
of the Mesozoic and Cenozoic of West
Africa. Moreover, it aims at enlarging and adjusting
the geological data of West Africa into a
more general framework. More specifically, it
will undertake: (1) the establishement and synchronization
of palaeontological records and of

iostratigraphical scales for the African sedimentary
basins; their utilization in the field of
sciences and in the research for resources of
economical interest; (2) geological syntheses
on subregional and continental scale of Africa;
(3) study of the relations between Africa and
the geologically better known regions of the Tethys
(Circum-Mediterranean area, Middle -
East, etc. ) of South America and of the palaeo-
Atlantic ocean.
Summary of activities. The Project has regrouped
more than one hundred researchers of 25
different nationalities into the following working
groups (co-ordinators): 1. Mesozoic of West
Africa (I. de Klasz); 2. Cenozoic of West
Africa (Y. Reyre and R. Anglada); 3. Correlations
with the adjacent regions (a) Mesozoic of
southernTethys (B. Peybernes), (b) Cenozoic
of southernTethys (A. Blondeau), (c) South-
Atlantic Mesozoic-Cenozoic (D. Noel), (d)
South-American Mesozoic-Cenozoic (A. Bertels).
A meeting was held in May 1981 to discuss the
work of a study group on the African microfauna
(R. Anglada). On this occasion, a thesis by R.
MBoro, entitled "The Pointe Noire Basin (Congo),
from the Upper Senonian to the Neogene
(Stratigraphy, Palaeogeography)", was presented.
Fifteen papers dealt with correlations by
means of foraminifers and ostracodes, which
have a bearing on the biostratigraphy, palaeoenvironment
and palaeogeography not only of
Africa but also of the South-Tethysian and Atlantic
regions. Abstracts of these communications
appeared in Volume 1 of Travaux du CRM,
Jean Cuvillier, 1981.
A research programme on foraminifers, pollen,
nannofossils of West Africa has been elaborated
for execution before 1983. For the relations between
Mesogean (Tethys) and Africa, the Iberia-
Morocco Axis represents a key region for correlations
between West Africa and Mesogea (Tethys).
A meeting on the genus Orbitolinopsis
has been foreseen for Spring, 1982 in Grenoble,
France. Two other groups of the Project (South
Atlantic Group and Neogene-Recent Group) held
their meetings simultaneously.
Activities planned. The second scientific meeting
of the Project will be held in Rabat, Morocco
from 21 to 24 September 1982. The two main
themes of the meeting will be the Mesozoic of
the Iberia-Morocco Axis and the Cenozoic of
Africa. Scientific communications will subsequently
be published in a special issue of Notes
et Mémoires du Service géologique du Maroc.
Moreover, a two-day excursion to the northeast
of Morocco will be organized.
The third meeting of the Project has already
been envisaged to take place in Abidjan, Ivory
Coast in 1983 in association with the Ninth African
Colloquium on Micropalaeontology (co-ordinators:
I. de Klasz and Y. Brancast). At the
same time, the African Congress of Geology
might be convened also in Abidjan.
No. 184 PALAEOHYDROLOGY OF
LOW LATITUDE DESERTS
C.R. Lawrence, Geological Survey of Victoria,
107 Russell Street, Melbourne 3000 Vic,
Australia.
Description. This Project is to investigate the
deserts of the low-latitudes, between 35° N and
35" S, which include the Salahari and Sahara
deserts of Africa, the Atacama, Mojave, and
Sonora deserts of the Americas, the Arabian,
Gobi and Great Indian deserts of Asia, and the
Australian desert, as well as some peripheral
semi-arid regions. The overall objective firstly
is to establish tight stratigraphie chronologies at
local scale, particularly of lakes, playas, alluvial
fans, spring deposits, and calcrete deposits.
Proceeding to broader correlations and identification
of international and global patterns in the
evolution of desert regions and thereby identify
the direction and magnitude of past changes in
hydrologie systems and the climates that controlled
them.
Summary of activities. With respect to the objectives,
it is too early to draw conclusions, but
some important new data sources common to a
number of countries have become apparent; interpretation
of geology, geomorphology and in some
situations, hydrology of remote-sensing imagery
has been made at national and continental scale.
These include mapping of relic aeolian features,
which can be used to indicate their force and direction
during arid periods, to help in determining
past atmospheric circulation patterns; also mapped
are the "depressions" (salinas, lakes, and
playas).
For a number of the "depressions" in each continent
there are recent detailed studies of the geology
and hydrology related to their evaporative
capacity: to intercept groundwater before it is
lost by evaporation in the depression; to determine
the feasibility and environmental effects of
draining sea water for electric generation or disposal
of excess saline groundwater from irrigated
areas where rising water tables is a problem.
As well as mining of evaporates and brines of
these depressions.
It is apparent that some earlier interpretations
have misunderstood the role of groundwater in
lake-level changes and changes in lake salinity.
Models are being developed within the Project
for simulation of more complete hydrology of lakes
to assist in palaeohydrologic interpretation.
Techniques of radiocarbon dating, fission-track
dating, pollen analysis, isotope analysis, palaeomagnetism
have been used somewhat sporadically
in desert regions. An assessment of the most
rewarding sites for intensive studies using these
techniques is being made; with deep lake deposits,
deserts with Upper Cenozoic lava sequences and
Upper Cenozoic stranded coastal dune sequences
being prominent amongst these.
59

In this the first year of the Project - it has
gained global dimensions with some 60 participants
from 16 countries. Two national committees
have been formed: Australia and the Sudan.
The Australian National Committee is preparing
for the first major meeting to be held in Australia
in 1982.
C.R. Lawrence presented a statement and poster
session on the Project at the "Symposium
on Variations in the Global Water Budget" held
at Oxford University, United Kingdom, on 10-15
August 1981. He visited Egypt on 16-21 November
1981. Very rewarding discussions were
held with Egyptian participants. Field studies
took on Upper Cenozoic Evolution of the Nile
Valley, various desert types, groundwater discharge
zone of Wadi el Natrun, cultural changes
in response to climatic change and groundwater
development schemes and the stranded
coastal dune sequence. There is a wealth of information
in Egypt relevant to the current Project;
whist there are active groups in remotesensing
interpretation, groundwater development
and Quaternary stratography.
Activities planned. At present, preparation is
in hand for the first major meeting of the Project
to be held in Australia on 11-27 August
1982. It is planned to have workshops in Melbourne
and Canberra where local specialists
will demonstrate and describe techniques of dating,
isotope analysis, palaeomagnetism, groundwater
dynamics and climatology. In general,
participants at the meeting will be drawn from
Quaternary stratigraphers and hydrogeologists.
The opportunity will be given for each of the international
participants to present a paper on
the "state-of-the-art" for his country and case
studies.
An important item of the agenda will be future
planning of the Project and terms of organisation,
meetings, favoured directions of research
and areas where some special support may be
given. There will be an excursion of one-week
duration in arid and semi-arid south-eastern
Australia to visit reference sections for the different
types of dune systems, lake sequences
and alluvial terraces, examples of each of the
relic landforms, observations bore networks in
areas of groundwater development and a vicinity
of lake systems, and salinised areas where there
is a problem of rising water tables.
60
No. 185 PERI-AEGEAN BLUE SCHISTS
I. Godfriaux, Laboratoire de géologie, Faculté
polytechnique de Mons, 9, rue de Houdain,
B-7000 Mons, Belgium.
Description. After establishing the existence of
several blue schist belts in the Peri-Aegean
(Greece, Yugoslavia, Turkey, Crete, Aegean
Islands), their age, pétrographie characteristics
and their geodynamic context within the scope of
global tectonics, are to be determined.
Summary of activities. Twelve participants attended
the Project's business meeting in Louvain,
Belgium on 25 November 1982.
It was proposed to geographically extend the research
to the Alpine area. It was therefore recommended
that the collaboration of Alpine geologists
be sollicited, by contacting a geologist
from each of the countries concerned who would
be responsible for organizing his own working
group.
Activities planned. (1) It was decided that an
excursion to Crete and Peloponese, Greece, be
organized for ten days from 20 August to 1 September
1982. (2) The next Project meeting will
take place on the occasion of the Colloqium on
the Mediterranean Geology in Edinburgh,Scotland.

Outline of Projects Accepted in 1982
No. 187 SILICEOUS DEPOSITS
J. R. Hein, US Geological Survey, 345 Middlefield
Rd., MS 99 Menlo Park, California 94025
USA.
Description. The objectives of this Project are
to correlate sedimentary processes of siliceous
deposits in the Pacific and Tethys regions by
means of stratigraphy, sedimentology, geochemistry,
and palaeontology in order to estimate
the geochemical silica budget in the Earth's
crust, and to estimate the production of silica
in the marine environment through geologic time;
to induce a general rule on sedimentation
for siliceous deposits, to increase understanding
of the development of Circum-Pacific and
Tethyan orogenic belts; and to evaluate and study
the resource potential of siliceous deposits
including associated ore and petroleum deposits.
No. 191 CRETACEOUS PALAEOCLIMATOLOGY
E.J. Barron, P.O. Box 3000, National Centre
for Atmospheric Research Boulder, CO. 80307
USA.
Description. This Project aims at reconstruction
and correlation of Cretaceous palaeoclimatic
data from the oceans and continents, from
related disciplines of vertebrate palaeontology,
invertebrate palaeontology, micropalaeontology,
isotope geochemistry and sedimentology. The
data will be compiled in atlas form for each
Cretaceous stage on plate tectonic reconstructions
including ocean bathymetry and palaeogeography.
No. 192 CAMBRO-ORDOVICIAN DEVELOP­
MENT IN LATIN AMERICA
B. Baldis, S. Lorenzo 1742 - Olives,
Argentina (Fac. carb. )
G. Aceñolaza, M. Lillo 205 - Tucumán,
Argentina (Fac. clast. )
Description. This Project aims at: (1) studying
the evolution of the Cambro-Ordovician continental
margins and the genesis of its tectonics
and regional metamorphism; (2) realization of
the palaeogeographic reconstructions, the control
elements of the geometry of the basins adhering
to the primitive cratons; (3) analyzing the
sedimentary origin, its control and fauna migration
with reference to faciès of carbonates,
evaporites and elastics, which are of very great
benefit to mankind.
No. 193 SILURO-DEVONIAN OF LATIN
AMERICA
M.A. Hunicken, Tomás de Irobi 790-5008
Cordoba, Argentina.
Description. The main objectives of this Project
are: (1) to make a comprehensive study of continental
margin and intercratonic Siluro-Devonian
sedimentary basins in Latin America and their
correlations; (2) to establish the hemispheric
disruptions, explaining the genesis of transcontinental
basins such as Patagonia and Amazonia;
tectonics and regional metamorphism; (3) to
study Siluro-Devonian palaeogeological and palaeoecological
conditions in order to relate sedimentary
processes to mineral accumulations of interest
to man (stratabound deposits and hydrocarbons).
No. 195 OPHIOLITES AND LITHOSPHERE
OF MARGINAL SEAS
L. Beccaluva, Inst, di Mineralogía Univ.,
V. Mezzocannone 8, 80134 Napoli, Italy.
N.A. Bogdanov, Institute of Lithosphère,
Staromonetny 22, Moscow 109180, USSR.
Description. The actualistic models have been
largely applied to ophiolites through broad comparisons
with oceanic lithosphère formed at midoceanic
ridges. Recently, the accumulation of
numerous and significant inconsistencies in the
ophiolite-oceanic lithosphère analogy has required
a re-examination of this axiomatic interpretation.
In fact, the available petrological data indicate
that onland ophiolites supposedly generated along
mid-ocean ridges in major oceanic basins are uncommon
and that most ophiolites may be created
in islandarc-backarc systems or in pericontinental
marginal basins. The main objective of this
correlation programme is to stimulate the comparative
knowledge of ophiolites, marginal seas
and other modern oceanic settings.
No. 197 METALLOGENY OF OPHIOLITES
S. Karamata, Faculty of Mining and Geology,
University of Belgrade, Djusina 7, 11000 Belgrade,
Yugoslavia.
Description. This Project represents a continuation
of the study of the metallogeny of ophiolites
initiated in 1977 by Project 39 "Ophiolites". Some
primary raw materials (e.g. chromite, platinum
group metals, nickel, magnesite, asbestos) occur
only or mainly in ophiolitic sequences. Their genesis
is related to the origin of ophiolites, thus
the distribution and the characteristics of the aforementioned
raw materials may be explained by a study
and correlation of the mineralogy, geochemistry,
petrology and fabric of ophiolites and ore deposits,
as well as by compilation of such data on specific
metallogenic maps.
61

Members of IGCP Board/Membres du Conseil du PICG
Appointed members/Membres désignés
Dr. A. Boudda
Office national de l'exploitation et
recherche pétrolière
4, Avenue de France
Rabat
MAROC
Prof. D.A. Campos
DNPM/Paleontología
Av. Pasteur, 404, Urca
22.290 Rio de Janeiro, RJ
BRAZIL
Prof. Chi Ji-shang
Vice-President
Wuhan College of Geology
Yujiashan, Wuhan
CHINA
Dr. G. Dengo
Apartado Postal 468
Guatemala City
GUATEMALA, C.A.
Ing. L. Elizalde
Dirección de Geología y Minas
Ministerio de Recursos Naturales
y Energéticos
Carrion 1016 y Paez
Casilla 2 3-A
Quito
ECUADOR
Dr. P.E. Gamsonre
Directeur général du Bureau voltal'que de
la Géologie des Mines, B.P. 601
Ouagadougou
HAUTE VOLTA
Dr. G.O. Kesse, Chairman
Director
Geological Survey
P.O. Box M. 80
Accra
GHANA
Prof. J.F. Lovering
Chairman, School of Earth Sciences
University of Melbourne
Parkville, Victoria 3052
AUSTRALIA
62
Prof. V. Majer
Mining-Geological-Petroleum University
University of Zagreb
Pierrotijeva 6
41 000 Zagreb
YUGOSLAVIA
Dr. J.C. Maxwell, Vice-Chairman
Department of Geological Sciences
University of Texas at Austin
Austin, Texas 78712
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Dr. D.J. McLaren
248 Marilyn Avenue
Ottawa, Ontario K1V 7E5
CANADA
Mr. J.M. Tater
Deputy Director-General
Department of Mines and Geology
Lainchour
Kathmandu
NEPAL
Prof. G.B. Vai, Vice-Chairman
Professor of Stratigraphy
Istituto di Geologia
Via Zamboni 67
Bologna
ITALY
Prof. J.V. Watson, Rapporteur
Department of Geology
Imperial College
Prince Consort Road
London SW7
UNITED KINGDOM
Prof. V.A. Zharikov
Institute of Experimental Mineralogy
USSR Academy of Sciences
Cherinogolovska, District of Moscow
UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS

Members of IGCP Scientific Committee/Membres du Comité scientific du PICG
Prof. D.V. Ager, Rapporteur
Head, Department of Geology
University College of Swansea
Swansea, Wales SA2 8PP
UNITED KINGDOM
Dr. A.W. Bally, Chairman
Rice University, Department of Geology
P.O. Box 1892, Houston Texas 77001
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Prof. V. L. Barsukov
Vernadsky Institute for Geochemistry
and Analytical Chemistry
Academy of Sciences of the USSR
Vorobyevskoye Chaussée 47a
Moscow B-334
UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS
Dr. D.C. Bharadwaj
C131 Sector A4, Mahanagar
Lucknow 226006
INDIA
Dr. Carlos E. Brockmann
Lars /Purdue University
1220 Potter Drive
West Lafayette
IN 47906-1399
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Prof. P.G. Cooray
Faculty of Earth Sciences
King Abdulaziz University
P.O. Box 1744
Jeddah
SAUDI ARABIA
Prof. U. Cordani
Rua Heito de Andrade 229
05441 Sao Paulo
BRAZIL
Dr. D.M. Curtis
16730 Hedgecroft
Suite 306
Houston, Texas 77060
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
Prof. H. Faure
CNRS, Laboratoire de géologie du
Quaternaire - Case 907
Centre universitaire de Marseille
Luminy 13288 Cedex 9
Marseille
FRANCE
Acad. I. Kostov
Geological Institute, Bulgarian Academy of
Sciences
Sofia
BULGARIA
Dr. B.D. Loncarevic
Atlantic Geoscience Centre
Bedford Institute of Oceanography
P.O. Box 1006
Dartmouth, Nova Scotia
CANADA B21J 4A22
Prof. A. Mikkola
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
Laboratory of Economic Geology
Otakaari 1
02150 Espoo 15
FINLAND
Dr. C. Pedrazzini
Instituto Mexicano de Petróleo
Subdireccion de Tecnología de Exploración
Avenida de los Cien Metros 152
Mexico 14, D. F.
MEXICO
Dr. R.W.R. Rutland, Director of
Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geological and
Geophysics, P.O. Box 378
Canberra City ACT 2601
AUSTRALIA
Dr. E.H. Shannon
Liberian Geological Surveys
Ministry of Lands and Mines
P.O. Box 9024
Monrovia
LIBERIA
Prof. E.M. El Shazly
Academy of Scientific Research and Technology
101 Kasr El Aini Street
Cairo
ARAB REPUBLIC OF EGYPT
Dr. R. Sinding-Larsen
Chairman of COGEODATA
Department of Geology
Norwegian Institute of Technology
7034 - Trondheim
NORWAY
Prof. S. Uyeda
Earthquake Research Institute
University of Tokyo
Tokyo - 113
JAPAN
63

IGCP National Committees/Comités nationaux pour le PICG
AFGHANISTAN
Dr. Sh. Abdullah, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Director-General
Geological Survey of Afghanistan
Darlaman, Kabul
ALGERIA/ALGERIE
M. Abdelhalim
Comité national pour le PICG
Centre de recherche et d'application en
géosciences (CNAG)
2, rue Didouche Mourad, B. P. 812
Alger-Gare
ARGENTINA /ARGENTINE
Dr. Enrique Linares
Presidente, Comité nacional para el PICG
Consejo Nacional de Investigaciones
Científicas y Técnicas (CONICET)
Rivadavia 1917
Buenos Aires
AUSTRALIA/AUSTRALIE
The Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Box 826
Woden, A.C.T. 2606
AUSTRIA/AUTRICHE
Prof. Dr. H. Zapfe, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Palaontologisches Institut
Universitatstrasse 7
A-1010 Vienna 1
Prof. Dr. F. Ronner, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Director, Geological Survey of Austria
Rasumofskygasse 2 3
A-1031 Vienna 3
BANGLADESH
Mr. Mesbahuddin Ahmed, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Direct or-Gene ral
Geological Survey of Bangladesh
Pioneer Road, Segunbagicha
Dacca-2
Mr. S.F. Bari, General Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Director
Geological Survey of Bangladesh
(same address/même adresse)
64
BELGIUM/BELGIQUE
M. J. Bouckaert, Secrétaire
Comité national pour le PICG
Service géologique de Belgique
Ministère des affaires économiques
Rue Jenner, 13 (Parc Leopold)
1040 Bruxelles
BENIN
M. G. Tsawlassou, Président
Comité national pour le PICG
Directeur, Direction de la géologie, des mines
et des hydrocarbures
B.P. 249
Cotonou
M. Salifou Alidou, Secrétaire
Comité national pour le PICG
Laboratoire de géologie
Université nationale du Bénin
B.P. 526
Cotonou
M. Christian Dossou, Secrétaire exécutif
Comité national pour le PICG
B.P. 526
Cotonou
BOLIVIA/BOLIVIE
Ing. Antonio Saavedra Muñoz, Secretario
Comité Nacional del PICG
Academia Nacional de Ciencias
Av. 16 de Julio No. 1732
Casilla - 582 9
La Paz
BRAZIL/BRESIL
Mr. Diogenes de Almeida Campos, President
IGCP National Committee
Departamento Nacional da Produçao
Mineral, Seçao de Paleontología
Av. Pasteur, 404, Urca
22.240 Rio de Janeiro, R.J.
BULGARIA/BULGARIE
Dr. Vassil Vuchev, Président
Comité national pour le PICG
Collaborateur scientifique en chef à l'Institut de
géologie près l'Académie bulgare des sciences
Acad. Gheorghi Bonchev Str., Block II
1113 Sofia

BURMA/BIRMANIE
Mr. U. Than Nyunt, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Director
Myanma Oil Corporation
6 04 Merchant Street
Rangoon
Dr. Myint Lwin Thein, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Lecturer
Department of Applied Geology
Rangoon Arts and Science University
Rangoon
BYELORUSSIAN SSR/
RSS DE BYELORUSSIE
Acad. A.S. Makhnach, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Academy of Sciences of the
Byelorussian SSR
Leninski Prospekt 66
Minsk 72
Prof. V.A. Kuznetsov, Scientific Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
CAMEROON/CAMEROUN
Prof. F. Tchoua, Président
Comité national pour le PICG
Chef du Département des sciences de la Terre
Faculté des sciences
Université de Yaounde
Yaounde
M. M. M. Eben, Secrétaire général
Comité national pour le PICG
B. P. 4599
Yaounde - Nlongkak
CANADA
Dr. J. M. Harrison, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
4 Kippewa Drive
Ottawa, Ontario K1S 3G4
Dr. D.G. Benson, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Geological Survey of Canada
Department of Energy Mines and Resources
601 Booth Street
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0E8
CHAD/TCHAD
M. O.A. D'Babeh, Président
Comité national pour le PICG
Direction des mines et de la géologie
B.P. 816
N'Djamena
M. F. Leclercq, Secrétaire
Comité national pour le PICG
Laboratoire de géologie
Faculté des sciences
Université du Tchad
B.P. 1027
N'Djaména
CHILE/CHILI
Sr. Manuel Pinochet, President
IGCP National Committee
National Commission for Scientific and
Technological Research
CONICYT
Casilla 2 97 V
Santiago
CHINA /CHINE
Prof. Cheng Yuqi, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Deputy Minister of Geology
c/o Ministry of Geology
Xisi, Beijing (Peking) 100812
Dr. Zhao Wenjin, Vice-Chairman and
Secretary-General
Deputy-Director, Bureau of Science and
Technology
Ministry of Geology
(same address/même adresse)
COLOMBIA/COLOMBIE
Dr. Fernando Etayo, Presidente
Comité Nacional para el PICG
Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones
Geológico-Mineras
Carrera 30, No. 51-59
Bogotá
COSTA RICA
Dr. César Dondoli B., Presidente
Comité Nacional para el PICG, Director
Escuala Centroamericana de Geología
Ciudad Universitaria
Rodrigo Fació
P.O. Box 35
San José
Prof. Rodolfo Madrigal Gómez, Secretario
Comité Nacional para el PICG
(same address/même adresse)
CUBA
Ing. José L. Iparraguirre, Presidente
Comité Nacional para el PICG, Director
Centro de Investigaciones Geológicas
Ministerio de la Industria Básica
Oficios 154, Habana Vieja
La Habana
65

Lie. Lenia Montero, Secretario
Comité Nacional para el PICG
Directora del Instituto de Geología y
Paleontología
Academia de Ciencias de Cuba
Comisión Nacional Cubana de la Unesco
Ave. Kohly 151, Esq. 32
Nuevo Vedado
La Habana
CZECHOSLOVAK IA/TCHECOSLOVAQUIE
Dr. V. Bucha, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Geophysical Institute of Czechoslovak
Academy of Sciences
141 31 Prague 4 - Sporilov
Dr. V. Babuska, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
DENMARK /DANEMARK
Dr. Finn Surlyk, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Danish National Committee for Geology
c/o Geological Central Institute
Qister Volgade 10, DK-1350 Copenhagen-K
Dr. Christopher Pulvertaft, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
ECUADOR/EQUATEUR
Dr. Rodrigo B. Alvarado
Dirección general de geología y minas
Carrion 1018 y General Paez
Casilla 23-A
Quito
EGYPT (ARAB REPUBLIC OF)/
EGYPTE (REPUBLIQUE ARABE D')
Prof. E.M. El Shazly, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Academy of Scientific Research and Technology
101 Kasr El Aini Street, 9th Floor
Cairo
FIN LAND /FIN LAN DE
Prof. Aimo Mikkola, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Technical University of Helsinki
Department of Mining and Metallurgy
Laboratory of Economic Geology
Otakaari 1
02150 Espoo 15
M. Se. Anu Parnanen-Landtman, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
The Academy of Finland
Ratamestarinkatu 12
00520 Helsinki 52
66
FRANCE
M. Cl. Megnien, Président
Comité national pour le PICG
B.R.G.M.
B.P. 6009
45060 Orléans Cedex
GERMAN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC/
REPUBLIQUE DEMOCRATIQUE ALLEMANDE
Prof. Dr. K. Schmidt, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Central Geological Institute
Invalidenstrasse 44
GDR-104 Berlin
Dr. D. Franke, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
GERMANY (FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF)/
ALLEMAGNE (REPUBLIQUE FEDERALE D 1 )
Prof. Dr. W. Ziegler, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Forschungsinstitut Senckenberg
Senckenberganlage 25
D-6000 Frankfurt am Main
GHANA
Dr. R. Anan-Yorke, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
c/o Geological Survey Department
P.O. Box M. 98
Saltpond
HUNGARY/HONGRIE
Acad. Dr. József Fülop, Président
Comité national pour le PICG
Président de l'Office central de géologie
Iskola u. 13
H. 1251 Budapest
Dr. Oszkár Adám, Secrétaire général
Comité national pour le PICG
(same address/même adresse)
INDIA/INDE
Mr. S. Nath, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Director-Gene ral
Geological Survey of India
27 Jawaharlal Nehru Road
Calcutta 700013
Dr. D.P. Dhoundial, Secretary
Indian National Committee for IGCP
Director, Map and Photography Division
Geological Survey of India
2 9 Jawaharlal Nehru Road
Calcutta 700016

IRAN B.P. 4322
Abidjan
Dr. F. Saraby, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
c/o Geological Survey of Iran
Ministry of Industry
P. O Box 1964
Tehran
Dr. H. Etminan, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
IRAQ
Dr. Najih M. Khali
President, IGCP National Committee
President, Council for Scientific Research
P.O. Box 255, Jadiriya, Baghdad
Dr. S.A. Alsinawi, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
IRELAND/IRLANDE
Prof. T. Murphy, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Dublin Institute for Advanced Studies
School of Cosmic Physics
5 Merrion Square
Dublin 2
Dr. P.S. Kennan, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Irish Geological Association
Department of Geology
Trinity College
Dublin 2
ISRAEL
Prof. Z. Reiss
Department of Geology
The Hebrew University of Jerusalem
Jerusalem
ITALY/ITALIE
Prof. A. Boriani, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Istituto di Mineralogía
Via Botticelli, 2 3
1-20100 Milano
Prof. G.B. Vai, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Istituto di Geologia
Via Zamboni 67
1-40127 Bologna
IVORY COAST/COTE D'IVOIRE
Prof. Ignace Yacé
Président du Comité oational ivoirien de
corrélation géologique
Département des sciences de la terre de la
Faculté des sciences
JAMAICA /JAMAÏQUE
Arthur J.S. Geddes
Director of Geological
Surveys
P.O. Box 141
Kingston
JAPAN /JAPON
Prof. Y. Kuroda, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Science Council of Japan
Shinshu University
Matsumoto
Dr. T. Nozawa, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Geological Survey of Japan
Higashi 1-1-3, Yatabe
Ibaraki 305
JORDAN/JORDANIE
Mr. A. Dakhgan, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Vice-President of Natural Resources Authority
P.O. Box 7
Amman
Mr. Walid Hakki, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Head of Geology Section
Natural Resources Authority
P.O. Box 2220
Amman
KENYA
Prof. B.A. Ogot, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Director of TILLMIAP
Nairobi
Mr. W. J. Wairegi, Secretary
IGCP National'Committee
c/o Mines and Geological Department
P.O. Box 30009
Nairobi
KOREA (REPUBLIC OF)/
COREE (REPUBLIQUE DE)
Prof. Chang Hi Cheong, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
The Geological Society of Korea
c/o Department of Geology
Seoul National University
Seoul 151
67

LIBERIA NEPAL
Dr. Eugene H. Shannon,
Liberian Geological Survey
Ministry of Lands and Mines
P.O. Box 9024
Monrovia
LUXEMBOURG
Comité national pour le PICG
Att. : M.J. Bintz
Association géologique du Luxembourg
4, Bid. Roosevelt
Luxembourg-Ville
MADAGASCAR
M. J.A. Rasoamahenina
Président du Comité national malgache
pour le PICG
Chef du Service géologique
B.P. 280
Tananarive
MALAYSIA/MALAISIE
Mr. S.K. Chung, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Director-General
Geological Survey of Malaysia
Jalan Gurney
Kuala Lumpur (15-01)
Dr. Santokh Singh, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Deputy Director-General
Geological Survey of Malaysia
(same address/même adresse)
MEXICO/MEXIQUE
Ing. Diego A. Cordoba, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Director of the Institute of Geology UNAM
Ciudad Universitaria
Mexico 20 D. F.
Ing. Ernesto Lopez Ramos, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Petróleos Mexicanos
Marina Nacional 32 9
Mexico D. F.
MOROCCO/MAROC
M. E.A. Hilali
Division de la géologie
Ministère du commerce, de l'industrie des
mines et de la marine marchande
Rabat
Dr. A. Bennani
Secrétaire du Comité national pour le PICG
Direction de la géologie
(same address/même adresse)
68
Mr. J.M. Tater, President
IGCP National Committee
Deputy Director-General
Department of Mines and Geology
Lainchour
Kathmandu
Mr. B.M. Pradhan, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Chairman, Department of Geology
Tri-Chandra Campus
Durbar Marg
Kathmandu
NETHERLANDS/PA YS-BAS
Ir. B.P. Hageman, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
c/o Rijks Geologische Dienst
Spaarne 17
Postbus 157
Haarlem
Mr. H.J.W.G. Schalke, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
National Museum of Geology and Mineralogy
Hooglandse Kerkgracht 17
2312 HS Leiden
NEW ZEALAND/NOUVELLE ZELANDE
Dr. I.G. Speden, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
New Zealand Geological Survey
P.O. Box 30 368
Lower Hutt
Dr. P.R.L. Browne, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
NIGER
M. B.M. Sori, Président
Comité national pour le PICG
Directeur des mines et de la géologie
Ministère des mines et de la géologie
B.P. 257
Niamey
M. O. Boureima, Secrétaire
Comité national pour le PICG
Chef du Service de géologie
Ecole des sciences
B.P. 10662
Université de Niamey
Niamey
NIGERIA
Mr. O.S. Adegoke, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Head of Department of Geology
University of Ife
lie-If e

NORWAY/NORVEGE SENEGAL
Prof. K.S. Heier, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Norges Geologiske Unders^kelse
Postboks 3006
7001 Trondheim
Mr. A. Andersen, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Norges Almenvitenskapelige
Forskningsrad, Munthes gate 29
Oslo 3
PAKISTAN
Mr. Asrar-ullah, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Direct or-Gene ral
Geological Survey of Pakistan
Quetta
Dr. Ibrahim Shah, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
PERU/PEROU
Dr. Arturo Alcalde Mongrut
Presidente del Comité Nacional del PICG
Consejo Nacional de Investigación
Av. del Parque Norte No. 1172-1174
Urb. Corpac - San Isidro
Lima 27
Dr. Ing. Marco Aurelio Zevallos y Mufiiz
Secretario del Comité Nacional del PICG
(same address/même adresse)
POLAND/POLOGNE
Dr. W. Brochwicz-Lewiñski, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Instytut Geologiczny
ul. Rakowiecka 4
00-975 Warszawa
RUMANIA/ROUMANIE
Dr. Dan Radulescu
Président du Comité national pour le PICG
36-38 rue Mendeleev
Bucharest - I
SAUDI ARABIA/ARABIE SAOUDITE
Dr. F.K. Kabbani
Chairman of the National Geological Commission
Deputy Minister for Mineral Resources
Ministry of Petroleum and Mineral Resources
P.O. Box 345
Jeddah
M. Babacar Faye
Président du Comité national du Sénégal
Directeur des mines et de la géologie
B.P. 1238
Dakar
Secrétariat du Comité national pour le PICG
Faculté des sciences
Département de géologie
Dakar
SPAIN/ESPAGNE
Dr. Antonio Almela Samper, Presidente
Comité nacional del PICG
General Martínez Campos 11
Madrid 10
Dr. Salvador Reguant Serra
Secretario de la Comisión del Consejo
Superior de Investigaciones Científicas
para el PICG
Departamento de Estratigrafía
Universidad
Gran Via de las Corts Catalanes, 585
Barcelona 7
SRI LANKA
Dr. J.W. Herath, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Director, Geological Survey Department
48 Sri Jinaratana Road
Colombo 2
Mr. D.J.A.C. Hapuarachchi, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Assistant Director
(same address/même adresse)
SURINAM
Dr. E.H. Dahlberg, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Deputy Director
Geological and Mining Service
Kleine Waterstraat 2-6
Paramaribo
Dr. Th. E. Wong, Officer
P.O. Box 1810
Paramaribo
SWEDEN/SUEDE
Prof. E. Welin, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Laboratory for Isotope Geology
Swedish Museum of Natural History
S-104 05 Stockholm
69

Dr. D. Hedberg, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
c/o Swedish Natural Science Research Council
Box 23136
S-104 35 Stockholm
SWITZERLAND/SUISSE
Dr. Jean Guex
Président du Comité suisse pour le PICG
Laboratoire de géologie, Palais de Rumine
CH 1005 Lausanne
SYRIA/SYRIE
Dr. Ing. H. Ibrahim, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Establishment of Geology and Mineral Resources
P.O. Box 7645
Damascus
Dr. M. Sh. Nagieb, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
THAILAND /THAÏLANDE
Dr. Sa-ngob Kaewbaidhoon, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Department of Mineral Resources
Rama VI Road
Bangkok
Dr. P. Vichit, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
TOGO
M. D.T. Lawson, Président
Comité national pour le PICG
Directeur général adjoint du BNRM
B.P. 948
Lomé
Dr. K.F. Seddoh
Secrétaire général du Comité national
pour le PICG
Département de géologie
Ecole des sciences, Université du Bénin
B.P. 1515
Lomé
UKRAINIAN SSR/RSS D'UKRAINE
Academician N. P. Semenenko, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Institute of Geochemistry and Physics
of Minerals
Academy of Sciences of the Ukrainian SSR
Palladin Av. 34
252068 Kiev 68
Dr. D. Kroustchev, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
70
UNITED KINGDOM/ROYAUME-UNI
Prof. J.V. Watson, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Department of Geology
Imperial College
Prince Consort Road
London SW7
Mr. C.R. Argent, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
The Royal Society
6 Carlton House Terrace
London SW1Y 5AG
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA/
ETATS-UNIS D'AMERIQUE
Dr. W . W . Hay, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Joint Océanographie Institutions Inc.
2600 Virginia Avenue, NW
Suite 512
Washington, DC 20037
Dr. Linn Hoover, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
US Geological Survey
National Center (915)
Reston, Virginia 22092
UNION OF SOVIET SOCIALIST REPUBLICS/
UNION DES REPUBLIQUES SOCIALISTES
SOVIETIQUES
Acad. A. Peive, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Academy of Sciences of the USSR
Lenin Prospekt 14
Moscow V 17
Dr. N.P. Kuprina, Executive Secretary
IGCP National Committee
Geological Institute of the USSR
Academy of Sciences
Pyzhevsky per. 7
Moscow 109017
UPPER VOLTA/HAUTE VOLTA
Dr. P.E. Gamsonre, Secrétaire
Comité national pour le PICG
Directeur de la géologie et des mines
B.P. 601
Ouagadougou
URUGUAY
Ing. Mario Gil Nin
Presidente del Comité Nacional de Apoyo
al PICG
Hervidero 2853
Montevideo

VENEZUELA YUGOSLAVIA/YOUGOSLAVIE
National Committee for IGCP
Venezuelan Commission on Stratigraphy
and Terminology
c/o Ministerio de Minas e Hidrocarburos
Dirección de Geología
Caracas
VIETNAM
Mr. Tran Duc Luong, Chairman
IGCP National Committee
Director-General
General Department of Geology
6 Pham Ngu Lao
Hanoi
Mr. Le Thac Xinh, Secretary
IGCP National Committee
(same address/même adresse)
Prof. Dr. St. Karamata, Chairman
National Committee for IGCP
Rudarsko-geolo^ki fakultet, Dju^ina 7
11 000 Belgrade
Prof. Dr. VI. Aksin, Secretary
National Committee for IGCP
Naftagas, Sutjeska 1
21000 Novi Sad
71

IGCP Contact Addresses/Points de
BARBADOS/LA BARBADE
Permanent Secretary
Ministry of Agriculture, Science and
Technology
Codrington House
Nr. Stadium Road
St. Michael
BOTSWANA
Dr. R.M. Key
Geological Survey Department
Private Bag 14
Lobatse
BURUNDI
M. Rénovât Samoya, Directeur
Département de la géologie
Ministère de la géologie et des mines
Bujumbura
CONGO (PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF)/
CONGO (REPUBLIQUE POPULAIRE DU)
M. R. Quetiningue
Chef de Département de géologie
Faculté des sciences
Botte postale 69
Brazzaville
CYPRUS/CHYPRE
Mr. Theodoulos M. Pantazis
Deputy Director
Geological Survey Department
Nicosia
ETHIOPIA/ETHIOPIE
Geological Survey
Ministry of Mines and Power
P.O. Box 436
Addis Ababa
GABON
M. J.B. Moussavou
Directeur de la recherche scientifique
B. P. 22 17
Libreville
GUATEMALA
Sr. Daniel Barreda de Evian
Subdirector de Organismos internacionales
Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores
Palacio Nacional
Guatemala
GUINEA BISSAU/GUINEE BISSAU
Eng. Antonio Lorena Santos
Serviço de Geologia e Minas
Bissau
72
pour le PICG
GUYANA/GUYANE
Dr. Grantley Walrond
Guyana Geology and Mines Commission
P.O. Box 1028, Georgetown
INDONESIA/INDONESIE
Dr. J. Katili
Director General of Mines
Ministry of Mines
Jalan Merdeka Selaton 18
Jakarta
LAO PEOPLE'S DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC/
REPUBLIQUE DEMOCRATIQUE POPULAIRE LAO
Monsieur le Commissaire général au Plan
Ministère du Plan
Vientiane
LESOTHO
Dr. P.K. Sephomolo
Secretary-General
Lesotho National Commission for Unesco
P.O. Box 47
Maseru
LIBYAN ARAB JAMAHIRIYA/
JAMAHIRIYA ARABE LIBYENNE
Industrial Research Centre
Geological Research and Mining Department
P.O. Box 3633
Tripoli
MALAWI
The Director of the Geological Survey
Department
P.O. Box 27
Zomba
MALI
M. le Directeur général de la géologie
et des mines
B.P. 223
Bamako
MONACO
Centre scientifique de Monaco
16, Bd. de Suisse
Monte Carlo
MONGOLIA /MONGOLIE
Dr. Boutochi Luosandanzan
Director, Institute of Geology
Academy of Sciences of Mongolia
Ulan Bator

PANAMA
Dr. Daniel Esquivel K
Director-General de Recursos minerales
Ministerio de Comercio e Industrias
Apartado 8515
Panamá 5
PAPUA NEW GUINEA/PAPOUASIE-
NOUVELLE-GUINEE
Mr. A.C.M. McKinlay
Chief Government Geologist
Department of Natural Resources
Geological Survey
P.O. Box 778
Port Moresby
PARAGUAY
Sr. Prof. Juan A. Palmieri
Instituto de Ciencias Básicas
Universidad nacional de Asunción
Ciudad Universitaria
Casilla de Correo 1039
Asunción
PHILIPPINES
Dr. J.C. Fernandez, Director
Bureau of Mines
P.O. Box 1559
Manila
PORTUGAL
Director dos Serviços Geológicas de
Portugal
Rua Academia das Ciencias, 19-2°
1200 Lisboa
RWANDA
Ministère des ressources naturelles,
des mines et des carrières
Att. : M. J. Zigirababili
B.P. 413
Kigali
SIERRA LEONE
Dr. A. H. Gabisi
Director, Geological Survey Division
Ministry of Lands and Mines
New England
Freetown
SINGAPORE /SINGAPOUR
Secretary-General
Singapore National Commission for Unesco
Ministry of Education
Kay Siang Road
Singapore 10
SOMALI (DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF)/
SOMALIE (REPUBLIQUE DEMOCRATIQUE DE)
Mr. Hussein Kahin Deria, Secretary-General
Ministry of Culture and Higher Education
P.O. Box 1182
Mogadiscio
SUDAN /SOUDAN
Dr. Salan El Din El Rabaa
Department of Geology
University of Khartoum
Khartoum
SWAZILAND
Dr. A.S. Dlamini, Director
Geological Surveys and Mines Department
P. O. Box 9
Mbabane
TUNISIA /TUNISIE
Mme Lucia Memmi
Sous-Direction de la géologie
95, avenue Mohamed V
Tunis
TURKEY/TURQUIE
The General Directorate
M.T.A. Institute
Posta Kutusu 116
Ankara
UGANDA/OUGANDA
Mr. F.A. Kabagambe-Kaliisa
Department of Geological Survey and Mines
P.O. Box 9
Entebbe
YEMEN ARAB REPUBLIC/
REPUBLIQUE ARABE DU YEMEN
The Secretary-General
Unesco National Commission
Ministry of Education
Sana'a
YEMEN (PEOPLE'S DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF)/
YEMEN (REPUBLIQUE DEMOCRATIQUE
POPULAIRE DU)
The Director
Geological Survey Department
P.O. Box 5050, Maalla
Aden
73

ZAIRE ZAMBIA/ZAMBIE
Institut de recherche scientifique
Att. : M. Vuvu Umba
Directeur du Secrétariat de la politique
scientifique
B.P. 3474, Gombe
Kinshasa
74
Mr. Mwanang-onze
Director, Geological Survey Department
P.O. Box RW. 135 - Ridgeway
Lusaka

Unesco-sponsored Post-graduate Training Courses
in the Field of Earth Sciences
FUNDAMENTAL AND APPLIED QUATERNARY
GEOLOGY (Brussels, Belgium)
Organized by the Vrije Universiteit Brussel under
the sponsorship of Unesco, the Belgian National
Funds for Scientific Research (NFWO-
FNRS) and the Belgian Unesco Committee; in
collaboration with members of the teaching staff
of the Universities of Liège, Antwerp, Gembloux
and Brussels and the National Higher Institute
for Architecture and Townplanning of Antwerp;
in collaboration with the Belgian Geological
Survey and with the Centre for Quaternary
Stratigraphy.
Duration: October to September (yearly) -
(two years' tuition).
Deadline for application: 1 April.
Language of the course: English.
Aims and programme of the course: The steadily
growing need for the study of loose sediments
and their related economically valuable deposits
is at the origin of an increasing demand for research
and surveys in Quaternary geology. The
complex nature of Quaternary geology is situated
at the threshold of geology, geography, pedology,
oceanography, and limnology, dealing fully
with environmental problems of the present
and the past, asks for its own field of investigation,
choice of methods and basic philosophy.
The organizers of the course aim at the creation,
on an international basis, of a selected programme
which should combine all major aspects of
specialized theoretical and practical training in
the field of Quaternary geology. The course is
therefore linking up an international, interdisciplinary
and inter-university group of specialized
institutions, laboratories and surveys, thus continuing
a long tradition of scientific research
and collaboration amongst each other.
It was felt that the complexity, independence and
variety of orientations in the field of Quaternary
research should be clearly reflected in eight possible
options which are:
1. Quaternary stratigraphy
2. Quaternary mapping
3. Quaternary geochronology
4. Archaeology
5. Oceanography
6. Limnology
7. Prospection of Quaternary economic deposits
8. Quaternary engineering geology
The choice of the programme for the theoretical
courses, the practical exercises (first academic
year) and the orientation and topic of the final
thesis (second academic year) are being established
according to the recommendation by the
Academic Board of IFAQ, taking into account
the needs of the candidate.
IFAQ issues a Master's Degree in Quaternary
geology to participants who have followed satisfactorily
theoretical and practical activities foreseen
in the programme. Others receive a certificate
of attendance to the IFAQ-courses.
Information and application: Professor Dr. R.
Paepe, Director of IFAQ, Kwartairgeologie,
Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Pleinlaan 2, B-1050,
Brussels, Belgium.
Application for fellowships: The Permanent
Delegation of Belgium to Unesco, 4 Villa de Saxe,
75007 Paris, France. Before 1 February, on
Unesco forms.
REMOTE SENSING APPLICATION (Enschede,
The Netherlands)
Organized by the International Institute for Aerial
Survey and Earth Sciences (ITC), Enschede, The
Netherlands, under the sponsorship of Unesco.
Duration: January to March (yearly)
Deadline for application: 1 November
Language of the course: English
Aims and programme of the course: This course
aims at updating and deepening the knowledge of
developments in the application of remote sensing.
After having completed the course, participants
should be able to judge the suitability of different
remote sensing techniques for various aspects of
natural resource surveys, and to apply a range of
them, including satellite imagery, in surveys in
their specific professional field. The course concentrates
on applications of remote-sensing in
geology, geomorphology, soil survey, terrain
classification and water resources. The exercises
concentrate on the applications of one or more
of the following airborne and satellite techniques:
- multispectral scanning (MSS)
- side looking radar
- thermal infrared scanning
Participants may concentrate on the application
of one or more selected techniques. Further
specialization on research in remote sensing
applications can be pursued in one of the subdepartments
of the ITC.
The course is not included in the Netherlands
governmental fellowship's programme for International
Development and Technical Co-operation.
As for the other Unesco-sponsored courses,
Unesco provides (through ITC) limited funds to
cover wholly or partly the cost of travel and living
expenses of some geologists and geomorphologists.
Satisfactory completion of the course
leads to the award of an ITC certificate of attendance.
75

Information and application: ITC Student Affairs
Office, P.O. Box 6, 7500 AA Enschede, The
Netherlands.
GEOTHERMICS (Pisa, Italy)
Organized by the Istituto Internazionale per le
Ricerche Geotermiche, under the sponsorship
of the Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche (CNR),
Rome, the Italian Ministry of Foreign Affairs,
the United Nations Development Programme,
New York, The Instituto ítalo-Latino-Americano
Rome, and Unesco.
Duration: 15 February-15 December (yearly)
Deadline for application: 30 July
Language of the course: alternatively English
and Spanish (1982 English, 1983
Spanish)
Aims and programme of the course: The purpose
of the course is the preparation of specialists
in the field of geothermics, e.g. in geology, geophysics
and in engineering applied to research
and exploitation of geothermal fields. It is held
at Pisa, in a region rich in hot springs, and at
the Larderello geothermal fields, where geothermal
energy has been used for more than 60
years. Lectures and seminars deal with the following
subjects, in so far as they concern the
purpose of the course:
1. Heat and thermodynamics
2. General geothermics
3. Volcanology
4. Hydrology and hydrogeology
5. Hydrothermal systems
6. Isotopic geology applied to geothermal
research
7. Reservoir engineering
8. Methods of geophysical prospecting
9. Remote sensing and geological photointerpretation
10. Analogical and mathematical models
11. Drilling technology
12. Utilization of low and high enthalpy fluids
13. Monitoring of production fields
At the end of the theoretical course, during
which there are also some instruction trips, the
participants take part in practical activities developing
a subject of their own choice, in one of
the following working groups:
1. Field prospecting teams
2. Steam field production plants
3. Hot water use plants
4. Geothermal laboratory at Castelnuevo in the
Larderello geothermal field
5. University laboratories
6 . Industrial plants.
The International institute for geothermal research
issues a certificate to those participants
who have followed satisfactorily the theoretical
and practical activities foreseen in the programme.
76
Information: Istituto Internazionale per le Ricerche
Geotermiche, 1, Via Buongusto, 56100 Pisa,
Italy.
Application: to the Italian Embassy of the participant's
country.
MINERAL EXPLORATION (Leoben, Austria)
Organized by the University of Mining and Metallurgy
in Leoben under the sponsorship of Unesco.
Duration: 1 February-30 June (yearly) - Next
session 1983
Deadline for application: 31 October
Language of the course: English
Aims and programme of the course: The aim of
the course is to provide specialized training in
all aspects of mineral exploration for graduates
in the geosciences, such as geologists and mining
engineers, from developing countries. The programme
includes the following topics:
- bases, sequences, world trends of prospection
and exploration
- photogeology and remote sensing
- structural fabric analysis
- uranium deposits
- mineral deposits environments
- modern methods of mineral identification
- mineral processing aspects in prospecting and
exploration
- geophysics in prospection and exploration:
possibilities, trends and field training
- interpretation of well logging
- petrophysics and petrophysical measurements
- practice in underground exploration
- unconventional production methods in mining
- analytical methods for ores and industrial
minerals
- solutions, minerals and equilibria
- interpretation methods in geochemical
exploration
- programming and numerical methods in the
geosciences
- progress in applied geomathematics
- data processing methods in prospection and
exploration
- budgeting and financing for prospection and
exploration
- mining legislation - suppositions and consequences
- first aid in mining
A diploma is issued to each successful participant.
Information: University for mining and metallurgy,
Postgraduate course on mineral exploration, Montanuniversitat,
Leoben, A 8700, Austria.
Application: the Austrian diplomatic mission via
the appropriate Governement Authority in the
participant's country.

PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF ENGINEERING GEOCHEMICAL PROSPECTING METHODS
GEOLOGY (Budapest, Hungary)
(Prague, Czechoslovakia)
Organized by the Hungarian geological institute
(MAFI), in co-operation with the Hungarian
National Commission for Unesco, under the auspices
of the Central Office of Geology in Hungary
(KFH) and under the sponsorship of Unesco.
Duration: 1 June to 31 August (every second
or third year) - Next session 1983
Deadline for application: 1 September
Language of the course: English
Aims and programme of the course: This course
is aimed at familiarizing the participants with
the principles, methods, results, actual problems
of both the theoretical and practical aspects
of engineering geological mapping, which
is a substantial aid for up-to-date planning and
execution of building and construction activities.
The tripartite curriculum of the training course
is as follows:
1. Introductory lectures on:
rock physics and rock mechanics
soil mechanics
geotechnics
hydrogeology
hydrology
geophysics
geomorphology
petrochemistry and hydrochemistry
2. Lectures on general engineering geology:
exposures, field and laboratory tests
near-surface geodynamics
mineral building materials
engineering geological mapping
principles of geology
application of aerial photographs
engineering geology of underground cavities
3. Lectures on applied engineering geology
settlement development and regional mapping
engineering geology of water supply works
engineering geology in water engineering
engineering geological problems of foundations
engineering geology of open-cast and underground
mining
engineering geological problems in agriculture
protection of natural environment
Successful participants will be awarded a certificate.
Information and application: Hungarian geological
institute, Népstadion ut 14, P.O. Box 106,
H 1142 Budapest, Hungary.
Organized by the Geological Survey of Prague,
under the sponsorship of the Czech Geological
Office, Prague, Unesco, Paris, and the International
Association of Geochemistry and Cosmochemistry
(IACG).
Duration: August to October (every second year)
Next session 198 3
Deadline for application: 30 March
Language of the course: English
Aims and programme of the course: The aim of
the course is to bridge the gap between the work
of field geochemists and analytical chemists and
to contribute thus to a better understanding between
them during all the stages of geochemical
prospection from the sampling to the evaluation
of geochemical anomalies. Lectures, seminars
and field training include the following subjects:
1. Basic data on geochemical prospecting and
exploration
2. Metallometric prospecting (soil prospecting)
3. Stream sediments prospecting
4. Heavy minerals prospecting and evaluation
of HM concentrates
5. Radiometric methods in geochemistry
6. Hydrogeochemical and biogeochemical methods
7. Principles of lithogeochemistry (rock prospecting)
8. Photogeological interpretations for geochemists,
aerial methods
9. Statistical evaluation of geochemical results
10. Principles of analytical methods in geochemistry
11. Training in atomic absorption spectrometry,
optical emission spectrography X-ray fluorescence
spectrometry, gas chromatography,
neutron activation
12. Principles of colorimetry, red - ox titrations
and electrochemical methods including potentiometry
with ion selective electrodes.
Application of the above-mentioned geochemical
methods for wet and dry tropical conditions will
be discussed at the same time.
A certificate is issued to participants who have
followed the whole course satisfactorily both in
theoretical and practical parts.
Information and application: GEOCHIM CSSR
Unesco, Geological Survey, Malostranské nam.
19, 118 21 Prague, Czechoslovakia.
MINING EXPLORATION AND EXPLORATION
GEOPHYSICS (Delft, The Netherlands)
Organized by the International Institute for
Aerial Survey and Earth Sciences (ITC) in cooperation
with the Mining Department of the Delft
University of Technology, under the sponsorship
of Unesco.
77

Duration: 12 months (starting September) for
standard courses, 12-16 additional
months for advanced courses in mining
exploration (yearly)
Deadline for application: 1 May
Language of the courses: English
Aims and programme of the courses: These
courses are intended to contribute to finding ways
to increase the solid mineral reserves by imparting
a knowledge of the sciences and techniques
employed in their discovery. They are
composed of the following:
1. Mining exploration with emphasis on field
exploration and geological photointerpretation.
This course includes tuition on statistics, chemistry,
transmitted light microscopy, reflected
light microscopy, geological photointerpretation,
geochemical exploration, examination of prospects,
valuation. The final four months of this
course are devoted to individual programmes of
study, generally including geochemical fieldwork,
literature studies and the preparation of
reports.
2. Mining exploration with emphasis on exploration
geophysics, which includes tuition in mathematics,
geophysical exploration, elements on
geochemical exploration, physical examination
of prospects, valuation. The final four months
of this course are devoted to extensive fieldwork,
using a variety of geophysical methods,
and preparation of reports.
The common programme for the two abovementioned
courses includes tuition on: mathematics,
chemistry, mineralogy, petrography,
structural geology, economic geology, elementary
photogrammetry, geological photointerpretation,
geophysical exploration and combined
surveys.
3. Advanced courses in mining exploration, are
offered by ITC with several possibilities of specialization
and diversification. Programmes
must include three basic subjects, one combination
of associated specialized subjects, and two
optional subjects, related to the student's future
field of activity.
Diplomas are granted after satisfactory completion
of one of the earlier mentioned courses.
If results are not satisfactory, a statement of
attendance will be issued.
METHODS AND TECHNIQUES IN EXPLO­
RATION GEOPHYSICS (Hyderabad, India)
Organized by the National Geophysical Research
Institute of the Council of Scientific and Industrial
Research, Hyderabad, India, under the
sponsorship of the Government of India and
Unesco.
78
Duration: November-December (yearly)
Deadline for application: 15 August
Language of the course: English
Aims and programme of the course: The course
is intended primarily for the in-service personnel
who are associated with geological and geophysical
exploration programmes for minerals, groundwater
or engineering geology. The programme
includes theoretical, practical and field training
in:
- exploration geophysics
- gravity and magnetic methods
- electrical and electromagnetic methods
- seismic, radiometric and well logging
methods
- geological interpretation of geophysical data
Information and application: The Director,
Regional Training course on methods and techniques
in geophysical exploration, National Geophysical
Research Institute, Hyderabad, 500 007
(A. P.), India, with copy to: Unesco Regional
Office for Science and Technology, 17 Jor Bagh,
New Delhi 110003, India.
A diploma is awarded to each successful participant.
MINERAL EXPLORATION (Paris, France)
Organized by the Ecole nationale supérieure des
Mines de Paris, Centre de géologie générale et
minière, under the sponsorship of Unesco.
Duration: four weeks in March or April (yearly)
Deadline for application: 1 January
Language of the course: French
Aims and programme of the course: The main
objectives of the course are to provide a theoretical
and practical knowledge of the variety, relative
importance and interdependence of the numerous
factors which influence decision-making in
mineral research; to instruct the trainees in the
application of their scientific knowledge towards
practical ends, bearing in mind economical and
technical constraints; to instruct them in the interpretation,
correlation, representation and utilization
of a mass of different data, to give the
trainees the opportunity to take numerous decisions,
which must be justified and which are then
confirmed by experience.
Through a method of simulation, assisted by computer,
the trainees are able to live realistically
a practical experience of complex mineral research;
first they receive more or less complete
geological, technical and socio-economical data
from which they can elaborate a research strategy
depending upon a budget; next, they undertake
research (geochemical prospection at different
levels, prospection by boring with various tools)
for which the results and the cost are supplied
by the computer. Throughout the course of the

operations, they must interpret the results and
adjust their handling thereof as in reality. The
simulation thus constitutes an experimental laboratory
which permits the reduction of time and
costs, the multiplication and diversification of
experiments and the provision, at the close of
the course, of a correct representation of the
environment studied, this never being the case
in reality.
Information and application: Professor H. Pélissonnier,
Ecole des Mines, 60 Bd. Saint-
Michel, 75272 Paris Cedex 06, France.
TRAINING COURSE ON SEISMOLOGY AND
GEOPHYSICS (Potsdam, German Democratic
Republic)
Organized by the Academy of Sciences of the
German Democratic Republic in collaboration
with Unesco.
Duration: One month in October /November
(yearly)
Deadline for application: 15 May
Language of the course: English
Aims and programme of the course: The course
will concentrate on problems of seismology,
seismotectonics and seismic risk assessment
with special emphasis on interdisciplinary aspects
and the relevance of related studies and
methodologies for resource oriented surveys.
The main topics to be covered are as follows:
- structure and dynamics of the lithosphère
- fundamentals of seismology and seismological
practice
- seismological methods for structural investigations
- earthquake prediction, seismic hazard and
risk assessment and mitigation.
Information and application: Prof. Dr. H. Kautzleben,
Director, Central Earth's Physics Institute,
Academy of Sciences of the German Democratic
Republic, Telegraphenberg, DDR 1500
Potsdam, German Democratic Republic.
SUMMER COURSE ON EARTH SCIENCES:
CRYSTALLOGRAPHY, MINERALOGY, METAL-
LOGENY (Madrid, Spain)
Organi zed by the Department of Geology and
Geochemistry of the Universidad Autónoma de
Madrid and the Department of Structural Crystallography
of the Instituto "Rocasolano" of the
Consejo Superior de Investigaciones Cientfficas,
Madrid, in co-operation with the Ministry of
Foreign Affairs of Spain and under the sponsorship
of Unesco.
Duration: July-August (yearly)
Deadline for application: 1 May
Language of the course: Spanish
Aims and programme of the course: It is considered
that crystallography is a basic science.indispensible
for the study of several topics, namely
mineralogy, metallogeny and mineralogenesis
which are of major importance for those countries
where important mineral reserves can be found.
The programme of the course includes lectures
and practical work on:
- general principles of crystallography and
mineralogy
- structural crystallography
- chemistry of crystals
- physics of crystals and physics of minerals
- optics of crystals
- mineralogy
- ore deposits and metallogeny
Information and application : Departamento de
Geología y Geoquímica, Facultad de Ciencias,
Universidad Autónoma de Madrid, Canto Blanco,
Madrid 34, Spain.
GEOTHERMAL ENERGY (Kyushu, Japan)
Organized by the Government of Japan as part
of its Technical Co-operation Programmes for
developing countries, in co-operation with Unesco.
Duration: September-October
Deadline for application: 15 July
Language of the course: English
Aims and programme of the course: This course
aims at improving the participants' knowledge of
geothermal energy, by placing emphasis on the
development and use of wet steam of volcanic type
which will be extensively applied in different parts
of the world. The programme includes lectures
and field work in:
- geothermal geology
- volcanology
- structural geology
- geochemistry
- isotope geochemistry "
- heat and thermodynamics
- geothermal hydrology
- geophysical exploration
- geothermal measurement
- reservoir physics
- drillhole engineering
- wellhead equipment and measurement of wells
- power plant engineering
- corrosion fundamentals
79

PHOTOINTERPRETATION APPLIED TO
GEOLOGY AND GEOTECHNICS (Bogotá,
Colombia)
Organized by the Government of Colombia and
the Interamerican Centre of Photointerpretation
(CIAF) in co-operation with the International
Institute for Aerial Survey and Earth Sciences
(The Netherlands) and Unesco.
Duration: Fourty weeks from February to
November
Deadline for application: 1 October
Language of the course: Spanish
Aims and programme of the course: The main
ob ective of this course, according to the specialization
chosen is:
(a) To teach professional geologists the principles
and techniques (from both the theoretical
and practical points of view) used for geological
surveying by means of aerial imagery and other
remote sensing techniques.
(b) To teach the principles and nature of remote
sensing techniques and to train civil engineers to
interpret and use aerial photographs for the study
and implementation of projects devoted to the
best use of natural resources.
Information and application: Academic Secretariat
of the CIAF, Apartado Aéreo 53754, Bogotá
2, Colombia.
80

Selected IGCP Publications for 1981/
Choix de publications parues en 1981 dans le cadre du PICG
Project 4
Azmi, R.J., 1980: Biostratigraphy of the Tethyan
sediments of the Spiti basin. Annual Report
Wadia Institute of Hymalayan Geology,
pp. 10-12.
Besems, R.E., 1981: Aspects of Middle and
Late Triassic Palynology. 1. Palynostratigraphical
data from the Chiclana de Segura
Formation of the Linares-Alcaraz Region (SE
Spain) and correlation with palynological assemblages
from the Iberian Peninsula. Review
of Palaeobotany and Palynology, 32, pp. 257-
273.
, 1981: Aspects of Middle and
Late Triassic Palynology. 2. Preliminary
palynological data from the Hornos-Siles Formation
of the Prebetic Zone (NE Province of
Jaén, SE Spain). Review of Palaeobotany and
Palynology, 32, pp. 389-400.
Dullo, W. Ch. ; Lein, R., 1981: Carnian Shallow
Water-Limestones - In FlUgel, E. (éd.):
International Symposium on Triassic Reefs,
Guide Book, pp. 40-48, Abb. 12-13, Erlangen.
Fuglewicz, R., 1980: Stratigraphy and palaeogeography
of Lower Triassic in Poland on the
basis of megaspores. Acta Geol. Polon., vol.
30, No. 4, pp. 418-470, Warszawa.
Gupta, V. J.; Budurov, K., 1980: A new species
of Neocavitella from Ladakh, India. Indian
Geologists Assn., Vol. 13, No. 2, pp¡
143-144.
; Sabitini, M., 1980: Uppermost
Triassic brachiopods from Northeastern Kumaun
Hymalaya, India. Riv. Ital. Palaeont.,
Vol. 83, No. 1, pp. 1-20.
Kovacs, S. , etal., 1980: Gondolella pseudolongan.sp.
Conodontaphorida, an important
Lower Ladinian guide form. Geol. Palaont.
Mitt., 10/6, pp. 217-221, 1 Taf., Innsbruck.
; Kozur, H., 1980: Stratigraphische
Reichweite der wichtigsten Conodonten (ohne
Zahnreihenconodonten) der Mittel-u. Obertrias.
Geol. Palaont. Mitt., 10/2, S. 47-48, 2
Tab., 15 Taf., Innsbruck.
Kovacs, F. : Palaeogeographical significance of
the Triassic Hallstatt limestone facies in the
North Alpine facies region. (Korreferatum
critic). FOldtani KozlOny. 110. 3-4, pp. 360-
381, Budapest.
Kozur, H., 1980: Revision der Conodontenzonierung
der Mittel-u. Obertrias des tethyalen
Faunenreichs. Geol. Palaont. Mitt. 10/3, S.79-
172, 2 Abb., 8 Tab., Innsbruck.
; Mostler, H., 1981: Beitrage zur
Kenntnis der Radiolarien des Mesozoikums.
Teil IV. Geol. Palaont. Mitt., 11, Innsbruck.
; Seidel, G., 1981: Biostratigraphische
Auswertung der Conchostracen-Faunen
des unieren und mittleren Buntsandsteins. In:
Kurzreferate und ExkursionsfUhrer: der Buntsandstein
und seine Nutzung in der Baustoff-
industrie. S. 10-17, 1 Tab., Berlin.
Li Jin-Hwa; Ding Bao-liang, 1981: Two new
Lammilibranch genera from the Lower Triassic
of Anhui. Acta Palaeontologica sinica, Vol. 20,
No. 4.
Matsuada, T., 1981: Early Triassic conodonts
from Kashmir, India. Part I: Hindeous and
Isarcicella. J. Geoscience, Osaka City Univ.,
Vol. 24, pt. 3, pp. 75-108.
Michalik, J.; Gazdzicki, A., 1980: Is the Strazov
nappe present in the Tatra Mts. ? Przeglad
Geologiczny, No. 11, pp. 616-619, Warszawa.
Nakazawa, K.; etal., 1980: The Otoceras woodwardi
Zone and time gap at the Permian/Triassic
Boundary in East Asia. Geol. and Palaeont.
SEA (Symp. Tsukubu 1978), Vol. 21, pp. 75-90.
Nazarevich, B. P. ; Zawidzka, K., 1981: Lower
Triassic conodonts from the Eastern Caucasian
Foreland. Acta Geol. Polon., Vol. 31, No. 1-2,
pp. 35-40, Warszawa.
Ramovs, A., 1981: Nova spoznaja o razvoju julskih
in tuvalskih plasti v severnih Julijskhi Alpah.
(Neue Feststellung Uber die Entwicklung
der Jul-u. Tuval-Schichten in den nordlichen
Julischen Alpen). Rudarsko-metalurski zbornik
28/2-3, pp. 177-181.
Senkowiczowa, H., (Ed.), 1981: Fauna i flora
triasu obrzezenia Gór Swietokrzyskich i Wyzyny
Slasko-Krakowskiej. Materialy V Krajowej
Konferencji Paleontologów, pp. 1-148, Kielce-
Sosnowiec.
Sun Ai-linj Ho Lian-hai, 1981: A new genus of
Scaloposauria. Acta Palaeontologica Sinica,
Vol. 20, No. 4.
Tiwari, R.S.;etal., 1980: Gondwana plant
microfossils from the Tethyan sediments, Malla
Johar area, U.P. J. Pal. Soc. India, Vol. 23-
24, pp. 39-42.
Virgili, C; et al., 1981: Some observations on
the Triassic of the Iberian Peninsula. Comunicación
presentada en la Reunión del Proyecto
no. 4 del PICG en Bratislava, 1980. Mitteilungen
der Geologischen Gesellschaft in Wien.
Visscher, H. ; Brugman, W.A., 1981: Ranges
of selected palynomorphs in the Alpine Triassic
of Europe. Rev. Palaeobot. Palyno., 34, pp.
115-128.
; Van der Zwan, C.J., 1981: Palynology
of the Circum-Mediterranean Triassic:
phytogeographical and palaeoclimatological implications.
Geol. Rundschau, 70, pp. 625-636.
Wang Zhi-hao; Cao Yan-yue, 1981: Early Triassic
conodonts from Lichuan, western Hubei.
Acta Palaeontologica sinica, Vol. 20, No. 4.
; Dai Jin-ye, 1981: Triassic conodonts
from the Jiangyou, Beichuan area, Sichuan
province. Acta Palaeontologica sinica,
Vol. 4, No. 2.
Wang Zhen, 1981: Mesozoic Charophytes from
Anhui and Zhejiang with its stratigraphie significance.
Acta Palaeontologica sinica, Vol. 20,
No. 4.
81

Zhu Zhi-wen; et al., 1981: Palaeomagnetic observation
in Xizhang - Tibet and continental
Drift. Acta Geofhisica Sinica, Vol. 24, No. 2.
IGCP Project 4 and IUGS Subcommission on
Triassic Stratigraphy: Guide book and Abstracts
of the Working Group Meeting in Oct.
1980 in Bratislava. Geol. Institute of the Slovak
Academy of Sc., Bratislava, CSSR.
Groupe français du Trias: Excursion en Espagne,
1981. Dpto. Estratigrafía, Facultad C.
Geológicas, Universidad Complutense, Madrid.
Project 5
Abonyi, A. ; Abonyiva, M. (with a contribution
by Varga, I.), 1981: Magnesite deposits of
Slovakia. Mineralia Slov., Monografía 1, pp.
125, Bratislava.
Autran, A.; Barrière, M.; Bonin, B.; Didier,
J. ; Fluck, P. ; Fourcade, S. ; Giraud, P. ;
Jonin, J.; Lameyer, J.; Orsini, J. B.;
Vivier, G., 1980: Les granitoides de France.
Colloque C7 "Géologie de la France" 26ème
Congrès géol. int. Paris 1980.
Babin, C. ; Courtesolle, R., 1980: Le Paléozoique
inférieur du Massif armoricain et de la
Montagne noire. Bull. soc. géol. et miné.
Bretagne, XI, 1.2, pp. 93-127.
Bajanik, S.; Hovorka, D. (eds. ), 1981: Palaeovolcanism
in the West Carpathians. D. Stur
Geol. Inst., pp. 167, Bratislava. (With six
IGCP publications on pages 27-40, 41-48, 59-
66, 81-86, 87-92, 115-124).
Belov, A.A., 1981: Tectonic development of the
Alpine folded area in palaeozoic. Monography,
Moscow, Nauka, pp. 212.
Bessiere, G.;etal., 1980: Conodont biostratigraphy
in Carboniferous limestones of Southern
France. Ilnd European Conodont Symposium
ECOS II. Vienne 1980, Abh. Geol. Bund.
Austria, 35.
Bonin, B., 1980: Les complexes acides alcalins
anorogéniques continentaux: l'exemple de
la Corse. Thèse Doct. Etat, Univ. P. et M.
Curie, pp. 756, 139 fig., 41 tabl., tabl. h.t.
Bossiere, G. : Un complexe métamorphique
polycyclique et sa blastomylonitisation: Etude
pétrologique de la partie occidentale du massif
de Grande Kabylie (Algérie). Thèse de doctorat
d'Etat, Univ. Nantes, pp. 302, tables.
; Peucat, J. J., 1980: Influence
de l'orogenèse alpine sur le socle ancien de
Grande Kabylie (Algérie). 8ème Réun. ann.
Sciences de la Terre, Marseille, pp. 55.
Bourrouilh, R. ; étal., 1980: Essai sur l'évolution
paléogéographique, structurale et métamorphique
du Paléozoique du sud de la France
et de l'ouest de la Méditerranée. In: Coll. C.
6. 26ème CGI Paris, pp. 159-188.
Buchroithner, M.F.; étal., 1980: Mikrofazies,
Fossilien und Herkunft der Kalkgerolle im
Karbon - "Flysch" der Betischen Kordilleren,
Spanien. Faciès, 2, pp. 1-53, Erlangen.
Buda, Gy. ; Balogh, K. ; Arva-Soos, A., 1981:
Chronology of plutonio and metamorphic rocks
in Hungary. Abst. Vol. of CBGA XII Congr.,
pp. 274, Bucharest.
82
Carmignani, L. ; et al., 1981: Structural and
Palaeogeographic lineaments of the Variscan
cycle in Sardinia. Géologie en Mijnbonn, 6 0
(1), pp. 171-181.
Caron, J. M. ; Bonin, B., 1980: La Corse. Géol.
Alpine, 56, pp. 80-90.
; ; Amaudric du Chaffaut,
S.; Delcey, R., 1980: Excursion 036A du 26ème
CGI Corse: grandes unités structurales. Géol.
Alpine, 56, pp. 149-168.
Delsahut, B., 1980: Dynamique du Bassin de
Carmaux (Tarn) et géologie du Stéphano Permien
des environs. Thèse de 3ème cycle,
Toulouse.
Démange, M., 1980: Présence d'éclogites en
Cabardés. Un nouveau témoin de métamorphisme
de haute à moyenne pression sur le flanc sud
de la zone axiale de la Montagne noire (en collaboration
avec M. Léger). C.R. Acad. Sci.
Paris, série D, t. 567, 20.X.80, pp. 2410-2412.
, 1980: Evolution structurale du
Paléozoique du sud de la France et de l'ouest de
la Méditerranée. Avec R. Bourrouilh, T. Cocozza,
M. Durand-Delga, S. Gueirard, M. Julivert,
F. J. Martinez, D. Massa, R. Mirouse,
J.B. Orsini. Colloque C6, Géologie de l'Europe,
26ème CGI, Paris, pp. 159-188.
De Vilechenous, F., 1980: Géologie de la partie
occidentale du massif de la Barousse (Pyrénées
centrales). Thèse du 3ème cycle, Toulouse.
Ebner, F.; Fenninger, A., 1980: Mikrofazies
und Biostratigraphie der Kalkgerolle von Falcovec
(NW-Bulgarien). Paleont. Strat. Lith.,
12, pp. 3-12, Sofia.
FlUgel, H.W., 1980: Zur variszischen Verbindung
von Ober- und Mittelostalpin. Carinthia
II, 170-90, pp. 133-141, Klagenfurt.
, 1981: Die palaozoische Tethys:
Fakten, Fiktionen, Fragen Mitt. osterr. geol.
Ges., 74/74, pp. 83-100, 2 Abb., 3 Tab., Wien.
Giret, A.; Bonin, B. ; Léger, J.M., 1980: Amphibole
compositional trends in oversatured and
undersatured alkaline igneous ring complexes.
Canad. Miner., 18, pp. 481-495.
Grecula, P.; etal., 1981: Correlation of Pre-
Mesozoic units along the Geotraverse Dubrovnik-
Novi Sad-Bükk Mountains-High Tatra Mountains.
12th Congress of the Carpatho-Balkan Geol. •
Ass., Abstracts Vol., pp. 278-27 9, Inst. Geol.
Geofyz., Bucharest.
Groupe français PICG 5 : Livret guide de la Réunion
internationale en France du PICG 5 Pyrénées
occidentales, centrales et Montagne noire.
Pau.
Jantsky, B. : Geological characterisation of the
Variscan and Pre-Variscan in Hungary, Geol.
en Mijnbouw. 16, pp. 9-16.
Joseph, J.; Brice, D., 1980: Données paléontologiques
nouvelles sur le Frasnien des Pyrénées
centrales et occidentales. Implications paléogéographiques.
Bull. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, pp.
25, 3 pi.
Karamata, S.; Sassi, F. P. (eds.), 1981: IGCP
Project No. 5, Newsletter No. 3 (January 1981),
pp. 1-167 (25 papers are included).

Kassai, M., 1980: A Dél-Dunantul perm végi
osffdrajzi rekonstrukcioja és a Kornyezo orszagokkal
kapcsolatos néhany rétegtani Osszehasonlitas.
(Latest Permian palaeogeographic
reconstruction of South Transdanubia and some
comparisons with the neighbouring countries).
Bull. Hung. Geol. Soc. 110, pp. 342-
359.
Majoros, Gy., 1980: A permi üledékképzodés
problémai a Dunantuli Kozéphegységben (Problems
of Permian sedimentation in the Transdanubian
Central Mountains). Bull, of Hung.
Geol. Soc, 110, pp. 323-341.
Marre, J.; et al., 1980: Structurologie des
granitoides calco-alcalins en Corse méridionales.
Pub. 26ème Congrès Géol. Int. Paris
1980.
Mirouse, R., 1980: La chame des Pyrénées et
son avant-pays languedocien: Pyrénées. Bull.
Centre Rech. Pau, Mém. 3.
, 1980: Pyrénées centrales et occidentales.
In: Essai sur l'évolution paléogéographique
structurale et métamorphique du
Paléozoique du sud de la France et l'ouest de
la Méditerranée. In Coll. C6, 26ème CGI.
; Pelhate, A., 1980: Formations
synorogénéiques du cycle varisque. In: Evolutions
géologiques de la France, in Coll. C7
26ème CGI, pp. 193-311.
Orsini, J.B., 1980: Le batholite corso-sarde:
anatomie d'un batholite hercynien. Composition,
structure, organisation d'ensemble. Sa
place dans la chaîne varisque française. Thèse
doct. d'Etat, Marseille, St. Jérôme.
; Coulon, C. ; Cocozza, T., 1980:
"La dérive cénozoique de la Corse et de la
Sardaigne et ses marqueurs géologiques". Livret
guide de l'excursion géologique internationale
038C - 26ème Congrès Géol. Int. Paris
1980 et trav. Géol. Alpine Grenoble.
Papanikolaou, D. ; Sassi, F. P.; Scarpelis, N.,
1981: Outlines of the pre-Alpine metamorphisms
in Greece. IGCP No. 5, 1981 meeting
in Pau-Barcelona.
Ramovs, A., 1980: Biostratigrafski razvoj v
severnem delu zahodnih Julijskih Alp/Biostratigraphische
Ausbildung in den nordlichen Julischen
Alpen/. - Simpozium iz region, geol. i
paleont. Zavod za regional, geol. i paleontol.
Rudarsko-geoloè'kog fakulteta Universiteta u
Beogradu, pp. 317-325, Beograd.
; Kochansky-Devide, V., 1981:
Karbonske in permske plasti pri Logu v Julijskih
Alpah/Carboniferous and Permian beds
at Log in the Julian Alps/. - Geologija 24,
pp. 91-107, Ljubljana.
Sassi, F.P.; Zirpoli, G., 1980: Quadro delle
conoscenze sulla storia pre-alpina delle Alpi
Orientali. Rend. Soc. It. Miner. Petrol., 36,
pp. 35-48.
Somin, M.L.; Vidjapin, Ju.P., 1980: The
structure of the metamorphic complexes of the
Main Caucasus range in the upper part Laschipse
and Damkhurtz rivers. Abstracts of
the papers V Conference Geol. Mineral Resources
North Caucasus, SKTGO, Essentuki.
Spassov, Chr., 1981: Corrélation des sédiments
paléozoiques anciens dans certains forages bulgares
et roumains de la Platforme Moesienne.
The 12th Congress Carpatho-Balkan Geological
Association. Sept. 8-13, 1981, Bucharest,
Abstracts, pp. 47-48.
Statteger, K., 1980: Sedimentologische Untersuchungen
in den Polster-Quarziten (ostliche
Grauwackenzone, Ósterreich). Verh. Geol. B.
A., pp. 333-363, Wien.
Szederkenyi, T., 1981: A Duna-Tisza Koze kristalyos
medencealjzata felépitésének, kozettanigeokémiai
jellegének és fejlodéstorténetének
meghatarozasa. (Determination of structural
and geochemical-petrographic character and
evolution of the crystalline groundfloor of the
area located between Duna and Tisza rivers).
Abstr. Rep. Vol. of Sci. Investigations, Cult.
Ministry, pp. 325-327, Budapest.
Tongiorgi, M. ; Bagnoli, G., 1981: Stratigraphie
du socle paléozoique de la bordure continentale
de l'Apennin septentrional (Italie centrale).
Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 7,23(3), pp. 319-323.
Vdovenko, M.; étal., 1981: Foraminifers in the
Lower Carboniferous Deposits from Bore-Hole
R-3 Gomotarci (Northwest Bulgaria). Paleontology,
Stratigraphy and Lithology, 15, pp. 3-33,
8 pis. (in Russian, English summary).
Vozarova, A.; Vozar, J., 1981: Lithostratigraphic
subdivision of Late Palaeozoic sequences
in the Hronic unit. Mineralia slov., 13, 5, pp.
385-404, Bratislava.
; , 1981: Palinspastic
profile of the Late Palaeozoic in the West Carpathians.
12th Congress of the Carpatho-Balkan
Geol. Ass., Abstracts Vol., pp. 149-150,
Inst. Geol. Geofyz., Bucharest.
Wilhem, S. ; Bonin, B., 1980: A propos de la
croissance épitaxique et rythmique des felsspaths
alcalins : influence du niveau structural
dans les granites anorogéniques corses et leurs
équivalents africains. Abstr. 26ème CGI, 105.
Project 6
Minceva-Stefanova, J.; Bonev, I.; Punev, L. :
Pearceite with an intermediate unit cell - first
find in nature. Geochem., mineral, and petrol.,
11, Sofia, pp. 13-34'(In Bulgarian with summary
in English).
, 1981: Electron-microprobe
investigation of the dolomitization and its
relationship with the sulphide mineralizations in
the polymetallic deposits confined to theTriassic
calcareous sediments in the Western Balkan.
Proceed. 4th ISMIDA, Berchtesgaden, Oct. 4-10,
1981.
Project 24
BerglundB.E. and Berglund, E., 1981: Eemian
and Weichselian stratigraphy in South Sweden,
Boreas 10, pp. 323-362.
LagerlundE., 1980: Litostratigrafisk indelning
av Vastskânes Pleistocen och en ny glaciationsmodell
for Weichsel. Univ. Lund Dept.Quat. Geol.
Rep. 21, pp. 120.
83

Lundqvist, J., 1980: The déglaciation of Sweden
after 10,000 B. P. Boreas 9, pp.229-238.
; Konigsson, L.K., 1980: The
déglaciation of Scandinavia later than 10,000
B.P. The 1979 Uppsala Symposium. Boreas
9, pp. 209-210.
; Mook, W.G., 1981: Finite date
of the Jamtland Interstadial. Boreas 10, pp.
133-135.
Macoun, J., 1980: Paleogeograficky a stratigraficky
vyvoj Opavské pahorkatiny v pleistocénu
- 1 a 2 (The palaeogeographical and stratigraphical
development of the Opavská pahorkatina
Upland in the Pleistocene). Cas.slezského
musea Opava /A/ 29, pp. 113-132; 193-
222. Opava.
Monjuvent, G., 1980: Alpes occidentales. Carte
des moraines externes et moraines internes,
1:1,000,000. 26ème Congr. Geol. Intern.,
excursion 99.
; Winistorfer, J., 1980: Glaciations
quaternaires dans les Alpes franco-suisses
et leur piedmont. Geol. alpine, 56, pp.
251-282.
MOrner, N.A., 1980: A 10,700 years' palaeotemperature
record from Gotland and Pleistocene/Holocene
boundary events in Sweden, Boreas
9, pp. 283-287.
Sibrava, V.; Shotton, F.W. (eds.), 1981: Quaternary
Glaciations in the Northern Hemisphere,
IGCP Project 73-1-24, Report No. 6 on
the session in Ostrava, Czechoslovakia, August
1979. Prague, pp. 296 (with 20 papers).
Velichko, A.A.; Faustova, M.A. (eds.), 1981:
Pleystotsenoviye oledeneniya Vostochno-Evropeyiskoi
ravniny. Nauka. Moskva. It contains
16 papers.
; Grichuk, V.P. (eds.), 1981:
Voprosy paleogeografii pleistocena lednikovych
i periglacialnych oblastey. Nauka. Moskva.
Archipov, A.A.; Velichko, A.A. (eds.), 1981:
Chetvertichniye oledeneniya v Sibiri i drugich
oblastiyach Severnovo polushariya. Nauka.
Novosibirsk.
Project 25
Balogh, K. ; etal., 1981: Radiometric dating of
basalts in Southern and Central Slovakia. Západné
Karpaty, séria géolôgia 7, GUDS, Bratislava.
Bakalova, D., 1980: Varovity vodorasli ot semejstvo
Corallinaceae ot rajona na Madz'arevo,
Jugoiztocna Balgaria. Paleontology, Stratigraphy
and Lithology, 12, Sofia.
Baldi-Beke, M., 1980: A BOrzsony-Hegységi
andezit fekvójében található üledékek nannoplankonja.
Foldtani Kozlony, 110, 2, Budapest.
Dragomanov, L. ; etal., 1981: Paleogeografía
na neogena ot Pazardzisko i Plovdivsko. Paleontology,
Stratigraphy and Lithology, 14,
Sofia.
El-Heiny, I.; Martini, E., 1981: Miocene foraminiferal
and calcareous nannoplankton assemblages
from the Gulf of Suez region and correlations.
Géologie Méditerranée, 8, 2, pp. 101-
108, Marseille.
84
Jámbor, A., 1980: Palaeogeographically significant
Pannonian facies units in around the inselbergs
of the Hungarian part of the Carpathian
Basin. Foldtani Kozlony, 110, 3-4, Budapest.
, 1980: Pannonian in the Transdanubian
central Mountains. A Magyar Allami Foldtani
Intézet. Müszaki KOnyvkiadó, LXII, Budapest.
; et al., 1980: K/Ar Dating of Basaltic
Rocks in Transdanubia, Hungary. Atomki
KOzlemények 22, Hungaria.
Kojumdgieva, E.; Dikova, P., 1980: Palaeogene
Sediments of Borehole R-l, Svilengrad. Geológica
Balcánica, 10, 2, Sofia.
Krach, W . , 1981: Baderískie utwory rafowe na
roztoczu Lubelskim oraz álimaki skrzydlonogi/
Pteropoda/ w miocène Polski i ich znaczenie
stratigraficzne. Prace geologiczne, 121,
Warszawa.
Lucy, I.; Costa, Martini, E., 1981: Dinoflagellaten-Gemeinschaft
aus dem hoheren Eozan der
Bohrung Kressenberg 7 /Bayern/ und Korrelation
zu den Nannoplankton-Zonen. Geológica
Bavarica, 82, pp. 315-318. Munchen.
Martini, E., 1981: Nannoplankton in der Ober-
Kreide, im Alttertiâ und im tieferen Jungtèrtiar
von Süddeutschland und dem angrenzenden Osterreich.
Geológica Bavarica, 82, pp. 345-356,
Munchen.
Stancheva, M., 1981: The Dacian Stage from
North-eastern Bulgaria and its ostracod fauna.
Geológica Balcánica, 11, 1, Sofia.
Project 29
Brasier, M.D., 1980: The Lower Cambrian
transgression and glauconite-phosphate facies
in western Europe. J. geol. Soc. Lond. 137,
10 pages (in press).
Cao Rui-ji; Zhao Wen-jie, 1980: Subdivision and
correlation of Precambrian strata in China (in
Chinese)
Conway Morris, S. ; Fritz, W.H., 1980: Shelly
microfossils near the PC - £ bdy, Mackenzie
Mts., NW Canada. Nature. 286 (5771), pp. 381-
384.
Fedonkin, M.A., 1980 •-: Fossil traces of Precambrian
metazoa. Isvest. Akad. nauk. USSR,
ser. geol. 1, pp. 39-46.
, 1980 : Vendian fauna of N. of
Russian platform, pp. 21-30, in Palaeontology
and Stratigraphy (Report of Soviet geologists at
Internat. Geol. Congres) Nauka, Moscow.
, 1980 : Early stages of evolution
of metazoa on the basis of palaeoichnological
data. Journ. General Biology 41 (2), pp. 226-
233.
Fritz, W. H., 1980: International Precambrian-
Cambrian Boundary Working Group's 1979 field
study to Mackenzie Mountains, Northwest Territories,
Canada. Geol. Surv. Canada, Paper 80-
1A, pp. 41-45.
Grigor'eva, N.V., 1980: On the question of the
microstructures of chiolitelmints, pp. 30-34 in
Palaeontology, Stratigraphy. (Report of Soviet
geologists at the International Geological Congress).
Moscow, Nauka.

Jiang Zhiwen, 1980: Monoplacophorans and gastropods
fauna of the Meishucun Stage from the
Meischucun section, Yunnan. Acta Geológica
Sinica 2, pp. 112-123, pis.
Kroner, A.;etal., 1980: Palaeomagnetism of
late Precambrian to early Palaeozoic Mixtitebearing
formations in Namibia (South West
Africa); the Nama Group and Blaubeker Formation.
Amer. Journ. Sci. 280, pp. 942-968.
Landing, E.jetal., 1980: A microfauna associated
with Early Cambrian trilobites of the
Callavia Zone northern Antigonish Highlands,
Nova Scotia. Can. Journ. Earth Sci. 17 (3),
pp. 400-418.
Lu Yan-Hao; et al., 1980: Correlation of Cambrian
System in China (in Chinese).
Palmer, A.R., 1980: Project 29 Precambrian-
Cambrian Boundary pp. 29-31 in U.S. contributions
to the International Geological Correlation
Programme. Washington, D. C.
Peel, J.S., 1980: Early Cambrian microfossils
from the Portfjeld Formation, Peary Land,
eastern North Greenland. Rapp. Gronlands
Geol. Unders^ig. 100, pp. 15-17.
Qian, Yi., 1980: Sinian-Cambrian Boundary in
China (in Chinese).
Rozanov, A.Yu., 1980: The centres of the origin
of Cambrian fauna, pp. 30-34, in Palaeontology
and Stratigraphy (report of Soviet
geologists at Int. Geol. Congr. Nauka, Moscow
(in Russian).
; Sokolov, B.S., 1980: The
problem of the Precambrian-Cambrian boundary.
Geol. Mag. 117 (1), pp. 23-27.
Shergold, J.H.; Druce, E.C., 1980: Upper
Proterozoic and Lower Palaeozoic rocks of
the Geogina Basin. In Henderson, R.A. and
Stephenson, P.J. (eds.) Geology and Geophy-.
sics of northeastern Australia. Geol. Soc.
Aust. (Queensland Divn), Brisbane.
Sokolov, B.S.;etal. (eds.), 1980: Palaeontology,
stratigraphy. Repts. Soviet Geologists.
26th Internat. Geol. Congr. Acad. Sci. USSR.
Nauka. pp. 1-235, plates (in Russian).
, 1980: The Vendian system: Precambrian
geobiological environment, pp. 9-24
in Palaeontology and Stratigraphy (Report of
Soviet geologists at Internat. Geol. Congr.)
Nauka, Moscow (in Russian).
Walter, M.R., 1980: Late Proterozoic tillites
of the southwestern Georgina Basin, Australia.
In Harland, W.B. (ed. ) Pre-Pleistocene tillites:
a record of the Earth's glacial history.
, 1980: Adelaidean and Early
Cambrian stratigraphy, southwestern Georgina
Basin: correlation chart and explanatory notes.
Rept. Bur. Min. Resour. Aust. 214.
"Short papers for the Second International Symposium
on the Cambrian System 1981", USGS
Open-File Report 81-743, pp. 1-252; including
following papers: Chairman's Introduction
(Cowie, J.W.); Ptychopariid trilobites in the
Lower Cambrian of Scandinavia (Ahlberg, P. );
Lower Cambrian biostratigraphy in Scandinavia
(Bergstrom, J. ); Micropalaeontology and
biostratigraphy of the Lower Cambrian sequence
in Scandinavia (Vidal, G. ); Precambrian
fauna of the Russian platform (Fedonkin, M.A.);
Vendian and Cambrian palaeogeography of the
East-European Platform (Brangulis, A. P. et
al. ); Palaeoichnology of Precambrian-Cambrian
transition (Fedonkin, M.A.); The succession
of skeletal fossils in the basal Lower Cambrian
of southeastern Newfoundland (Bengtson,
S. ; Fletcher, T.); Faunal sequence within the
Lower Cambrian "Non-Trilobite" Zone (S.L.)
of central England and correlated regions
(Brasier, M.D.; Hewitt, R.A. ); The Precambrian-Lower
Cambrian formations of northwestern
Argentina (Aceñolaza, F.G.; Toselli, A. J. );
Precambrian-Cambrian boundary in Korea
(Chang, H.C.); Precambrian-Cambrian reference
section in Mongolia (Drozdova, N.A. et
al. ); Shelly fossil assemblages and the trace
fossil sequence in the Meischucun Stage, China
(Jiang, Z. ); Discovery of the Tommotian Fauna
in South-west China and its bearing on the problem
of the Precambrian-Cambrian Boundary
(Yuan, K. ; Zhang, S. ); The biostratigraphy
distribution of Lower Cambrian trilobites in
South-west China (Zhon, Z. ; Yuan, J.).
Project 32
Stratigraphie correlation between sedimentary
basins of the ESCAP region: Volume V. ES-
CAP Atlas of Stratigraphy I - Burma, Indonesia,
Malaysia, Philippines, Thailand. United Nations,
Mineral Resources Development Series No. 44,
1978.
Stratigraphie correlation between sedimentary
basins of the ESCAP region: Volume VII. ES­
CAP Atlas of Stratigraphy II - Australia, Japan.
United Nations, Mineral Resources Development
Series No. 46, 1980.
ESCAP Atlas of Stratigraphy; Sedimentary Basin
of the ESCAP Region, First edition, Sheets N 1
to 7 and S 1 to 5 and the Index of the first edition
map sheets, 1980.
Project 41
Alekseev, M.N.; Golubeva, L.V., 1981: On
stratigraphy of the Eopleistocene, Lower and
Middle Pleistocene of the Primorie. Bull.
Kom. po izucheniyu tschetver. perioda, N 51.
Colalongo, M. L. ; Pasini, G., 1980: La Ostracofauna
plio-pleistocenica della Sezione Vrica
in Calabria (con considerazioni sul limite Neogene
(Quaternario). Bull. Soc. Paleont. 2t,
Vol. 19, n. 1, pp. 44-126).
; et al., 1980: Neogene-Quaternario
e depinizione del relativo stratotipo nella
sezione Vrica (Calabria). Paleontología stratigrafica
ed Evoluzione. Quaderno N. 1.
Kamaletdinov, M.A.; Yakhimovich, V. Ya. (eds.)
1980: Fauna and ñora of Voevodsky (stratigraphy
and palaeontology). Collected papers. Ufa.
Lindsay, E.H.;etal., 1980: Correlation of Siwalik
faunas. In: Jacobs, Louis, L. (ed. ), Aspects
of Vertebrate History: Essays in Honor of
Edwin Harris Colbert. Museum of Northern
Arizona Press, Flagstaff.
85

Lindsay, E.H.; Opdyke, N.D. etal., 1980:
Pliocene dispersal of the horse Equus and
late Cenozoic mammalian dispersal events.
Nature, Vol. 287, No. 5778, pp. 135-138.
Te Punga, M.T., 1981: The Pliocene/Pleistocene
boundary and the Nukumaruan Stage, New
Zealand. New Zealand Geol. Survey. Department
of Scientific and Industrial Research.
New Zealand.
Yakhimovich, V. Ya. (éd.), 1981: Experience of
correlation between Pliocene and Pleistocene
deposits in the Volga-Urals province (explanatory
note to the stratigraphie scheme). The
Bashkir branch of the USSR Academy of Sciences,
Ufa.
Pliocene-Pleistocene Boundary in the Southwestern
United States, 1981. Field Guide, Intern.
Field Conference N/Q boundary, IGCP
Projects 41 and 128.
Project 42
Amos, A.J., 1981: Correlación de las formaciones
Carbónicas y Pérmicas de Argentina.
An. Acad. Bras. Ciênc., Vol. 53, No. 2, pp.
347-356.
; Lopes Gamundi, O., 1981: Los
diamictitos del Paleozoico Superior en Argentina:
su edad e interpretación. Actas VIII
Congr. Geol. Argentino, T. III, pp. 41-58.
Archangelsky, S., 1981: Recientes avanços en
los estudios paleobotánicos y palinológicos del
Carbónico y Pérmico de Argentina. An. Acad.
Bras. Cieñe., Vol. 53, No. 2, pp. 375-384.
, 1981: Estudios fitopaleoecologicos
en el Paleozoico Superior del Oeste de
Chubut, Argentina. An. II Congr. Latino-
Amer. Paleont., Porto Alegre, Brazil, Vol.1,
pp. 141-156.
Azcuy, C.L.; Laffitte, G., 1981: Palinologia
de la Cuenca Noroeste Argentina. I Características
de las asociaciones carbónicas: problemas
e interpretación. Actas VIII Congr.
Geol. Argent., Vol. 4, pp. 823-838.
; Morelli, J.R., 1981: Correlation
of stratigraphie units of the Paganzo Basin,
Argentina. An. Acad. Bras. Ciênc, Vol. 53,
No. 2, pp. 357-360.
Benedetto, G., 1980: Sintesis bioestratigráfica
del Paleozoico tardfo de la Sierra de Perijá,
Venezuela. An. Acad. Bras. Ciênc, Vol. 52,
No. 4, pp. 827-839.
, 1981: Bioestratigrafia del Neopaleozoico
de los Andes de Venezuela: una
síntesis actualizada. An. Acad. Bras. Ciênc.,
Vol. 52, No. 4, pp. 844-850.
Bernardes de Oliveira, M.E.C., 1980: Nouveau
genre neuromariopteridien fertile de la flore à
Glossopteris du Bassin du Paraná au Brésil.
Bol. Inst. Geoc, Vol. 11, pp. 113-119.
; Carvalho, R.
G. de, 1981: Frutificaçoes femininas de Glossopteridófitas
da Formaçao Rio Bonito, Grupo
Tubarao, Estado de Santa Catarina, Brasil.
An. II Congr. Latino-Amer. Paleont., Porto
Alegre, Brazil, Vol. I, pp. 181-199.
86
Castaños, A.; Rodrigo, L.A., 1980: Paleozoico
Superior de Bolivia. An. Acad. Bras. Ciênc.,
Vol. 52, No. 4, pp. 851-866.
Herbst, R., 1981: Guairea milleri nov. gen. et
sp. y Guaireaceae, nueva familia de los Osnundales
(sensu lato) del Pérmico Superio de Paraguay.
Ameghiniana, Vol. 18, pp. 35-50.
, 1981: Sobre la presencia de Girogonites
de Leonardosia langei Sommer (Charales,
Porocharaceae) en el Pérmico Superior
de Paraguay y Brasil. An. II Congr. Latino-
Amer. Paleont., Porto Alegre, Brasil, Vol. I,
pp. 249-256.
Hervé, F. etal., 1981: The Late Palaeozoic in
Chile: stratigraphy, structure and possible tectonic
framework. An. Acad. Bras. Ciênc.,
Vol. 53, No. 2, pp. 351-373.
Hünicken, M., etal., 1981: Sedimentitos paleozoicos.
In: Geologia y Recursos Naturales de
la Provincia de San Luis. VIII Congr. Geol.
Argent., San Luis, Relatórios, pp. 55-77.
Rocha-Campos, A.C., 1981: Late Palaeozoic
"Série Tiirtica" of Mozambique. In: M. J.
Hambrey and W.B. Harland (eds. ), Earth's
pre-Pleistocene glacial record, pp. 52-54,
Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge.
, 1981: Late Palaeozoic
tillites of the Sergipe-Alagoas basin, Rondônia
and Mato Grosso, Brasil. In: M.J. Hambrey
and W.B. Harland (eds.). Earth's pre-Pleistocene
glacial record, pp. 838-841, Cambridge
Univ. Press, Cambridge.
, 1981: The Itararé Subgroup,
Aquidauana Group and San Gregorio Formation,
Paraná Basin, southeastern South America.
In: M.J. Hambrey and W.B. Harland
(eds.), Earth's pre-Pleistocene glacial record,
pp. 842-852, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge.
; Santos, P.R. dos, 1981:
Late Palaeozoic tillites of the Lutôe Series, Angola.
In: M.J. Hambrey and W.B. Harland
(eds.), Earth's pre-Pleistocene glacial record,
pp. 48-51, Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge.
; , 1981:
Contributions to Late Palaeozoic palaeoclimatology
of South America: 1970-1979. An. Acad.
Bras. Ciênc., Vol. 53, No. 2, pp. 385-391.
; Sundaram, D., 1981: Geological
and palynological observations on Late
Palaeozoic varvites from the Itararé Subgroup,
Paraná Basin, Brazil. An. II Congr. Latino-
Amer. Paleont., Porto Alegre, Brasil, Vol. I,
pp. 257-275.
, etal., 1981: Geological,
palynological and palaeomagnetic investigations
on Late Palaeozoic varvites from the Paraná
Basin, Brazil. Atas 3° Simp. Geol. Regional,
Soc. Bras. Geol., Núcleo Sao Paulo, Vol. 2,
pp. 162-175.
Sabattini, N., 1980: Una nueva specie de Cladochonus
M'Coy (Cnidaria) del Carbónico de la
Formación Hoyada Verde (Provincia de San
Juan). Ameghiniana, Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 105-
108.

Sabattini, N. , 1980: Gastrópodos marinos carbónicos
y pérmicos de la Sierra de Barreal
(Provincia de San Juan). Ameghiniana, Vol.
17, No. 2, pp. 109-119.
Sundaram, D. ; Carvalho, R.G.de, 1981: Palynological
observations on Devonian Sediments
from Paraná Basin, Brazil. An. II Congr.
Latino-Amer. Paleont. Porto Alegre, Brasil,
Vol. I, pp. 79-84.
Valencio, D.A., 1981: Magnetic correlation of
sequences of sediments and igneous rocks assigned
to the Late Palaeozoic and Triassic
from northwestern Argentina. An. Acad. Bras.
Ciênc., Vol. 53, No. 2, pp. 393-397.
Project 44
Acenolaza, F. G. ; Toselli, A., 1981: The Precambrian-Lower
Cambrian formations in the
northwestern Argentina. Short papers, Openfile.
US Geological Survey.
; , 1981: Geologfa
del Noroeste Argentino. Univ. Nac. Tucumán,
pp. 212.
Alonso, R.M. ; Marquillas, R.A., 1981: Trazas
fósiles de la formación Campanario (Grupo
Mesón, Cámbrico) en el Norte Argentino.
Rev. Inst. Cieñe. Geol., 4, pp. 95-100, San
Salvador de Jujuy.
Baldis, B.A.; Bordonaro, O., 1981 : Vinculación
entre el Cámbrico del Noroeste de México
y la Precordillera Argentina. Act. II
Congr. Latinoam. Paleontología, pp. 1-10,
Puerto Alegre.
; , 1981 : Evolución
de fases carbonáticas en la cuenca cámbrica
de la Precordillera de San Juan. Act.
VIII Congr. Geol. Arg., II, pp. 385-397.
; Gonzalez, S.B., 1981: Conocimiento
actual de los trilobites acastidos de
Sudamérica. Act. II Congr. Latinoam. Paleontología,
pp. 59-69, Puerto Alegre.
; , 1981: Primeros
trilobites devónicos del subsuelo de la llanura
Chaco-bonaerense. Comunic. Mus. Arg. Cieñe.
Nat.B.Rivadavia, 1(6), pp. 45-57.
; Beresi, M.S., 1981: Biofacies
de culminación del ciclo deposicional calcáreo
del Arenigiano en el Oeste Argentino. Act. II
Congr. Latinoam. Paleontología, pp. 11-17,
Puerto Alegre.
; Uliarte, E. et al., 1981: El
frente estructural de la Precordillera mendocina.
Bol. Cieñe. Nat. yAntrop., J.C. Moyano.
1, pp. 7-11, Mendoza.
; Bordonaro, O.L. et al., 1981:
Zona de dispersión estromatolftica en la secuencia
calcáreo-dolomftica del Paleozoico
inferior de San Juan. Act. VIII. Congr. Geol.
Arg., II, pp. 419-434.
Beresi, M., 1981: Fauna y ambiente en los
sedimentos carbonáticos arenigianos de Talacasto
(San Juan). Act. VIII Congr. Geol. Arg.,
II, pp. 399-417.
Branissa, L. ; Eldredge, N., 1980 : Calmoniid
Trilobites of the Lower Devonian Scaphiocoelia
zona of Bolivia, with remarks on related spe­
cies. Bull.Amer.Museum Natural History, V
165(2), pp. 181-290.
Davidson, J.; Mpodozis, L., et al., 1981: El
Paleozoico de Sierra de Almeida, al Oeste de
Monturaqui, Alta Cordillera de Anfofagasta,
Chile. Rev. Geol. Chile, 12, pp. 3-2 3.
Fernandez Garrasino, C; Cerdán, J.A., 1981:
La Formación Santa Rosa (Devónico Inferior)
en la Argentina y sus posibles equivalentes.
Act. VIII Congr. Geol. Arg., III, pp. 193-202.
Gonzalez Diaz, E.F., 1981: Nuevos argumentos
a favor del desdoblamiento de la denominada
"Serie de la Horqueta" del bloque de San Rafael.
Act. VIII Congr. Geol. Arg., Ill, pp. 241-254.
Martinez, C., 1980: Structure et évolution de la
chaîne hercynienne et de la chaine andine dans
le nord de la Cordillère des Andes de Bolivie.
319 p., ORSTOM. Paris.
Ortiz, A.; Zambrano, J.J., 1981: La Provincia
geológica Pre-cordillerana oriental. Act. VIII
Congr.Geol. Arg., III, pp. 59-74.
Pothe, D.B.de, 1981: Paleomicroplancton y microesporas
del Ludloviano inferior de la Formación
Los Espejos. Rev. Esp. Micropaleontologfa,
XIII(2), pp. 231-265.
Valencio, D.A., 1980: Palaeomagnetism of lower
Ordovician and upper Precambrian rocks from
Argentina. Geomagnetismo and Geoelectricity,
32 supl., Ill, pp. 71-75.
, et al., 1980: Paleomagnetismo
y edades radimétricas de algunas formaciones
neoprecámbricas y eopaleozoicas de la Argentina.
Asoc.Geol.Arg., Rev. XXXV(3), pp. 421-
433.
Volkheimer, W . , et al., 1980: Quitinozoos ordovícicos
de la Formación Gualcamayo en su localidad
tipo al sureste de Guandacol, Precordillera
de La Rioja. Act. II Congr. Arg. Pal. Bioestrat.,
y I Congr. Latinoam., I, pp. 23-35.
, et al., 1980: Una microflora
ordovicica de la Formación Mojotoro, Provincia
de Salta. Asoc. Geol. Arg., Rev. XXXV (3),
pp. 401-416.
; Melendi, D.L., 1981: Datos
palinológicos del Ordovfcico de la F. Talacasto,
Provincia de San Juan, República Argentina.
Project 53
Amsden, T.W., 1980: Hunton Group (late Ordovician,
Silurian and Early Devonian) in the Arkoma
Basin of Oklahoma: Okla. Geol. Survey,
Bull. 129, 136 p., 12 pis., 3 panels maps.
, et al., 1981: Palaeoenvironment
of Fitzhugh Member of Clarita Formation
(Silurian, Wenlockian) Southern Oklahoma:
Okla. Geol. Survey Circular 83, 54 p., 7 pis.
Antia, D.D.J., 1980: Shell laminae and shell
orientation in the upper Silurian, Overton Formation,
UK. Palaeogeography, Palaeoclimatology,
Palaeoecology 32, pp. 119-133.
Baird, G.C.; Brett, C.E., 1981: Submarine discontinuities
and sedimentary condensation in the
upper Hamilton Group: Palaeoslope deposits in
the Cayuga Valley. N.Y. State Geol. Assoc.
Guidebook. 53rd Ann. Mtg. Binghamton, N.Y.,
pp. 115-145.
87

Bassett, M.C., étal., 1981: The Downton
Series as the fourth Series of the Silurian System.
IUGS.
, 1981: Key points for
correlation in the Silurian of Gotland. Sver.
Geol. Unders. Rapporter och meddelanden
nr 25 p. 4.
Boucot, A.J. ; Perry, D.G., 1981: Lower Devonian
Brachiopod Communities of the Cordilleran
Region: in J. Gray, A.J. Boucot, and
W.B.N. Berry (eds.), Communities of the
Past, Hutchinson Ross, pp. 185-222.
; Janis, C, 1981: Shoreline proximity
distribution of vertebrates during the
pre-Devonian: in S. Laufeld, (ed. ) Proj. Ecostratigraphy
Plenary Meeting, Gotland, 1981,
Sveriges Geol. Undersok., Rapp. meddel. nr.
25, p. 7.
; Bourque, P. A., 1981: Brachiopod
biostratigraphy of the Llandoverian rocks
of the Gaspe Peninsula: in Field Meeting,
Anticosti-Gaspe, Quebec, 1981, Volume II;
Stratigraphy Palaeontology (ed. ) P. J. Lesperance,
IUGS, Subcommission on Silurian Stratigraphy,
Ordovician-Silurian Boundary Group
pp. 215-321.
Brett, C.E., 1981: Silurian Palaeontology
(Chapter 6), pp. 123-146. In:I.H. Tesmer
(ed. ) Colossal Cataract: The Geologic History
of Niagara Falls. State University of N.Y.
Press. Albany, 219 p.
, 1981: (Silurian) Depositional environments
and fossil distribution (Chapter 7),
pp. 147-162. In I.H. Tesmer (ed. ). Colossal
Cataract: The Geologic History of Niagara
Falls. State University of N.Y. Press. Albany,
219 p.
Cai Chong-yang, 1981: On the occurrence of
Archaeopteris in China. Acta Paleontológica
Sinica, Vol. 20, No. 1, pp. 75-80.
Chlupac, I., etal., 1980: Field Trip E: Barrandian.
In: Second European Conodont Symposium
(ECOS II), Guide book Abstracts.
Abh.Geol. B.-A., Vol. 35, pp. 147-180, 16
figs., 9 pis., Vienna.
Chorowska, M. ; Obère, J., 1980: The stratigraphy
and tectonics of the uppermost Silurian
and Lower Devonian of the Zdanow section
(Gory Bardzkie Mts., Sudety Mts) in the light
of conodont studies, ibidem, 24 (2) pp. 193-
216, Warszawa.
Dixon, O.A., etal., 1981: Event correlation
in Late Silurian Rocks of the Canadian Arctic.
Bull. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol. pp. 303-311.
Droste, J.B.; Shaver, R.H., 1980: Recognition
of buried Silurian reefs in south-western
Indiana: application to the Terre Haute Bank:
Jour. Geology, Vol. 88, pp. 567-587.
Einasto, R., 1981: On the relationship of the
Jaagarahu, Pangamagi and Maasi stratotype
sections (Middle Wenlockian of Estonia).
ENSV Tead. Akad. Toimetised, Geol., 30,
pp. 111-117 (in Russian, English summary).
Forney, G.G., etal., 1981: Silurian and Lower
Devonian Zoogeography of selected molluscan
Genera. In Communities of the Past, Hutchinson
Ross Pub. Co., pp. 119-164.
88
Gourvennec, R., 1981: (inédit) Le genre Howellella
(Brachiopoda) en Europe de l'Ouest au
Siluro-Dévonien. Mem. Thèse 3ème cycle,
Brest Lyon, 215 p., 5 pi.
Havlicek, V., 1981: Development of a linear
sedimentary depression exemplified by the Prague
Basin (Ordovician-Middle Devonian; Barrandian
area - central Bohemia). Sbor. geol.
Ved, Géologie, pp. 7-48, Praha.
Holland, C.H., 1980: Silurian series and stages:
decisions concerning chronostratigraphy.
Lethaia, 12, 238.
Jaeger, H. ; Schonlaub, H.B., 1980: Silur und
Devon nordlich der Gundersheimer Aim in den
Karnischen Alpen (Osterreich). Carinthia II,
Vol. 170/90, pp. 403-444, 3 figs., 5 pis.,
Klagenfurt.
, etal., 1981: The Pridoli Series
as the fourth series of the Silurian System. A
Submission to the Subcommission on Silurian
Stratigraphy, pp. 1-41.
Jones, B., 1981: Review of the Silurian brachiopod
Stegerhynchus. Palaeontology, Vol. 24,
pp. 93-113.
Krasnov, V.I., 1980: Attitude to the concept
"ecostratigraphy" and the significance of the
palaeoecological and facies studies in stratigraphy.
In: Ecostratigraphy of the sedimentary
basins of Siberia. Novosibirsk, SNIIGGIMS,
pp. 7-23 (in Russian).
, etal., 1980: Middle Palaeozoic
organic buildups of Western Siberia. In: Ecostratigraphy
of the sedimentary basins of Siberia.
Novosibirsk, SNIIGGIMS, pp. 38-52 (in Russian).
Laufeld, S., 1981: The whole environment -Silurian
Slite Beds, Gotland - Introduction of a
new subproject. Sver. Geol. Unders. Rapporter
och meddelanden, nr. 25, pp. 20-21.
, (ed. ) 1981: Proceedings of Project
Ecostratigraphy Plenary Meeting, Gotland, 1981.
Sver. Geol. Unders. Rapporter och meddelanden
nr. 25, 38 pp.
, 1981: Gustaf Linnarsson 1841-1881.
SGU-Information 1981 (9), pp. 18-19, 22.
; Bassett, M.G., 1981: Gotland: the
anatomy of a Silurian carbonate platform.
Episodes 1981 (2), pp. 23-27.
; Martinsson, A., 1981: Reefs and
ultrashallow environments. Guidebook to the
field excursions in the Silurian of Gotland, Project
Ecostratigraphy Plenary Meeting 22nd-28th
August 1981. 24 pp. Museum Dept., Geol. Surv.
Sweden.
Li Ji-jin; Ge Mei-yu, 1981: Development and
Systematic Position of Akidograptoids. Acta
Palaeontologica Sinica, Vol. 20, No. 3, pp. 225-
234.
Martinsson, A., 1980: Ecostratigraphy: limits
of applicability. Lethaia 13, p. 363.
_, 1981: State of the art in Downtonian
ostracode correlation. Sver. Geol. Unders.
Rapporter och meddelanden nr. 25, pp.
23-24.
Miaczewski, L., 1981: Dewon ponocno-wschodniej
Lubelszczyzny (Devonian in north-western
Lublin region, Eastern Poland). Prace Inst.
Geol., 101 p. Warszawa (in Polish, English sum.)

Paris, F.; Laufeld, S., étal., 1981: Chitinozoa
of the Silurian-Devonian boundary stratotypes
in Bohemia. Sver. Geol. Unders. Ca
51, 29 pp.
Paskevicius, I., 1980: An ecostratigraphical
model of the East Baltic Silurian. Sci. papers
of the high schools of the Lit. SSR, Geol., vol.
1, pp. 16-33 (in Russian).
Pushkin, V.I., etal., 1981: Silurian stratigraphy
of Byelorussia. In: Materials on the stratigraphy
of Byelurussia. Minsk, "Nauka i
Technika", pp. 41-46 (in Russian).
; Kruchek, S.A., 1978: Position
of the Silurian-Devonian boundary and stratigraphy
of the Lower Devonian of Byelorussia.
Dokl. Acad. Sci. BSSR, Vol. 22, nr. 11.
Racheboeuf, P., 1981: Chonetaces (Brachiopodes)
silurien et dévoniens du sud-ouest de
l'Europe. Systématique, phylogénie, biostratigraphie,
paléobiogéographie. Mem. Soc.
géol. minerai. Bretagne, 27, 295pp., 35 pi.
(à paraître en novembre 1981).
; Havlicek, V., 1980: Chonetacea
(Brachiopides) du Silurien et du Dévonien
de Bohême. Ann. Palé ont., 65, 2,pp. 69-138,
15 pi.
Rohr, D.M., 1980: Ordovician-Devonian Gastropoda
from the Klamath Mountains, California.
Palaeontographica Abt. A 171, pp.141-
199.
Rubel, M., 1981: On the properties of paléontologie
clocks. In: Joint Ann. GAC/MAC Meeting,
Univ. Calgary. Abstracts, Vol.6, p.A-49.
Sanford, J.T.; Mosher, R.E., 1981: The application
of quantitative analysis to the solution of
stratigraphie problems. The-whole environment.
Silurian Slite Beds, Gotland. Sver.
Geol. Unders. Rapporter och meddelanden
nr. 25, pp. 29-30.
Savage, N.M., 1981: A reassessment of the
age of some Palaeozoic brachiopods from
south-easternAlaska. Jour. Palaeontology 55,
pp. 353-369.
Schonlaub, H. P., 1980: Field Trip A: Carnic
Alps. In: Second European Conodont Symposium
(ECOS II, Guidebook, Abstracts. Abh.
Geol. B.-A., Vol. 35, pp. 5-57, 29 figs., 10
pis., Vienna.
, etal., 1980: Conodontenstratigraphie
am Steirischen Erzberg (Nôrdliche
Grauwackenzone). Jb. Geol. B.-A., Vol. 123/1,
pp. 169-229, 11 figs, 7 pis., 1 geol. Maps
Vienna.
Selden, P.A., 1981: Functional morphology of
the prosoma of Baltoeurypterus tetragonophthalmus
(Fischer) Chelicerata: Eurypterida).
Trans, roy. Soc. Edinb. Earth Sciences 72,
pp. 9-48.
Siveter, David J., 1980: British Silurian Beyrichiacea
(Ostracoda). Palaeontogr. Soc. (Monogr.).
(1), pp. 1-76, 27 pis.
Snajdr, M., 1981: Bohemian Proetidae with
malformed exoskeletons (Trilobita). Sbor.
geol. Ved, Paléontologie, 24, pp. 37-61, pi.
1-8. Praha.
, 1981: Ontogeny of some representatives
of the trilobite genus Scharyia. Sbor.
geol. Ved, Paléontologie, 24, pp. 7-35, pi. 1-
12. Praha.
Sokolov, B.S., 1980: Ecostratigraphy and ecosystems
of the geological past. In: Papers of
the XXII sess. of the Allun. Palaeont. Soc,
Leningrad, "Nauka", pp. 4-12 (in Russian).
Tomczyk, H. ; Tomczykowa, E., 1981: Korelacja
biostratygraficzna syluru w Europie (Biostratigraphic
correlation of the Silurian in Europe).
Przegl. geol., 6, pp. 283-291 (in Polish with
English summary). Warszawa.
; , 1981: Rozwoj
badan syluru i najnizszego dewonu w Gorach
Swietokrzyskich. (Development in investigation
of Silurian and lowermost Devonian in Holy
Cross Mts. ). Guide to Polish Geol. Assoc.
Meeting in Kielce., Warszawa.
; , 1980: Development
in correlation and stratigraphie nomenclature
of Silurian and lowermost Devonian of
Polan, Bull. Acad. Sci., ser. sci. terre, Vol.
28 (1), (1978), pp. 31-42. Warszawa.
Wang Yu; Boucot, A. J., etal., 1981: Two new
Devonian Chonetid (Brachiopoda) Genera from
the South China region. Acta Palaeontologica
Sinica, Vol. 20, No. 4, pp. 293-296.
Wang Zheng-quan, 1980: Part of Longmenshan
Range, Szechuan Province with comment on the
Boundary between Middle and Lower Devonian.
Professional Papers of Stratigraphy and Palaeontology,
No. 9, pp. 115-167.
Project 58
Ammonoids from Japan 7. Upper Cretaceous
ammonites. (Ed. T. Matsumoto) Atlas of Japanese
Fossils 50, pp. 1-24 (in Japanese).
Ammonoids from Japan 8. Upper Cretaceous
ammonites. (Ed. T. Matsumoto) Atlas of Japanese
Fossils 51, pp. 1-24 (in Japanese).
Arthur, M.A.; Dean, W.E.; Pollastro, R.,
1980: Oxic-anoxic and carbonate cycles in Cretaceous
organic carbon-rich marine strata.
American Association of Petroleum Geologists,
Bulletin 64 (5), pp. 671-672.
; Jenkyns, H.C., 1981: Phosphorites
and palaeoceanography.
Babinot, J. F., 1980: Les Ostracodes du Crétacé
supérieur de Provence. Thèse de Doctorat.
Aix en Provence: Université de Marseille.
Barron, E.J., 1981: Palaeogeography as a climatic
forcing factor. Geologische Rundschau
70 (2), pp. 737-747.
Bengtson, P., 1980: Cretaceous transgressions
and regressions in focus. Cretaceous Research
1 (1), pp. 86-88.
, 1980: Depositional history and
ammonite biostratigraphy of the Cenomanian-
Coniacian of Sergipe, Brazil. 26 e Congrès
géologique international, Paris, 7-17 juillet
1980, Résumés, Abstracts 1, p. 203.
, 1980: The mid-Cretaceous of the
Alagoas-Pernambuco coastal area in Brazil.
26 è Congrès géologique international, Paris,
7-17 juillet 1980, Résumés, Abstracts l,p. 202.
89

Berthou, P. Y. étal., 1980: Aperçu sur les
Kystes de Dinoflagellés de l'Albien et du Cénomanien
du Bassin Occidental Portugais. Cretaceous
Research 1 (2), pp. 125-141.
Caron, M., 1981: Un nouveau genre de foramifère
planctonique du Crétacé: Falsotruncata
nov. gen. Eclogae geologicae Helvetiae 74 (1),
pp. 65-73.
Chamley, H., 1981: Long-term trends in clay
deposition in the ocean. Oceanologica Acta,
Supplement au Volume 4, Colloque 4, pp. 105-
110.
Chen,Pei-ji, etal. ,1981: Studies on the Late Mesozoic
continental formations of Western Liaoning.
Bulletin of the Nanjing Institute of Geology
and Palaeontology, Academia Sinica 1,
pp. 22-55 (in Chinese).
Cobban, W.A. ; Hook, S.C.,1980: The Upper
Cretaceous (Turonian) Ammonite family Coilopoceratidae
Hyatt in the Western Interior of
the United States. U.S. Geological Survey
Professional Paper 1192, pp. 1-28.
Damotte, R. ; Rey, J., 1980: Ostracodes du
Crétacé inférieur d'Estremadura (Portugal).
Revue de Micrapaléontologie 23 (1), pp. 16-36.
Dingle, R.V., 1980: Sedimentary basins on the
continental margins of South Africa. Erdol
und Kohle-Erdgas-Petrochemie vereinigt mit
Brennstoff-Chemie 33 (10), pp. 457-463.
Dodson, M . M . ; Reyment, R.A., 1980: Analysis
of the extinction of the Late Cretaceous
foraminifer Afrobolivina afra. Cretaceous
Research 1 (2), pp. 143-164.
Douglas, R.G., etal., 1980: Deep-sea benthic
foraminifera and their biostratigraphic potential.
American Association of Petroleum Geologists,
Bulletin 64 (5), 700.
Fischer, A.G., 1980: Gilbert-Bedding rhythms
and geochronology. Geological Society of America,
Special Paper 183, pp. 93-104.
Hart, M.B., 1980: The recognition of Mid-Cretaceous
sea-level changes by means of Foraminifera.
Cretaceous Research 1(4), pp. 289-
297.
Jablonski, D.I., 1980: Apparent versus real
biotic effects of transgressions and regressions
Paleobiology 6 (4), pp. 397-407.
Juignet, P., 1980: Transgression-régressions,
variations eustatiques et influences tectoniques
de l'Aptien au Maastrichtien dans le Bassin de
Paris Occidental et sur la bordure du Massif
armoricain. Cretaceous Research 1 (4), pp.
341-357.
Kennedy, W.J., etal., 1980: Albian and Cenomanian
ammonites from the island of Bornholm
(Denmark). Bulletin of the Geological Society
of Denmark 29 (4), pp. 203-244.
; ,1981: Upper Cenomanian
ammonites from Anjou and the Vendée,
western France. Palaeontology 24 (1), pp. 25-
84.
; Juignet, P., 1981: Upper Cenomanian
ammonites from the environs of Saumur,
and the provenance of the types of Ammonites
vibrayeanus and Ammonites qeslinianus.
Cretaceous Research 2 (1), pp. 19-49.
90
.,, etal., 1980: Collingnoceratid
ammonites from the Mid-Turonian of England
and northern France. Palaeontology 23 (3),
pp. 557-603.
Klinger, H.C.; Kennedy, W.J., 1980: Cretaceous
faunas from Zululand and Natal, South
Africa. The ammonite subfamility Texanitidae
Collignon 1948. Annals of the South African
Museum 80, pp. 1-357.
Kureshy, A.A., 1980: Palaeobiography of Cretaceous
larger Foraminifera of Pakistan and
the Caribbean region and their bearing on continental
drift. Cretaceous Research 1(2), pp. 93-
100.
Lancelot, Y; Winterer, E.L., 1980: Evolution
of the Moroccan oceanic basin and adjacent continental
margin: a synthesis. Initial Reports of
the Deep Sea Drilling Project 5 0, pp. 801-821.
Lipson-Benitah, S., 1980: Albian to Coniacian
zonation of the western coastal plains of Israel.
Cretaceous Research 1 (1), pp. 3-12.
Marcinowski, R., 1980: Cenomanian ammonites
from German Democratic Republic, Poland,
and the Soviet Union. Acta Geológica Polonica
30 (3), pp. 215-325.
Matsumoto, T., 1980: Interregional correlation
of transgressions and regressions in the Cretaceous
period. Cretaceous Research 1 (4), pp.
359-373.
, etal., 1980: Cephalopod faunule
from the Cretaceous Yatsushiro Formation
(Kyushu) and its implications. Transactions
of the Proceedings of the Palaeontological Society
of Japan, New Series 118, pp. 325-338.
; Morozumi, Y., 1980: Late
Cretaceous ammonites from the Izumi Mountains,
south-west Japan. Bulletin of the Osaka
Museum of Natural History 33, pp. 1-31.
Morgan, R. , 1980: Eustacy in the Australian
Early and Middle Cretaceous. Geological Survey
of New South Wales, Bulletin 27, pp. 1-105.
, 1980: Palynostratigraphy of the
Australian Early and Middle Cretaceous. Memoirs
of the Geological Survey of New South
Wales, Palaeontology 18, pp. 1-153.
Môrner, NpA., 1980: Relative sea-level, tectonoeustasy
and geodynamics during the Cretaceous.
Cretaceous Research 1 (4), pp. 329-340.
Naidin, D.P., etal., 1980: Cretaceous transgressions
and regressions on the Russian platform,
in Crimea and Central Asia. Cretaceous
Research 1 (4), pp. 375-387.
Oberhauser, R., 1980: Der geologische Aufbau
Ôsterreichs. 699 pp., Wien, New York: Springer.
(éd.), 1980: Der geologische
Aufbau Osterreichs. 701 pp. Wien: Geologische
Bundesanstalt.
Poignant, A.-F., 1980: L'environnement des
Algues rouges. Exemples des formes du Crétacé
moyen d'Aquitaine. Compte rendus du 105 e
Congrès national des Sociétés savantes, Caen
1980. Section des Sciences 2, pp. 313-322.
Reyment, R.A., 1980: Biogeography of the Sanaran
Cretaceous and Palaeocene epicontinental
transgressions. Cretaceous Research 1 (4),
pp. 299-327.

Reyment, R.A., 1980: Mid-Cretaceous events.
IGCP Project 58. Nature and Resources
(Unesco) 16 (2), pp. 28-34.
, 1980: Trends in Cretaceous
and Tertiary geomagnetic reversals. Cretaceous
Research 1 (l), pp. 27-48.
; Bengtson, P. (eds.), 1981:
Aspects of Mid-Cretaceous Regional Geology.
327 pp. London: Academic Press.
Riccardi, A.C.; Rolleri, E.O., 1980: Cordillera
Patagónica Austral. Geologia Regional
Argentina 2, pp. 1173-1306 (Cordoba).
Scheibnerová, V., 1980: Comparative foraminiferal
biostratigraphy of the Santos Oodnadatta
No. 1 section, South Australia. Records of the
Geological Survey of New South Wales 19 (1),
pp. 85-138.
, 1981: Palaeogeographical
implications of Cretaceous benthic foraminifera
recovered by the Deep Sea Drilling Project
in the western South Atlantic Ocean. Cretaceous
Research 2 (1), pp. 1-28.
Schlanger, S.O., etal., 1981: Volcanism and
vertical tectonics in the Pacific basin related
to global Cretaceous transgressions. Earth
and Planetary Science Letters 52, pp. 435-449.
Schlee, J.; Jansa, L. F., 1981: The palaeoenvironment
and development of the eastern North
American continental margin. Oceanologica
Acta, Supplément au volume 4, Colloque 3,
pp. 71-80.
Speden, I.G.; Keyes, I.W. (Compilers), 1981:
Illustrations of New Zealand Fossils. A New
Zealand Geological Survey Handbook. New
Zealand Department of Scientific and Industrial
Research Information Series 150, pp. 1-108.
Tanabe, K., et al., 1980: The jaw apparatus of
Scalarites mihoensis. a Late Cretaceous ammonite.
Professor Saburo Kanno Memorial
Volume pp. 159-165.
Teroaka, T., et al., 1980: Stratigraphy of the
Shimanto Supergroup in the Chikanaga area,
west Shikoku, with special reference to the
Miyakoan and Gyliakan Series. Bulletin of the
Geological Survey of Japan 31 (7), pp. 307-
319 (in Japanese with English summary).
Thiede, J., 1980: History of the North Atlantic
Ocean: evolution of an asymmetric zonal palaeoenvironment
in a latitudinal ocean basin. In;
Deep drilling results in the Atlantic Ocean; continental
margins and palaeoenvironment. (Ed.
M. Talwani). Maurice Ewing Series, Proceedings
of the Symposium (American Geophysical
Union) 3, pp. 275-296.
, 1981: Reworking of Upper Mesozoic
and Cenozoic central Pacific deep-sea
sediments. Nature 289, pp. 667-670.
, 1981: Sedimentation und physiographische
Entwicklung des Nordatlantiks seit
dem mittleren Mesozoikum. Geologische
Rundschau 70 (1), pp. 316-326.
Thierstein, H. R., 1980: Cretaceous oceanic
catastrophism. Paleobiology 6 (3), pp. 244-
247.
, 1980: Selective dissolution of
Late Cretaceous and Earliest Tertiary calcareous
nannofossils: experimental evidence.
Cretaceous Research 1 (2), pp. 165-176.
Veevers, J.J. etal., 1980: Seafloor constraints
on the reconstruction of Gondwanaland. Earth
and Planetary Science Letters 51 (2), pp. 435-
444.
, 1981: Morphotectonics of rifted
continental margins in embryo (East Africa),
youth (Africa-Arabia), and maturity (Australia).
Journal of Geology 89 (1), pp. 57-82.
Wonders, A.A.H., 1980: Middle and Late Cretaceous
planktonic foraminifera of the western
Mediterranean area. Utrecht Micropalaeontological
Bulletin 24, pp. 1-157.
Project 60
BjçzSrlykke, A.; Grenne, T., etal., 1980: A
Review of Caledonian Stratabound Sulphide Deposits
in Norway. In: Vokes F.M. and Zachrisson,
E. (eds.) Review volume on Caledonian-Appalachian
massive sulphide deposits: Geol. Survey
of Ireland, Spec. Paper No. 5, pp. 29-46.
; Olaussen, S., 1981: Silurian sediments,
volcanites and ore deposits in the Sagelvvatn
area, Troms, north Norway. Norges
geol. Unders., 365, pp. 1-38.
Coats, J.S.; Smith, C.G., etal., 1981: Stratabound
barium-zinc mineralization in Daldadian
schist near Aberfeldy, Scotland. Inst. Geol. Sci.
Miner. Reconn. Programme Rept. No. 40, 116 p.
Craig, J. R., 1980: Stratiform Sulphide Mineralization
in the Central Appalachians. Norges
geol. Unders., 360, pp. 295-325.
Gair, J.E.; Slack, J.F., 1980: Stratabound Massive
Sulphide Deposits of the U.S. Appalachians.
Geol. Survey Ireland, Spec. Paper No. 5.
Gallagher, M.J., 1980: Exploration for stratabound
sulphides in the Scottish Caledonides.
Norges geol. Unders., 360, p. 285.
, 1981: Caledonian stratabound
mineralization in the United Kingdom and Ireland
- a review of recent results (abstract). Trans.
Inst.Min.Metall. (Sect. B: Appl. Earth Sci. ),
90, B55.
Ghisler, M.,etal., 1980: Stratabound scheelite,
arsenopyrite and copper sulphide mineralization
in the Late Precambrian sedimentary succession
of the East Greenland Caledonides. Geol.
Survey of Ireland Spec. Paper No. 5, pp. 19-24.
Greene, T.; Roberts, D., 1980: Geochemistry
and volcanic setting of the Ordovician Forbordfjell
and Jonsvatn greenstones, Trondheim region,
central Norwegian Caledonides. Contrib.
Mineral. Petrol. 74, pp. 375-386.
, etal., 1980: Cyprus-type sulphide
deposits in the western Trondheim region, central
Norwegian Caledonides. Proc. Intern. Ophiolite
Symposium, Nicosia, Cyprus 1979, pp. 727-
743.
Hill, T., 1980: Geochemistry of the greenschists
in relation to the Cu-Fe deposit in the Ramundberget
area, Central Swedish Caledonides. Norges
geol. Unders., 360, pp. 195-210.
Hutchison, M.N.; Scott, S.D., 1980: Sphalerite
geobarometry applied to metamorphosed sulphide
ores of the Swedish Caledonides and US Appalachians.
Norges geol. Unders. 360, pp. 59-71.
91

Johnstone, G. S.; Gallagher, M. J., 1980: Caledonide
stratabound sulphides in the United
Kingdom. Geol. Surv. Ireland, Special Paper
No. 5, pp. 63-66.
Hall, A.J. ; Gallagher, M.J. (eds.), 1981: Caledonian-Appalachian
Stratabound Sulphides,
Scotland 1981: Symposium, volume, 72 pp.
University of Strathclyde, Glasgow.
LeHuray, A. P., 1981: Comparison of galena
lead isotopic ratios from Blue Ridge and Piedmont
massive sulphide deposits, southern
Appalachians, USA: Symposium Volume, Caledonian-Appalachian
Stratabound Sulphides,
pp. 67-82.
Piatt, J.N., 1980: Review of the Irish Caledonian
Stratabound Sulphides: Geol. Surv. Ireland,
Special Paper No. 5, pp. 25-28.
Russel, M.J., etal., 1981: Genetic model and
tectonic setting for Dalradian stratiform mineral
deposits, Grampian Highlands, Scotland
(abstract). Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect. B:
Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B58.
Sangster, D.F., 1980: A Review of Appalachian
Stratabound sulphide deposits in Canada. Geol.
Surv. Ireland, Special Paper No. 5, pp. 7-18.
, 1980: Correlation of Stratabound
Sulphide deposits in the North American
Appalachians: A discussion. Norges geol.
Unders., 360, pp. 289-293.
Sheppard, W.A., 1980: The Ores and Host
Rock Geology of Avoca Mines, CO. Wicklow,
Ireland. Norges geol. Unders., 360, pp. 269-
283.
Slack, J.F., 1981: Stratabound sulphide deposits
of the New England region: An overview
(abs.): Geol. Soc. America, Abstracts with
Pgms., Vol. 13, No. 3, p. 177.
, 1981: Prospecting with tourmaline
for stratabound massive sulphide deposits:
Examples from the Appalachian-Caledonide
orogen (abs. ): Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect.
B: Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B56.
Smith, C.G., etal., 1981: Detection and general
characteristics of stratabound mineralization
in the Dalradian of Scotland (abstract).
Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect. B: Appl. Earth
Sci. ), 90, B56.
Stephens, M.B., 1980: Spilitisation, element
release and formation of massive sulphides in
the Stekenjokk volcanites, Central Swedish
Caledonides. Norges geol. Unders., 360, pp.
159-193.
, 1981: Stratabound sulphides of
the Scandinavian Caledonides - review of recent
results (abstract). Trans. Inst.Min.Metall.
(Sect. B: Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B55.
; Gee, D.G., 1981: A plate tectonic
model for Caledonian orogenesis in the
central Scandinavian Caledonides (abstract).
Terra Cognita 1, 76.
Sundblad, K., 1980: A tentative "volcanogenic"
formation model for the sediment-hosted Ankarvattnet
Zn-Cu-Pb massive sulphide deposit,
Central Swedish Caledonides. Norges geol.
Unders., 360, pp. 211-227.
__________ , 1981: Chemical evidence for,
and implications of, a primary FeS phase in
92
the Ankarvattnet Zn-Cu-Pb massive sulphide
deposit, Central Swedish Caledonides. Mineral
Deposita 16, pp. 129-146.
Swanson, E.A., etal., (eds.) 1981: The Buchans
Orebodies: Fifty years of Geology and Mining.
Geol. Assoc. Canada Special Paper No.22, 350 pp.
Swenson, D.E., etal., 1981: The Foss barite
deposit, Aberfeldy, Scotland: depositional and
structural history of a Dalradian stratabound
orebody (abstract). Trans. Inst. Min. Metall.
(Sect. B: Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B57.
Vokes, F.M., 1980: Some Aspects of Research
into the Caledonian stratabound sulphide deposits
of Scandinavia. Norges geol. Unders., 360,
pp. 77-93.
(editor); Dunning, F.W., etal.,
1980: The Metallogeny of the Caledonides of
north-west Europe. In: Memoir of the Metallogeny
of Europe, Chapter II, Ms submitted
December 1974.
Willan, R.C.R., 1980: Stratabound Sulphide Mineralization
in the Dalradian Supergroup of the
Grampian Highlands. Norges geol. Unders.,
360, pp. 241-258.
, 1981: Geochemistry of host
rocks to the Aberfeldy barite deposit, Scotland
(abstract). Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect. B:
Appl. Earth Sci. ), 90, B57.
; Coleman, M., 1981: Sulphur
isotope study on stratabound baryte and sulphide
from the Dalradian metamorphic terrain. Inst.
Geol. Sci., Isotope Geology unit, Stable Isotope
Rpt. No. 60, 26 pp.
Zachrisson, E., 1980: Aspects of stratabound
base metal mineralization in the Swedish Caledonides.
Geol. Surv. Ireland, Special Paper
No. 5, pp. 47-61.
, 1981: Data on spilitisation, mineralization
and vertical metal zonation at Stekenjokk,
central Scandinavia Caledonides (abstract).
Trans. Inst. Min. Metall. (Sect. B: Appl.
Earth Sci.), 90, B59.
Project 61
Ase, L-E., 1980: Shore displacement at Stockholm
during the last 1, 000 years. Geogr. arm.
62: pp. 83-91. Stockholm.
Browne, M.A.E., 1980: Late Devensian marine
limits and the pattern of déglaciation of the
Strathearn area, Tayside, Scott J. geol. 16:
pp. 221-230.
Cullingford, R.A.; Smith, D.E., 1980: Late
Devensian raised shorelines in Angus and Kincardinshire,
Scotland'.. Boreas 9: pp. 21-38.
Dalongeville, R. ; Paskoff, R., etal., 1980:
Témoins d'un niveau marin holocène supérieur
à l'actuel en Tunisie méridionale. C.R. Acad.
Se. Paris, D, 290, pp. 303-306.
Faugeres, L., etal., 1980: Colloque sur l'évolution
des paysages de la rive nord-méditerranéenne
depuis la fin de la dernière glaciation.
Bull. Assoc. Géogr. Franc., 466, pp. 3-48.
Faure, H., 1980: WG7 - Interunion commission
on geodynamics. Final report "Dynamics of
Plate Interior" (Draft). 15 pp.

Faure, H., 1980: Late Cenozoic vertical movements
in Africa. In: "Earth Rheology, Isostasy
and Eustasy" (N.A. Morner ed. ), Wiley
and Sons, pp. 465-469.
Favero, V.; Serandrei Barbero, R., 1978: La
sedimentazione olocenica nella piana costiera
tra Brenta e Adige. Mem. Soc. Geol. It., 19,
pp. 337-343.
; , 1980: Origine
e evoluzione della laguna di Venezia - Bacino
méridionale. Lavori, Soc. Ven. Se. Nat.,
5, pp. 49-71.
Flood, P.G., 1980: Tidal-flat sedimentation
along the shores of Deception Bay, south-east
Queensland - a preliminary account. Proc.
Roy. Soc. QD 91: pp. 77-84.
Froomer, N.L., 1980: Sea-level changes in the
Chesapeake Bay during historic times. Marine
geol., 36, pp. 289-305.
Geyh, M., 1980: Holocene sea-level history:
case study of the statistical evaluation of C-14
dates. Radiocarbon. 22(3), pp. 695-704.
Giresse, P. ; Moguedet, G., 1980 (? ): Chronoséquences
fluvio-marines de l'Holocène de
l'estuaire du Kouilou et des colmatages côtiers
voisins du Congo. Lab. Géol., Fac. Sci.,
Univ. Marien Ngouabi, Brazzaville, pp. 23-46.
Hails, J. R.; Gostin, V.A., étal., 1980: The
significance of the submarine geology of Upper
Spencer Gulf, South Australia to environment
decision-making. Search 11(4), pp. 115-116.
Hoffmann, D., 1981: The geological development
of the North-Frisian Islands, pp. 85-96
in Geomorphology of the Wadden Sea ed. K.S.
Dijkema, H.-E. Reineck, andW.D. Wolff.
Leiden.
Hopley, D., 1980: Mid-Holocene sea-levels
along the coastal plain of the Great Barrier
Reef Province: a discussion. Mar. Geol. 35:
M1-M9.
IGU-CCE (M.L. Schwartz; J.J. Fisher, ed.),
1980: Proceedings of the Per Bruun Symposium,
Newport, R.I., Nov. 1979. Bureau for
Faculty Research, Western Washington Univ.,
Bellingham, WA, 98225 USA (83 pp.
INQUA Neotectonic Commission - 1980. Bulletin
3, 104 pp. Stockholm.
Internat. Assoc. Geodesy, Comm. Recent Crustal
Movements - 1980. Bulletin 11, 46 pp,
Praha.
Internat. Geogr. Union, Comm. Coastal Environment
- Newsletter 8 (April 1980, 16 pp.)
Jo, W.Y., 1980: Holocene sea-level changes on
the east coast of Korea. Geographic Review
of Japan, 53-5, pp. 317-328.
Konishi, K., 1980: Diverse plate convergence
as deduced from raised coral reefs since the
last interglacial. Daishiki Kenkyû, 18, pp.
241-250.
Kraft, J.C.; Kayan, I., et al., 1980: Geographic
reconstructions in the environs of ancient
Troy. Science 209, 4458, pp. 776-782.
Monteillet, J.; Plaziat, J.C., 1980: Le milieu
et la faune testacee de la basse vallée de la
Gambie. Bull. Institut Fondamental d'Afrique
Noire 41A, 3, pp. 443-474.
Morrison, J., étal., 1981: The culmination of
the Main Postglacial Transgression in the Firth
of Tay area, Scotland. Proc. Geol. Ass. 92
(3), pp. 197-209.
Ota, Y., etal., 1981: Atlas of Holocene Sea-
Level Records in Japan, iii +195. Dept. of
Geography, Yokohama National University,
Hodopoyoku, Yokohama, Japan.
; Hori, N., 1980: Late Quaternary tectonic
movement on the Ryukyu Islands, Japan.
Daishiki Kenkyû, 18, pp. 221-240.
Palmieri, V., 1979: Pleistocene and Holocene
microfaunas from drillhole 76/7 Moretón Bay.
Queensland Government Mining Journal 80,
pp. 234-238.
Pirazzoli, P.; Sanlaville, P., 1980: Lignes de
rivage, climat et tectonique. Bull. Assoc.
Géogr. Franc., 466, pp. 45-48.
Roy, P. S.; Crawford, E.A., 1980: Quaternary
geology of Newcastle Bight inner continental
shelf, central New South Wales coast. Rec.
Geol. Surv. NSW19 (2), pp. 145-188.
, 1980: Quaternary depositional environments
and stratigraphy of the Fullerton Cove
region, central New South Wales. Rec. Geol.
Surv. NSW 19 (2): pp. 189-220.
Scott, D.B.; Medioli, F.S., 1980: Postglacial
emergence curves in the Maritimes determined
from marine sediments in raised basins. Canadian
coastal conf. 1980, Proc., pp. 428-446.
Smith, D.E., etal., 1980: Dating the Main Postglacial
Shoreline in the Montrose area, Scotland.
In: Cullingford, R.A. etal. (eds.) Timescales
in Geomorphology London, John Wiley and Sons
Ltd. pp. 225-245.
Stabell, B., 1980: Holocene shorelevel displacement
in Telemark, southern Norway. Norsk,
geol. Tidsskr. 60, pp. 71-81.
Stanley.D.J. ; Blanpied, C ., 1980: Late Quaternary
water exchange between the eastern Mediterranean
and the Black Sea. Nature. 285,, pp. 537-541.
Tooley, M.J., 1978: Sea-level changes: the
coast of North-west England during the Flandrian
Stage. Oxford, Clarendon Press.
- 1980 : Theories of coastal change in North-west
England. In: F.H. Tompson (ed. ) Archaeology
and Coastal Change. London, Society of Antiquaries,
pp. 74-86.
-(ed)1980 : Sea-level: information bulletin of
IGCP Project 61, 3.
-(ed)1980 : Sea-level: information bulletin of
IGCP Project 61, 4.
Wyrtki, K., 1979: Sea-level variations: monitoring
the breath of the Pacific. Eos, 60, pp.
25-27.
Project 91
Groves, G.I.; Hudson, D.R., 1981: The nature
and origin of Archaean stratabound volcanic -
associated nickel-iron-copper sulphide deposits.
In: "Handbook of stratabound and stratiform
ore deposits", by Wolf, K.H. (ed. ); pp. 306-
410 (in English).
93

Lambert, I.B.; Groves, D. I., 1981: Early
Earth evolution and metallogeny. In "Handbook
of stratabound and stratiform ore deposits",
8, by Wolf, K.H., pp. 339-447 (in
English).
Sidorenko, A. V. (Editor-in-chief), 1981: Carbonate
sedimentation in the Precambrian. Vol.
6 of "Problems of sedimentary geology of the
Precambrian". Publishing House "Nauka",
Moscow, 216 pp.
__, 1981: Carboneous
formations and their ore-bearing features.
Vol. 7 (book 1) of "Problems of sedimentary
geology of the Precambrian". Publishing House
"Nauka", Moscow, 214 pp.
, 1981: Carboneous
formations and their ore-bearing features.
Vol. 7 (book 2) of "Problems of sedimentary
geology of the Precambrian". Publishing House
"Nauka", Moscow, 259 pp.
Lithology and sedimentary geology of the Precambrian.
Abstracts of the reports of the 5th
All-Union Conference "Lithology and Sedimentary
Geology of the Precambrian" (Alma-
Ata, October, 1981), Publishing House "Nauka"
Alma-Ata, 200 pp.
Metallogeny of the Precambrian. Abstracts of
the reports of the 2nd All-Union Conference
of the Precambrian metallogeny. Irkutsk,
381 pp.
Project 106
Bando, Y., et al., 1980: Some remarks on the
conodont zonation and stratigraphy of the Permian.
Recent researches in geology, Vol. 8,
pp. 1-53.
Brookfield, M.E., 1980: Permian inter montane
basin sedimentation in southern Scotland. Sedimentary
Geology, 27, pp. 167-194.
Chen Chu-chen (zhen), 1980: Marine Triassic
lamellibranch assemblages from South-west
China. Riv. Ital. Paleont. Stratigr. Vol. 85,
No. 3-4, pp. 1189-1196.
Cronan, D.S., 1980: Underwater Minerals,
362 pp. London, Academic Press.
Ermakova, S. P. , 1981: Ammonoids and biostratigraphy
of the Lower Triassic of the Verkhoyansk
Range. M., "Nauka", 286 pp. (in
Russian).
Fanminger, A.; Obradovic, J., 1980: Legend
and construction of stratigraphie correlation
form (SCF). Ibid, pp. 5-9.
Gupta, V. J. ; Budurov, K. J., 1981: Triassic
conodonts from Spiti (Himalaya, India) and
their correlations: preliminary data. "Geol.
Balean.", No. 1, pp. 21-26.
Harwood, G.M., 1980: Calcitised anhydrite and
associated sulphides in the English Zechstein
First Cycle Carbonate (EZ1 Ca). Contr. Sedimentology
9, pp. 61-72.
Kalenic, M., et al., 1980: A model of the Geotraverse
D. The Variscan and Pre-Variscan
events (the section through Yugoslavia). Ibidem,
pp. 53-58.
Liao Zhuo-ting, 1980: Brachiopod assemblages
from the upper Permian and Permian-Triassic
94
boundary beds, South China. Canadian Jour.
Earth Sci. Vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 289-295.
Morozova, I.P., 1981: Late Palaeozoic bryozoans
of the North-east USSR. Trans. Palaeont.
Inst. Ac. Sci. USSR, 188, 199 pp. ill. (in
Russian).
Ouyang Shu; Li Zai-ping, 1980: Microflora from
the Kayiton Formation of Fuyuan district, E.
Yunnan and its bearing on stratigraphy and paleobotany.
In the coal-bearing formations and
biota from Upper Permian in West Guizhou and
East Yunnan, pp. 1-69. Science Press, Beijing
(in Chinese).
Riqby, J. F. ; Shah, S.C., 1980: Flora of the
Permian non-marine sequence of India and Australia:
A comparison Vth Gond. Symp. Abs.
Sadovnikov, G.N., 1981: Regional stratigraphie
units of the Upper Permian and Lower Triassic
of the Siberian Platform and adjacent areas.
"Sov. Geol", No. 6, pp. 74-84 (in Russian).
, etal., 1981: The Permian-
Triassic transition in the continental deposits
of Taimyr and West Verkhoyanye. "izv. Ac.
Sci. USSR Geol. ser.", No. 5, pp. 53-64, (in
Russian).
Smith, D.B., 1980: The evolution of the English
Zechstein basin. Contr. Sedimentology 9, pp.
7-34.
, 1980: The Permian. In Owen, T.
(ed. ) United Kingdom: Introduction to general
geology. 26th International Geological Congress,
Guidebook to excursions, pp. 69-72.
Solomina, R.F., etal., 1981: Upper Permian
stratigraphy of the Kharaulakh Mountains and
North Orulgan (North Verkhoyanye). Izv. Ac.
Sci. USSR Geol. ser., No. 7, pp. 133-137 (in
Russian).
Taylor, J.C.M., 1980: Zechstein facies and petroleum
prospects in the central and northern
North Sea. In: L.V. Illing and G. D. Hobson
(eds. ) Petroleum geology of the continental
shelf of North-west Europe. Institute of Petroleum,
London, pp. 176-185.
Vaughan, D. J.; Turner, P., 1980: Diagenesis,
magnetization and mineralization of the Marl
Slate. Contr. Sedimentology 9, pp. 73-90.
Veselinovió, M., etal., 1980: Pre-Mesozoic
evolution of some geologic units along the geotraverses
Cavcat-Kanjiza and Petrovas n/m -
Stara planina. Glas 317, SANU, Odel. prirod.matem.
nauka, knj. 46, pp. 49-65, Beograd.
Vu Khuc, D., 1980: Triassic stratigraphy of
Vietnam. "Geol. and mineral resources of the
countries of Asia, Africa and Latin America",
M., pp. 34-46.
Wang Cheng-yuan, 1981: The discovery of Permian
conodonts from the Chengxing, Zhejiang
and its stratigraphy significance. In selective
papers of 1st conference of Micropalaecutological
Society of China, pp. 104-109, 2 pis. (in
Chinese).
Wang yi-gang; He Guo-xiong, 1980: Triassic
ammonoid sequence of China. Riv. Ital. Palaeont.,
Vol. 85, No. 3-4, pp. 1207-1220, 1 tab.
Wang Zhi-hao, 1981: Triassic conodonts from the
Jiangyon-Bichuan area, Sichuan Province. Acta
Palaeontological Sinica. Vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 138-
152, 3 pis.

Warrington, G., 1980: United Kingdom. 13.
The Trias. In; Geology of the European countries:
Austria, Federal Republic of Germany,
Ireland, The Netherlands, Switzerland, United
Kingdom. BORDAS/26th International Geological
Congress, pp. 402-405.
, et al., 1980: A correlation of
Triassic rocks in the British Isles. Geol. Soc.
Lond., Special Report No. 13, 78 pp.
Wilkinson, I. P.; Halliwell, G.P. (Compilers),
1980: Offshore micropalaeontological biostratigraphy
of southern and western Britain. Rep.
Inst. Geol. Sci. , No. 79/9, ill. - 65 pp.,
HMSO, London.
Yang Wan-rong; Jiang Na-yan, 1981: On the
depositional characters and Microfacies of the
Changing Formation and the Permian-Triassic
boundary in Changxing, Zheijiang. Bull.
Nanjing Inst. Geol. Palaeontol. Academia Sinica.
No. 2, Science and Technology Press of
Jiangsu (in Chinese -with English summary).
Yao Zhao-qi, et al., 1980: Problems on the
upper Permian and the Permian-Triassic
boundary of west Guizhou and East Yunnan.
In: "The coal-bearing formations and biota
from upper Permian in west Guizhou and East
Yunnan", pp. 1-69. Science Press, Beijing (in
Chinese).
Zhao Jin-ke, et al., 1980: The Changingian
and Permian-Triassic Boundary Scientific papers
on geology for international exchange. 4,
stratigr. and Palaeontol., pp. 43-55. Publishing
House of Geology, Beijing (in Chinese
with English summary).
, 1981 : The Changian and
Permian-Triassic boundary of South China.
Bull Nanjing Inst. Geol. Palaeontol. Academia
Sinica, No. 2, Science and Technology Press
of Jiangsu (in Chinese with English summary).
Project 108/144
Ajibade, A.C., 1980: Tectonic evolution of the
Sungeru, Unpublished Thesis Univ. of Wales.
Akinyede, J.O., 1981: A geochemical stream
sediment survey in Kafur - Malumfashi area,
Kaduna State, Nigeria, Unpublished M.Sc. Thesis
A.B.U. Zaria.
Ball, E., 1981: An example of very consistant
lerittie deformation of a wide intra continental
zone - late Pan-African fracture system of
Tuareg and Nigeria shield; structural implication,
Tectonophysics, 61, pp. 363-379.
Bertrand, J. M.L., et al., 1980: Upper Proterozoic
correlations between the West African
craton and the Pan-African mobile belt in Algeria
and Mali. In: "Principes et critères de
la subdivision du Précambrien dans les zones
mobiles", F. P. Mitrofanov (éd. ), Acad. Sci.
USSR Leningrad, Proj. IUGS-Unesco, pp. 236-
255.
; Davidson, I., 1981: Pan-
Africa granitoids emplacement the Adrar des
Iforas mobile belt (Mali) - a Rb/Sr isotope
study, Precambrian Res. 14, 3-4, pp. 333-362.
Black, R., 1980: Precambrian of West Africa.
Episodes, 4, pp. 3-8.
Black, R., étal., 1980: Evidence for late Precambrian
plate tectonics in West Africa. A
reply to Thomas et al., Nature, 284, 5752,
p. 192.
Boullier, A.M., 1980: Charriages et déformations
de l'unité granulitique des Iforas au cours
de l'orogenèse pan-africaine.
Caby, R. ; Bertrand, J. M. L. , et al., 1981:
West Pan-African ocean closure and continental
collision in the Hoggar-Iforas segment, central
Sahara, in "Precambrian Plate Tectonics",
A. Kroner (éd.), Amsterdam, Elsevier, pp.407-
434.
Chikpaoui, M., 1981: Les roches volcaniques du
Protérozoíque supérieur de la chaine pan-africaine
du NO de l'Afrique (Hoggar, Anti-Atlas,
Adrar des Iforas). Caractérisation géochimique
et minéralogique - implications géodynamiques.
Th., USTL - XII-195pp. 4 ann. Montpellier.
, étal., 1980: Geochemistry and
petrogenesis of late Proterozoic volcanic rocks
for north-western Africa,Contr. Minerals Petro.,
73, 4, pp. 375-388.
Daly, L., et al., 1980: Détermination d'un pôle
paléomagnétisme de référence pour l'étude de
l'orogenèse pan-africaine, C.R. Acad. Se.
Paris, B., 290, pp. 407-410.
Davidson, I., 1980: A tectonic petrographical
and geochronological study of Pan-African belt
in the Adrar des Iforas and Gourma (Mali), Ph.
D. Leed (G.B.) andC.G.G. Montpellier,
337pp_ +• map.
, 1981: The cooling history of Pan-
African Belt in the Adrar des Iforas (Republic
of Mali), comparison with other Pan-African
Belts, geol. Rundschan, 70, 3, pp. 842-849.
Guetat, Z., 1981: Etude gravimétrique de labordure
occidentale du craton ouest-africain, Th.
3ème cycle (Tecto., Géophs., Géochim. ) USTL,
Montpellier.
La Boisse, H. de, 1981: Sur le métamorphisme
du micaschiste éclogitique de Takamga (Mali)
et ses conséquences paléogéodynamiques au
Précambrien supérieur, C.R. Somm. Soc.Géol.
Fr., 3, pp. 97-100.
Lesquer, A.; Moussine-Ponchkine, A., 1980:
Les anomalies gravimétriques de la boucle du
Niger, leur signification dans le cadre de l'orogenèse
pan-africaine, Canad. J. Earth Sci., 17,
11, pp. 1538-1545.
Ly, S.; Albory, Y., étal., 1980: Apport gravimétrique
à la compréhension de la chaîne panafricaine
dans l'Adrar des Iforas, Cah. ORSTOM,
géophys., 17, pp. 37-58 + carte.
Morel, P., 1981: Palaeomagnetism of a Pan-
African diorite: a late Precambrian pole for
western Africa, Geophys. J. Roy. Astr. Soc.,
65, 2, pp. 493-504, London.
Moussine-Ponchkine, A.; Bertrand-Sarfati, J.,
1980: Séquence sédimentaire algo-laminaire
littorales; les dolomies de Sarnyéré du Protérozoíque
supérieur (Vendien), Gourma, Mali,
Rev. Géol. Dyn. Géogr. Phys. 22, 2, pp.89-100.
Ogeri, A.E.O., 1981: Geochemistry and geochronology
of basement rocks from north-western Nigeria,
Unpublished Tesis Univ. Leeds.
95

Onstott, T.C.; Hargraves, R.B., 1981: Proterozoic
transcurrent tectonics, palaeomagnetic
evidence from Venezuela and Africa, Nature,
289, pp. 131-136.
Recherche géologique en Afrique, 1980, n° 5,
éd. CNRS, 1855 pp.
René, P.; Menot, R.P., et al, 1981:
Le massif basique stratifié précambrien de
Djabaton Soutouboua (région centrale du Togo,
pétrographie et évolution métamorphique, Bull.
BRGM, section IV, géologie générale.
Project 111
Ballard, R.D.; Franchetau, J., 1980: Volcanism
and tectonics of the East Pacific Rise
and their relationship to hydrothermal circulation.
EOS, Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union, 61,
992 pp.
Bignot, G. ; Lamboy, M., 1980: Les foraminifères
épibiontes à test calcaire hyalin des encroûtements
polymétalliques de la marge continentale
au nord-ouest de la péninsule Ibérique.
Revue de Micropaléontologie, 23, n° 1,
pp. 3-15.
Bonté, P., et al., 1980: Ferromanganese deposits
in cores from the Kane and Atlantis fracture
areas: possible Fe-Mn deposits from the
NE Atlantic Ocean. Journ. Geol. Soc., 137,
pp. 373-377.
Bostrom, K., 1980: The origin of ferromanganoan
active ridge sediments. In 'Seafloor
Spreading Centres: Hydrothermal systems'
(Rona, P.A. and Lowell, R.P., eds.). Academic
Press and Dowden Hutchison and Ross
Inc.
Bouleque, J., etal., 1980: Hydrothermal activity
on the East Pacific Rise between 15° N
and 7° S. EOS, Trans. Amer. Geophys. Union,
61, 992 pp.
Brown, P.E., etal., 1980: Phase relations
inferred from field data for Mn-pyroxenes and
pyroxenoids. Contrb. Mineral, Petrol., 74,
pp. 417-425.
Burns, R. G. ; Burns, V. M., 1980: Recent
structural data for Manganese (IV) Oxides.
Proc. 2nd. Intl. Conf. on Mn02. Tokyo, Oct.
1980 (A. Ozawa and B. Schumm, eds.), pp.
103-115.
Callender, E. ; Bowser, C.J., 1980: Manganese
and copper geochemistry of interstitial
fluids from manganese nodule-rich pelagic sediments
of the north-eastern equatorial Pacific
Ocean. Amer. Journ. Sci., 280, pp. 1063-1096.
Corliss, J. B. , etal., 1981: Submarine hydrothermal
systems: a probable site for the origin
of life. In 'Colloque C4. Geology of the
Oceans'. 26th Int. Geol. Congr. Oceanologica
Acta, No. SP, pp. 59-70.
Crane, K.; Ballard, R.D., 1980: The Galapagos
Rift at 86° W, 4. Structure and morphology
of hydrothermal fields and their relationship
to the volcanic and tectonic processes of
the rift valley. Journ. Geophys. Res., 85,
pp. 1443-1454.
Cronan, D.S., 1980: Underwater Minerals.Academic
Press Inc., London-New York, 364 pp.
96
__; Moorby, S.A., 1981: Manganese
nodules and other ferromanganese oxide deposits
from the Indian Ocean. Journ. Geol. Soc. London,
138, pp. 527-539.
_; Varnavas, S.P., 1981: Hydrothermal
and dissolution related geochemical variations
in sediments from an East Pacific Rise
fracture zone at 9° S. In 'Colloque C4. Geology
of the Oceans'. 26th Int. Geol. Congr. Oceanologica
Acta, Vol. SP, pp. 47-58.
Dymond, J., etal., 1980: 13. Composition and
origin of sediments recovered by deep drilling
of sediment mounds, Galapagos Spreading Center.
In 'Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling
Project' (B.R. Rosendahl, R. Hekinian et al.,
eds.), 54, pp. 337-384. U.S. Govt. Printing
Office, Washington D. C.
Fewkes, R.H. ; McFarland, W.D., etal., 1981:
Manganese nodule resource data, Sea Scope
Expedition. Report U.S. Bureau of Mines. National
Technical Information Service. Washington
D.C.
Fôrstner, U., 1981: Recent heavy metal accumulation
in limnic sediments. In 'Handbook of
Stratabound and Stratiform Ore Deposits' (K.H.
Wolf, éd.), 9, pp. 178-270. Elsevier, Amsterdam-Oxford-New
York.
Friedrich, G.; Schmitz-Wiechowski, A., 1980:
Mineralogy and chemistry of a ferromanganese
crust from a deep-sea hill, Central Pacific,
Valdivia Cruise VA 13/2. Marine Geol., 37,
pp. 71-90.
Gieskes, J. M. ; Lawrence, J. R*., 1981: Geochemical
significance of diagenetic reactions in
ocean sediments: an evaluation of interstitial
water data. In 'Colloque C4. Geology of the
Oceans'. 26th Int. Geol. Congr. Oceanologica
Acta, Vol. SP, pp. 111-114.
Giovanoli, R., 1980: A review of structural data
of electrolytical and chemical Mn02 (EMD and
CMD). Proc. 2nd. Int. Conf. on Mn02 , Tokyo,
Oct. 1980 (A. Kozawa and B. Schumm, eds.),
pp. 1-21.
Glasby, G.P., 1981: Manganese nodule studies
in the South-west Pacific. South Pacific Marine
Geological Notes, 2, pp. 37-46.
Gundlach, H. ; Marchig, V., 1980: Ocean floor
'metalliferous sediments' - two possibilities for
genesis. Festschrift 90. Geburstag Prof. Paul
Ramdohr. Springer Verlag, Heidelberg.
Hajash, A.; Archer, P., 1980: Experimental
seawater/basalt interactions: effect of cooling.
Contrib. Mineral. Petrol., 95, pp. 1-13.
Halbach, P., etal., 1981: Geochemical and mineralogical
control of different genetic types of
deep-sea nodules from the Pacific Ocean. Mineral.
Deposits, 16, pp. 59-84.
, et al., 1981: Geochemical variation
of ferromanganese nodules and crusts from different
provinces of the Pacific Ocean and their
genetical control. Chem. Geol., 34.
Heath, C. Ross, 1981: Ferromanganese nodules
of the deep sea. In 75th Anniversary Volume
(1905-1980), Economic Geology.
Haymon, R.M.; Kastner, M., 1981: Hot spring
deposits on the East Pacific Rise at 21° N: Preliminary
description of mineralogy and genesis.
Earth Planet. Sci. Lett., 53, pp. 363-381.

Hekínian, R., et al. , 1980: Sulphide deposits
from the East Pacific Rise near 21° N. Science,
207, pp. 1433-1444.
Key, R., 1980: Stratiform manganese mineralization
in the Palapye Group, Central-Eastern
Botswana. Proc. Fifth Quadrennial IAGOD
Symposium. E. Schweizerbart'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung,
Stuttgart, 1, pp. 607-618.
Klinkhammer, G.P., 1980: Observations of the
distribution of manganese over the EPR. Chem.
Geology, 29, pp. 211-226.
Lenoble, J.P., 1980: Les nodules polymetalliques;
resources du futur proche ou lointain.
Géologues, Paris, 53, pp. 89-97.
Marchig, V.; Gundlach, H., 1981: Separation
of iron from manganese and growth of manganese
nodules as a consequence of diagenetic
ageing of radiolarians. Marine Geology, 40,
M35-M43.
Marks, N.S., 1981: Sedimentation on new oceanic
crust. The MAR at 37° N. Marine Geology,
43, pp. 65-82.
Martin, J. H. ; Knauer, G.A., 1980: Manganese
cycling in north-east Pacific waters. Earth
Planet. Sci. Lett., 51, pp. 266-274.
Meylan, M.A., et al., 1981: Metalliferous deepsea
sediments. In 'Handbook on Stratabound
and Stratiform Ore Deposits' (K.H. Wolf, ed.)
9, pp. 77-178. Elsevier, Amsterdam-Oxford-
New York.
Mottl, M.J., 1980: Submarine hydrothermal
ore deposits. Oceanus, 23, pp. 19-27.
; Seyfried, W.E., 1980: Sub-seafloor
hydrothermal systems: rock vs seawater
dominated. In:'Seafloor Spreading Centers:
Hydrothermal Systems' (Rona, P.A. and Lowell,
R.P. eds.). Academic Press and Dowden,
Hutchison and Ross Inc., pp. 66-82.
Ostwald, J., 1981: Evidence for a biogeochemical
origin of the Groóte Eylandt manganese
ores. Econ. Geol., 76, pp. 556-567.
Patilina, V. S. ; Varentsov, I.M., 1980: Interaction
between organic matter and heavy metals
in the waters of recent basins. A review of the
current state of the problem. Chem. Erde, 39,
pp. 298-310.
Piper, D.Z.; Williamson, M.E., 1981: Mineralogy
and composition of concentric layers
within a manganese nodule from the North Pacific
Ocean. Marine Geology, 40, pp. 255-268.
Rai, K.L., etal., 1980: A statistical appraisal
of stratigraphie and structural control on the
geochemistry of ores in Sitasaongi (Chikla-B)
manganese ore body, Bhandara District, Maharashtra.
Proc. Symposium on 'Chemical
Analysis of Geological Materials - Techniques,
Applications and Interpretations', Calcutta,
1979. G.S.I. Spec. Publ. Series 1, pp. 545-
563.
Rona, P.A., 1981: Marine mineral resources.
Natural Resources Forum, 5, pp. 89-95.
Roy, Supriya, 1981: Manganese Deposits. Academic
Press Inc., London-New York, 458 pp.
Ruppert, H., 1980: Fixation of metals on hydrous
manganese and iron oxide phases in marine
Mn-Fe nodules and sediments. Chem.
Erde, 39, pp. 97-132.
Schrader, Ed.L., etal., 1980: Mineralogy and
geochemistry of hydrothermal and pelagic sediments
from the Mounds Hydrothermal Field,
Galapagos spreading center. DSDP Leg 54.
Journ. Sed. Petrology, 50, pp. 917-928.
Scott, R.B., etal., 1980: Nature of hydrothermal
exchange between oceanic crust and seawater
at 26° N lat., Mid-Atlantic Ridge. In
'The Dynamic Environment of the Ocean Floor'
(K.A. Fanning and F. T. Manheim eds. ). D.C.
Heath and Co.
Seyfried, W.E.; Bischoff, J. L., 1981: Experimental
seawater-basalt interaction at 300° C,
500 bars; chemical exchange, secondary mineral
formation and implications for the transport
of heavy metals. Geochim. Cosmochim. Acta,
45, pp. 135-147.
Shcherba, G.N., etal., 1980: Ore formation in
Atasu-type deposits. In 'Proceedings of the
Fifth Symposium, Tbilisi, USSR* (in press).
Spiess, F.N., etal., 1980: East Pacific Rise;
hot springs and geophysical experiments. Science,
207, pp. 1421-1433.
Toth, J.R., 1980: Deposition of submarine crusts
rich in manganese and iron. Geol, Soc. Amer.
Bull., 91, pp. 44-54.
Varentsov, I.M.; Grasselly, Gy. (Edited), 1980:
Geology and Geochemistry of Manganese. 3
Volumes. Akademiai Kiado, Budapest. Volume
1. General Problems: Mineralogy, Geochemistry
and Methods. Volume 2. Manganese Deposits
on Continents. Volume 3. Manganese on
the Bottom of Recent Basins.
Project 114
Ikebe, N., etal. (eds.), 1981: Proceedings of
IGCP-114 International Workshop on Pacific
Neogene Biostratigraphy, Nov. 25-29, 1981,
Osaka. Working Group of IGCP-114, Osaka
Museum of Natural History, pp. 1-150.
, 1981: Important datum-planes
of the western Pacific Neogene. Bulletin, Osaka
Museum of Natural History, No. 34, pp. 79-
86.
Saito, T. (éd.), 1981: Micropalaeontology, petrology
and lithostratigraphy of Cenozoic rocks of
the Yogakarta region, central Java. Department,
Earth Sciences, Yamagata University,
pp. 1-61.
Tsuchi, R. (éd.), 1981: Fundamental data on
Japanese Neogene Bio- and Chronostratigraphy
-supplement . IGCP-114 National Working
Group of Japan, Shuzuoka University, pp. 1-126.
, 1981: Neogene of Japan - Its
biostratigraphy and chronology -in commemoration
of IGCP-114 International Workshop on
Pacific Neogene Biostratigraphy, Osaka, Nov.
25-29, 1981. IGCP-114 National Working Group
of Japan, Shizuoka University, pp. 1-140.
Project 115
Aoyagi, K.; Kazame, T., 1980: Transformational
changes of clay minerals, zeolites and
silica minerals during diagenesis. Sedimentology
27, pp. 179-188.
97

Barrett, T. J., 1980: The Pb isotopic composition
of Jurassic cherts overlying ophiolites in
the North Apennines, Italy. Earth Planet.
Sci. Letts. 49, pp. 193-204.
Barron, J. A., 1980: Lower Miocene to Quaternary
diatom biostratigraphy of Leg 57, off NE
Japan, DSDP. Initial Reports DSDP 56-57,
pp. 641-685, U.S. Govt Printing Office, Washington,
D.C.
, 1980: Late Cenozoic diatom
biostratigraphy and palaeoceanography of the
middle-latitude eastern north Pacific, DSDP
Leg 63. Initial Reports DSDP 63, pp. 507-
538, U.S. Govt Printing Office, Washington
D.C.
Burckle, L.H., 1981: Displaced antarctic diatoms
in the Amirante Passage. Marine Geology
39, M39-M43.
Garrison, R.E.; Douglas, R.G. (eds. ), 1981:
The Monterey Formation and Related Rocks of
California. Pacific Sec. Soc. Econ. Palaeon.
and Mineral., Los Angeles, California, 327 pp.
(includes 19 papers, 8 of which are by Project
115 members and they will not be listed separately
here).
Grechin, V. I., etal., 1981: Neogene siliceous
sediments and rocks off southern California
and Baja California, DSDP Leg 6 3. Initial
Reports DSDP 63, pp. 579-593, U.S. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington D. C.
Harper, H.E., 1980: Diatom biostratigraphy of
sites 434, 435, and 436, NW Pacific, Leg 56,
DSDP. Initial Reports of DSDP 56-57, pp. 633-
640, U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington,
D.C.
Hein, J.R., etal., 1981: Chert petrology and
geochemistry, mid-Pacific mountains and Hess
Rise, Leg 62, DSDP, Initial Reports of the
DSDP, Vol. 62, pp. 711-748, U.S. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
; Yeh, H.-W., 1981: Oxygen isotopic
composition of chert, mid-Pacific mountains
and Hess Rise, Leg 62, DSDP. Initial
Reports of the DSDP, Vol. 62, pp. 749-758.
Iijima, A., etal., 1980: Zeolite and silica diagenesis
and sandstone petrography at sites 438
and 439 off Sanrika, NW Pacific, Leg 57, DS­
DP. Initial Reports, DSDP 56-57, pp. 1143-
1158, U.S. Govt. Printing Office, Washington,
D.C.
; Tada, R., 1981: Silica diagenesis
ofNeogene diatomaceous and volcaniclastic sediments
in northern Japan. Sedimentology 28,
pp. 185-200.
Isaacs, C M . (ed. ), 1981: Guide to the Monterey
Formation in the California Coastal Area,
Ventura to San Lui Obispo. Pacific Section
Amer. Assoc, petrol. Geol., Camarillo, California.
91 pp. (includes 7 papers, 6 of which
are by Project 115 members and they will not
be listed separately here).
Ishiga, H. ; Imoto, N., 1980: Some Permian
radiolarians in the Tamba district, South-west
Japan. Earth Science, Jour. Assoc. Geological
Collaboration in Japan 34, pp. 27-39.
Kadko, D. ; Burckle, L.H., 1980: Manganese
nodule growth rates determined by fossil dia­
98
tom dating. Nature 287, pp. 725-726.
Koizumi, I., 1980: Neogene diatoms from the
Emperor Seamount Chain, Leg 55, DSDP.
Initial Reports DSDP 55, pp. 387-407, U.S.
Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
, etal., 1980: Diatom correlation of
Legs 56 and 57 with onshore sequences in Japan.
Initial Reports DSDP 56-57, pp. 687-693, U.S.
Govt. Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
Kuijpers, E.P., 1980: The geologic history of
the Nicoya Ophiolite Complex, Costa Rica, and
its geotectonic significance. Tectonophysics 68,
pp. 233-255.
Pessagno, E.A.; Blome, CD., 1980: Upper
Triassic and Jurassic Pantanelliinae from California,
Oregon, and British Columbia. Micropalaeontology
26, pp. 225-273.
Pisciotto, K.A., 1980: Chert and porcellanite
from DSDP site 436, NW Pacific. Initial Reports
DSDP 56-57, pp. 1133-1142, U.S. Govt.
Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
, 1981: Diagenetic trends in the
siliceous facies of the Monterey Shale in the
Santa Maria region, California. Sedimentology
28, pp. 547-571.
Rangin, C , etal., 1981: Geochemistry of the
Mesozoic bedded cherts of Central Baja California
(Vizcairo-Cedros-San Bénite): Implications
for palaeogeographic reconstruction of an
old oceanic basin. Earth Planet. Sci. Letts. 54,
pp. 313-322.
Sancetta, C, 1981: Diatoms as hydrographie
tracers: Example from Bering Sea Sediments.
Science 211, pp. 279-281.
Steinberg, M., 1981: Biosiliceous sedimentation,
radiolarite periods and silica budget fluctuations.
Oceanologica Acta, 1981, No. SP, pp. 149-154.
Project 120
Cobbing, E.J., etal., 1981: The geology of the
western Cordillera of northern Peru. Overseas
Men. Inst. Geol. Sci. No. 5, England.
Coira, B.; Paris, G., 1981: Estratigraffa volcánica
del área del cerro Tuzgle (23°50', 24°
25' Lat. S y 66°45' Long. 0). Provincias de Jujuy
y Salta. Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino,
III, pp. 659-671, Buenos Aires.
Charrier, R., 1981: Mesozoic and Cenozoic stratigraphy
of the central Argentinian-Chilean Andes
(32 e -35° S) and chronology of their tectonic
evolution. Zentralblatt fur Géologie und Paléontologie,
B1.61, Stuttgart.
Gardeweg, M., 1981: El volcanismo Cenozoico
Superior del área del Nevado de Longavf: una
zona de transición en los Andes de Chile Central.
VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino, San Luis.
Actas III, pp. 221-240, Buenos Aires.
Gonzalez, H., etal., 1980: Edad K-Ar del Stock
Adamelftico de El Buey, Departamento de Antioqufa,
Colombia. Geol. Norandina, No. 2,
pp. 21-24.
Gonzalez Diaz, E.F., 1981: Nuevos argumentos
a favor del desdoblamiento de la denominada
"Serie de la Horqueta" del bloque de San Rafael.
Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino, III, pp. 241-
256, Buenos Aires.

Knuver, M.; Reissmger, M., 1981: The plutonio
and metamorphic history of the Sierra
de Ancasti (Catamarca province, Argentina).
Zbl. Geol. Palaont. Teil 1, 3, 4, pp. 285-297,
Stuttgart.
Lopez, M.; Sola, P., 1981: Manifestaciones
volcánicas de los alrededores de Las Chacras
y de la región de Villa Mercedes-Chaján,
provincias de San Luis y Córdoba. Actas III
Cong. Geol. Argentino, IV, pp. 967-978, Buenos
Aires.
Llambias, E.J. ; Brogioni, N., 1981: Magmatismo
Mesozoico y Cenozoico, en "Geología
de la provincia de San Luis". Reía torio VIII
Cong. Geol. Argentino.
McCourt, W. J., 1981: The geochemistry and
petrography of the Coastal Batholith of Peru,
Lima segment. J. Geol. Soc. London, 138,
pp. 407-420.
Miller, H. ; Willner, A.P., 1981: The Sierra
de Ancasti (Catamarca province, Argentina),
an example of polyphase deformation of Lower
Palaeozoic age in the Pampean Ranges. Zbl.
Geol. Palaont. Teil, 1, 3, 4, pp. 272-284.
Munizaga, F. ; Vicente, J.C., 1981: Acerca de
la zonación plutónica y del vulcanismo miocénico
de los Andes de Aconcagua (Lat. 32°-33°
S); datos radimétricos K-Ar. Rev. Geol.
Chilena, 12, Santiago de Chile.
Pacci, D., et al., 1980: Acerca de la edad Rb-
Sr Precámbrica de rocas de la Formación
Esquistos de Belén, Departamento Parinacota,
Chile. Rev. Geol. de Chile, No. 11, pp. 43-50.
, et al., 1981: Edades radioisotópicas
paleogenas del granito de Tawaikonunu, Altiplano
de Arica. Rev. Comunic. No. 31, pp.
14-22, Ed. Dpto. Geología, Universidad de
Chile.
Quartino, B.J., et al., 1981: Los esquistos
del arroyo Flores, cuenca del Sur del lago
Tontana, provincia del Chubut y su significado
local y regional. Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino,
III, pp. 305-317, Buenos Aires.
Ramos, A.V. ; Palma, A., 1981: El batolito
granítico del monte San Lorenzo, cordillera
patagónica, provincia de Santa Cruz. Actas
VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino, III, pp. 257-280,
Buenos Aires.
Restrepo, J. J., et al., 1981: Edades mio-pliocenas
del magmatismo asociado a la Formación
Combia, Departamento de Antioqula y
Caldas, Colombia. Geol. Norandina, No. 3,
pp. 21-26.
Sinito, A.M., 1980: Edades geológicas, radimétricas
y magnéticas de algunas vulcanitas
cenozoicas de las provincias de Santa Cruz y
Chubut. Rev. Asoc. Geol. Argentina, XXXV,
3, pp. 332-339, Buenos Aires.
Solis, H., 1981: Aspectos de la mineralización
en la zona del lago Fontana y alrededores, departamento
de Alto Rfo Senguerr, provincia
de Chubut. Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino,
IV, pp. 583-592, Buenos Aires.
Spikermann, J.P.; Quartino, B.J., 1981: Algunas
características de las plutonitas del
Fitz Roy y la presencia de mineralizasión,
provincia de Santa Cruz. Actas VIII Cong.
Geol. Argentino, III, pp. 319-329, Buenos Aires.
Truco Greco, E.; Haller, M., 1981: La "Serie
Andesltica" eocena a la latitud del rio Corintos.
Actas VIII Cong. Geol. Argentino, III, pp. 539-
551, Buenos Aires.
Valencio, D.A., et al., 1980: Paleomagnetismo
y edades redimétricas de algunas formaciones
neoprecámbricas y eopaleozoicas de la Argentina.
Rev. Asoc. Geol. Argentina, XXXV, 3,
pp. 421-433, Buenos Aires.
Vergara, M. ; Drake, R., 1981: Geocronología
K-Ar del magmatismo asociado al megapórfido
cuprífero "Disputada-Andina", Cordillera
Principal de los Andes, Santiago. Actas VIII
Cong. Geol. Argentino San Luis, IV, pp. 57-64,
Buenos Aires.
Viramonte, J.G.; Omarini, R., 1980: Estructura
Rapakiwi de la Faja Eruptiva de la Puna.
Rev. Asoc. Geol. Argentina, XXXV, 3, pp. 443-
444, Buenos Aires.
Project 129
Butt, C.R.M., 1981: The nature and origin of
the lateritic weathering mantle, with particular
reference to Western Australia; in "Geophysical
Prospecting in Deeply weathered terrains"
pp. 11-29, Pubis. Geol. Dep. and Extension
Serv. Univ. West. Austr. 6.
LaBrecque, J. J., et al., 1981: Comparison of
analytical methods for the determination of trace
amounts of strontium and yttrium by Photon
induced X-ray fluorescence techniques in lateritic
materials. Jour. Radioanalytical Chem.
Vol. 63 (1), pp. 73-83.
; Parker, W.C., 1980: Application
of Photon-induced X-ray fluorescence for
some selected trace elements in lateritic materials.
Proc. Ill Conf. on Nuclear and Radiation
Chemistry, Mexico City.
Maksimovic, Z., 1981: Types of the fossil weathering
of ultramafic rocks in SE Europe. Bull.
Acad. Sci. serbe, No. 21, pp. 13-26, Belgrade.
, 1981: The ancient weathering
sequences and weathering types of ultramafic
rocks in SE Europe. 7th International Clay
Conference, Bologna-Pavia, Abstracts, pp. 192-
193.
; Panto, Gy., 1981: Neodimian
goyazite in the bauxite deposit of Vlasenica
(Yugoslavia). 12th Congress of Carpatho-Balkan
geol. association, Abstracts pp. 384-385,
Bucharest, Rumania.
_; Dangic, A., 1981: Problems
of the genesis of magnesites in ultramafic complexes
of SE Europe. Glas Acad. Sci. serbe,
Vol. 47, Belgrade.
Ogura, Y., et al., 1981: On the occurrence and
mineralogical composition of pisolite in nickeliferous
latérite deposits of the Rio Tuba Mines,
Philippines. Abstract Jour. Mining Geol. 31,
pp. 66-67.
99

Project 143
Birnie, R.W. ; Francica, J. R., 1981: Remote
Detection of Geobotanical Anomalies Related
to Porphyry Copper Mineralization: Economic
Geology, Vol. 76, No. 3, pp. 637-647.
Carter, W. D., 1981 : A Precedent: Soviet
Maps Add English. GEOTIMES, Vol. 26, No.
10, pp. 21-23.
, 1981 : Significant Results from
Using Earth Observation Satellites for Mineral
and Energy Resource Exploration, in:
COSPAR Advances in Space Research, Vol.10,
pp. 261-269.
; Rowan, L.C., 1981: Ground
Truth and Remote Sensing Reviewed in Kenya.
Episodes, Vol. 1981, No. 2, pp. 43-44.
Goetz, A.F.H. ; Rowan, L.C., 1981: Geologic
Remote Sensing. Science, Vol. 211, pp. 781-
791.
Guild, P.W., 1981: Preliminary Metallogenic
Map of North America. U.S. Geological Survey,
Scale 1:5,000,000 (Map in 4 sheets).
: "Preliminary Metallogenic Map
of North America: A Numerical Listing of
Deposits", USGS Circular 858-A, 93 pp.
: "Preliminary Metallogenic Map
of North America: An Alphabetical Listing
of Deposits", USGS Circular 858-B, 72 pp.
Kahle, A.B., et al., 1981: Remote Sensing -
1981: COSPAR Advances in Space Research,
Vol. 10, 3.14 pp.
Raines, G. L. ; Santos, E.R., 1980: Maps showing
Lithofacies and Limonite Distribution of
the Wasatch Formation in southern Powder
River Basin, Wyoming. U.S. Geological Survey
Map 1-1646, 2 sheets.
Rowan, L.C.; Wetlaufer, P.H., 1981: Relation
between Regional Lineament Studies and Structural
Zones in Nevada. American Association
Petroleum Geological Bulletin, Vol. 65, No. 8,
pp. 1414-1432.
Salas, G. P., 1980: Interpretation Preliminar
de Lincamientos en la República Mexicana
Realizados Sobre Imágenes del Landsat. Consejo
de Recursos Minerales, Mexico, D.F.,
Mexico. (Scale 1:3, 000, 000).
Shcheglov, A.D. (éd.), 1979: Cosmogeological
Map of Linear and Circular Structures of the
USSR Territory. Academy of Science, Moscow,
USSR, Scale: 1:5, 000, 000 (in 4 sheets)
Russian and English title and legend.
Project 148
Agterberg, F.P., 1981: Cell-value distribution
models in spatial pattern analysis. In: Future
Trends in Geomathematics, R.G. Craig and
M.L. Labovitz (eds. ), Pion, London, pp. 5-28.
; Gradstein, F.M., 1981:
Workshop on quantitative stratigraphie correlation
techniques: Ottawa, February 1980:
Mathematical Geol., Vol. 13, No. 1, pp. 81-91.
Brower, J.C., 1981: Quantitative biostratigraphy,
1830-1980. In: Computer Applications in
the Earth Sciences - An Update of the 70s,
D.F. Merriam (ed. ), Plenum, New York, pp.
63-103.
100
Guex, J., 1980: Calcul, caractérisation et identification
des associations unitaires en biochronologie:
Bull. Soc. Vaud. Se. Nat., Vol. 75,
No. 358, pp. 111-126.
, 1980: Datations paléontologiques et
graphes d'intervalle. In: Regards sur la théorie
des Graphes, P. Hansen et D. de Werra
(eds.), Presses Polytechniques Romandes,
pp. 243-348.
Harper, C.W. Jr., 1980: Relative age inference
in palaeontology: Lethaia, Vol. 13, pp. 239-248.
, 1981: Inferring succession
of fossils in time: The need for a quantitative
and statistical approach. Jour. Palaeontology,
Vol. 55, No. 2, pp. 442-452.
Mann, C.J., 1981: Stratigraphie analysis: Decades
of revolution (1970-1979) and refinement
(1980-1989). In: Computer Applications in the
Earth Sciences - An Update of the 70s, D.F.
Merriam (ed. ), Plenum, New York, pp. 211-242.
Reyment, R.A., 1980: Morphometric methods in
biostratigraphy. Academic Press, London,
176 pp.
Smith, T.F., etal., 1981: Comparative biosequence
metrics. Jour. Molec. Evolution.
Project 154
La Roche, H. de, etal., 1981: Present activities
and results of the IGCP No. 154 Project: Global
Exchange and Processing of Information in Geochemistry
with emphasis on two mica granites
and associated rocks and ore bodies. Baku CO-
GEODATA Symposium, April 1981.
, 1981: Echange et traitement
global de l'information en géochimie -
(GEPIC) Nature et Ressources, Vol. XVII, n°l,
pp. 31-32.
Froject 156
Al-Bassam, K.S., 1980: Carbon and oxygen isotopic
composition of some marine sedimentary
apatites from Iraq. Econ. Geol., Vol. 75, No. 8,
pp. 1231-1233.
Banerjee, D.M., etal., 1980: Petrology, mineralogy
and origin of the Precambrian Aravallian
phosphorite deposits of Udaipur and Jhabua, India.
Econ. Geol., Vol. 75, No. 8, pp. 1181-1199.
Bashyal, R.P., 1980: Gondwana type of formation
with phosphatic rocks in SE Nepal. J. Geol.Soc.
India, Vol. 21, No. 10, pp. 434-491.
Braithwaite, D.J.R., 1980: The petrology of oolitic
phosphorites from Esprit (Aldabra), western
Indian Ocean. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond.
B, Vol. 288, No. 1032, pp. 511-543.
Brasier, M.D., 1980: The Lower Cambrian
transgression and glauconite-phosphorite faciès
of western Europe. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 134
(6), pp. 695-703.
Bremner, J.M., 1980: Concretionary phosphorite
from SW Africa. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond.,
134 (6), pp. 773-786.
Burnett, W.C., 1980: Apatite-glauconite associations
off Peru and Chile: palaeo-oceanographic
implications. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137
(6), pp. 757-764.

Burnett, W.C.; Mitchum, G. T., 1981: Proton
induced X-ray emission analysis of marine
particulates. Nucl. Instrum. Methods, Vol.
181, pp. 231-238.
Cathcart, J.B., 1980: The phosphate industry
of the United States, pp. 19-42. In: The Role
of Phosphorus in Agriculture. Khasawnch, F.
E., et al. (eds. ), 910 pp. (Madison, Wisconsin:
American Society of Agronomy, Inc., Crop
Science Society of America, Inc., Soil Science
Society of America, Inc., 1980).
, 1980: World phosphate reserves
and resources, pp. 1-18. In: The Role of
Phosphorus in Agriculture. Khasawnch, F.E.
et al. (eds. ), 910pp. (Madison, Wisconsin:
American Society of Agronomy, Inc., Crop
Science Society of America, Inc., Soil Science
Society of America, Inc., 1980).
Choudhuri, R. ; Balasubramanian, N., 1980:
Grade distribution pattern and its bearing on
the formation of high and low grade in Jhamarkotra
phosphorite deposit, Udaipur, Rajasthan.
Indian J. Earth Sci., Vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 89-93,
Abstract.
Cook, P.J. ; Marshall, J. F., 1981: Geochemistry
of iron and phosphorus-rich nodules
from the East Australian Continental Shelf.
Mar. Geol. Vol.41, No. 3/4, pp. 205-221.
Driessen, A.; Cook, P. J., 1981: The current
status and long-term outlook for Australia's
phosphate resources, 16 pp. Presented at the
Annual General Meeting of ISMA Ltd., in Singapore,
May 1981.
Gulbrandsen, R.A.; Krier, D. J., 1980: Large
and rich phosphorus resources in the Phosphoria
Formation in the Soda Springs area, southeastern
Idaho. Bull. US Geol. Surv., No. 1496,
22 pp.
Hewitt, R.A., 1980: Microstructural contrasts
between some sedimentary francolites. Jl.
Geol. Soc. Lond.,137 (6), pp. 661-668.
Jarvis, I., 1980: Geochemistry of phosphatic
chalks and hardgrounds from the Santonian to
early Campanian (Cretaceous) of northern
France. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137(6), pp.705-
722.
; Woodroof, P., 1981: The phosphatic
chalks and hardgrounds of Boxford and Winterbourne,
Berkshire - Two tectonically controlled
faciès in the late Coniacian to early Campanian
(Cretaceous) of southern England. Geol.
Mag., Vol. 118, No. 2, pp. 175-187.
Kress, A.G.; Veeh, H.H., 1980: Geochemistry
and radiometric ages of phosphatic nodules
from the continental margin of northern New
South Wales, Australia. Mar. Geol., Vol. 36,
No. 1/2, pp. 143-157.
Lucas, J.; Prévôt, L., 1981: Synthèse d'apatite
à partir de matière phosphorée (ARN) et
de calcite par voie bactérienne. C.R. Acad.
Se. Paris, 292, Ser. II, pp. 1203-1208.
, étal., 1980: Petrology, mineralogy
and geochemistry of the late Precambrian
phosphate deposits of Upper Volta (W. Africa).
Jnl. Geol. Soc. Lond., Vol. 137, Pt. 6, pp.
787-792.
Luvsandandsan, B., etal., 1980: Conference
Report: Ulan Bator welcomes phosphorite experts.
Episodes, 1980 (4), pp. 28-29.
McArthur, J.M., etal., 1980: Carbon and oxygen
isotopic composition of structural carbonate
in sedimentary francolite. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond.,
137 (6), pp. 660-674.
McClellan, G.H., 1980: Mineralogy of carbonate
fluorapatites. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137 (6),
pp. 675-682.
; Gremillion, L. R., 1980: Evaluation
of phosphatic raw materials, pp. 43-80.
In: The Role of Phosphorus in Agriculture,
Khasawnch, F.E., etal. (eds. ), 910 pp. (Madison,
Wisconsin: American Society of Agronomy
Inc., Crop Science Society of America, Inc.,
Soil Science Society of America, Inc., 1980).
Marshall, J. F. ; Cook, P. J., 1980: Petrology
of iron and phosphorus-rich nodules from the E.
Australian continental shelf. Jl. Geol. Soc.
Lond., 137 (6), pp. 765-772.
Notholt, A.J.G., 1980: Economic phosphatic sediments:
mode of occurrence and stratigraphical
distribution. Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137 (6),
pp. 793-805.
(éd.), 1981: Newsletter of the
International Geological Correlation Programme,
Project 156 - Phosphorites, 8 (April), 62 pp.
9 (September), 62 pp.
; Highley, D.H., 1981: Investigation
of the phosphate potential of the Lock
Borralan Igneous Complex, North-west Highlands,
Scotland. 106 pp. Open File Report, Institute
of Geological Sciences, UK.
O'Brien, G.W. ; Veeh, H.H., 1980: Holocene
phosphorite on the East Australian continental
margin. Nature (Lond. ), Vol. 288, No. 5792,
pp. 690-697. Abstract.
Parrish, J. T.; Humphreville, R.G., 1981: Upwelling
and phosphorites in Palaeozoic. Bull.
Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol., Vol. 65, No. 5, p. 969.
Patwardan, A.M., 1980: Phosphate-pyrite association
and the genesis of stromatolitic and pelletai
phosphorites. In: Proceedings, Third
Session, Indian Geological Congress, Poona,
1980, Powar, K.B., etal. (eds.), pp. 347-365.
(Pune: University of Poona).
Pokryshkin, V. I., etal., 1980: Geological regularities
in the location and formation conditions
of phosphorites in foreign phosphorite-bearing
basins. Byull. Mosk. Obshch. Ispyt, Prir.,
Otdel, Geol., Vol. 55, No. 5, pp. 91-105. (In
Russian).
Prian, J. P., 1980: Caractéristiques des paléoenvironnements
des phosphorites cambriennes
du versant septentrional de la Montagne Noire
(Sud du Massif Central, France) Doc. No. 24
Bur. Rech. Géol. Min., pp. 93-111.
Rao, G. V., etal. (eds.), 1981: Abstracts. The
4th International Field Workshop and Seminar
of Project 156. Nauneet Art Printers, Jaipur,
54 pp.
Riggs, S.R., 1980: Intraclast and pelletai phosphorite
sedimentation in the Miocene of Florida.
Jl. Geol. Soc. Lond., 137 (6), pp. 741-747.
101

Riggs, S.R., étal., 1981: Miocene phosphorite
sedimentation on Atlantic Continental Shelf,
Onslow Bay, North Carolina. Bull. Amer.
Ass. Petrol. Geol., Vol. 65, No. 5, p. 979.
(Abstract).
Roy, A.B., et al., 1980: Structural geometry
of the rock phosphate bearing Aravalli rocks
around Jhamarkotra mines area, Udaipur district,
Rajasthan. Indian Jnl. Earth Sci., Vol.
7, No. 2, pp. 191-202.
; Paliwal, B.S., 1981: Evolution of
Lower Proterozoic epicontinental deposits:
stromatolite-bearing Aravalli rocks of Udaipur,
Rajasthan, India. Precambrian Res.,
Vol. 14, No. 1, pp. 49-74.
Sheldon, R.P., 1981: Ancient marine phosphorites.
Ann. Rev. Earth Planet, Sci., Vol. 9,
pp. 251-284.
; Burnett, W. C., 1981: Changing
patterns of phosphogenesis in Mesozoic and
Cenozoic. Bull. Amer. Ass. Petrol. Geol.,
Vol. 65, No. 5, p. 991 (Abstract).
Snyder, S.W., et al., 1980: High resolution seismic
stratigraphy and global eustatic sealevel
fluctuations: Cape Lookout, North Carolina
(Abstract). Abstr. Programmes Geol.
Soc. Am., Vol. 12, No. 7, p. 526.
Trompette, R., et al., 1980: Stratigraphie and
structural controls of Late Precambrian phosphate
deposits of the northern Volta Basin in
Upper Volta, Niger, and Benin, West Africa.
Econ. Geol., Vol. 75, No. 1, pp. 62-70.
Guidebooks for the 4th International Field Workshop
and Seminar of Project 156, 1981a: Aravalli
phosphorites around Udaipur, Rajasthan,
India. 57 pp. "Dehradun-Mussoorie area".
53 pp. Published by Geol. Surv. India.
Project 157
Gize, A. P., 1980: The organic matter in Mississipi
Valley-type deposits. In: Geochemistry
of Organic Matter in Ore Deposits, Carnegie
Institution of Washington, Geophysical Laboratory,
Extended Abstracts, pp. 5 9-61.
; Hoering, T. C., 1980: The organic
matter in Mississippi Valley-type deposits.
Carnegie Inst., Washington, Yearbook, 79,
pp. 384-388.
; et al., 1981: The organic geochemistry
of three Mississippi Valley-type deposits.
Geol. Soc. America Annual Meeting,
Abstracts with Programmes, 13(7), pp. 459-
460.
Hutton, A.C., etal., 1980: Organic matter in
oil shales. Australian Petroleum Explor.
Assoc. J., 20(1), pp. 44-67.
Jackson, M. J. ; Muir, M.D., 1980: The Babbagoola
Beds, Officer Basin, Western Australia:
correlations, micropalaeontology and implications
for petroleum prospectivity. Bur. Miner.
Resources J. Aust. Geol. Geophysics, 6, pp.
81-93.
McKirdy, D.M.; Kantsler, A. J., 1980: Oil
geochemistry and potential source rocks of the
Officer Basin, South Australia. Australian
Petroleum Explor. Assoc. J., 20(1), pp. 68-86.
102
McKirdy, D. M. ; Kantsler, A.J., 1980: Hydrocarbon
genesis in Cambrian carbonates of the
eastern Officer Basin, South Australia. Geol.
Soc. America Annual Meeting, Abstracts with
Programmes, 12(7), p. 481.
; Hahn, J. H., 1981: The composition
of kerogen and hydrocarbons in Precambrian
rocks. In: Mineral Deposits and the Evolution
of the Biosphere (eds. H.D. Holland and
M. Schidlowski), Dahlem Konferenzen, Weinheim/Deerfield
Beach, FL/Basel: Verlag Chemie
(in press).
, etal., 1980: Comparative analysis
of stromatolitic and other microbial kerogens
by pyrolysis-hydrogenation-gas chromatography
(PHGC). In: Biogeochemistry of Ancient
and Modern Environments (eds. P.A. Trudinger,
M.R. Walter and B.J. Ralph), Australian Academy
of Science, Canberra, and Springer-Verlag,
Berlin, pp. 187-200.
Meyerhoff, A.A., 1980: Geology and petroleum
fields in Proterozoic and Lower Cambrian strata,
Lena-Tunguska petroleum province, Eastern
Siberia. In: Giant Oil and Gas Fields of the Decade
1968-1978 (ed. M.T. Halbonty), Amer.
Assoc. Petrol. Geologists, Mem. 30, pp. 225-
252.
Powell, T.G., 1980: Geochemical characteristics
of oils and source rocks in carbonate regimes of
Northern Alberta/N. W. T. and Southern Ontario,
Canada. Geol. Soc. America Annual Meeting,
Abstracts with Programmes, 12(7), p. 502.
; Macqueen, R.W., 1980: Geochemistry
of organic matter. Pine Point region,
NWT, Canada. In: Geochemistry of Organic
Matter in Ore Deposits, Carnegie Institution of
Washington, Geophysical Laboratory, Extended
Abstracts, pp. 113-114.
Sandstrom, M . W . , 1980: Organic geochemistry
of some Cambrian phosphorites. In: Advances
in Organic Geochemistry 1979 (eds. A.G. Douglas
and J.W. Maxwell), Pergamon, Oxford,
pp. 123-131.
White, A.H. ; Youngs, B.C., 1980: Cambrian
alkali playa-lacustrine sequence in the northeastern
Officer Basin, South Australia. J. Sed.
Petrology, 50, pp. 1279-1286.
Project 158
Berglund, B.E., 1981: Palaeoclimatic interpretations
based on changes of biotic zones and
hydrological changes of lake and mire environments.
Symp. Grundlagen zueiner Klimageschichte
der letzten beiden Warmzeiten, Mainz 1980.
Birks, H.J. B.; Williams, W . , 1981: The Late-
Quaternary vegetational history of the Inner Hebrides.
Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. B.
Gregory, K. (éd.), 1981: Severn Basin. Summary
Reports and Maps, Palaeohydrology of the
temperate zone, IGCP No. 158.
Hjelmroos-Ericsson, M., 1981: Holocene development
of Lake Wielkie Gacno area, northwestern
Poland. Dept. of Quat. Geol., Univ. of
Lund. Thesis 10, 101 pp. Lund.

Kozarski, S. (éd.), 1981: Abstracts of papers
symposium. "Palaeohydrology of the temperate
zone" Poznaft, Poland 81, September 22-28,
88 pp. A. Mickiewicz University Posnart.
j, Tobolski, K. (eds.), 1981: Guidebook
of excursions symposium "Palaeohydrology
of the temperate zone" Poznañ, Poland 81,
September 22-28,120 pp. A. Mickiewicz University,
Poznaft.
Ralska-Jasiewiczowa, M. (éd.), 1981: Reports
on the research progress for IGCP 158 B in
Poland. Contributions by K. Balaga, M. Latalowa,
K. Szrepanek, M. Pazdur, K. Oleksynowa,
Report on the IV meeting in Slupsk 1980
of the Polish Working Group for IGCP 158 B -
Spraw. Bod. Nauk. K.B.Cz.PAN4. Warszawa.
Starkel, L. (éd.); Alexandrowicz, S.W., et al.:
"The evolution of the Wiloka valley near Debica
on Late Glacial and Holocene".
; Thornes,J., 1981: Palaeohydrology
of river basins. Guide to Subproject A on
palaeohydrological changes in the temperate
zone in the last 15, 000 years. 107 pp. Technical
Bulletin No. 28, London.
Project 161
Berlincount, L.E., et al., 1981: Phases and
phase relations of the platinum group elements,
chapter 3 in Platinum Group Elements; In:
"Mineralogy, Geochemistry and Mineral Deposits",
edited by L. Cabri: Canadian Institute
of Mining.
Cronin, Tom, Opaque petrology of the Addie-
Webster ultramafic body, Jackson, Co., North
Carolina, M.S. thesis, University of Tennessee,
Knoxville.
Czamanske, G.K.; Calk, L.C., 1981: Minéralogie
records of cumulus processes, Brady
Glacier Ni-Cu deposit, South-eastern Alaska:
Mining Geology (Tokyo), Vol. 31, pp. 213-234.
Foose, M.P.; Cooper, R.W., 1981: Faulting
and fracturing in part of the Duluth complex,
north-eastern Minnesota: Canadian Journal of
Earth Sciences, Vol. 18, pp. 810-814.
, etal., 1980: The distributions
and relationships of grade and tonnage among
some nickel deposits: U.S. Geological Survey
Professional Paper 1160, 14 pp.
Haffty, Joseph, etal., 1980: Determination of
iridium and ruthenium in geological samples
by fire assay emission spectography, in shorter
Contributions to Geochemistry: U.S.' Geological
Survey Professional Paper 1129-G,
pp. G1-G4.
Matlack, W.F.; Watowich, S.N., 1980: Geology
and sulphide mineralization of the Duluth
complex - Virginia Formation contact, the
Minnamax Deposit, Minnesota: Geological
Survey of America Abstract 93rd meeting.
Page, N.J. ; Carlson, R.R., 1980: Review of
platinum-group metal geochemistry and the
major occurrences in the world: U.S. Geological
Survey Open-File Report 80-90, 21 pp.
, etal., 1980: Platinum, paddadium
and rhodium in the Fiskenaesesset Complex,
south-western Greenland: Economic Geology,
Vol. 75, pp. 907-915.
Page, N.J., etal., 1981: Comparison of platinum,
paddadium, and rhodium distribution in
the Stillwater Complex, Montana; Fiskenaesset
Complex, south-western Greenland; and Bushveld
Complex, South Africa: Third International
Platinum Symposium, Pretoria, South Africa
(abst.).
Papunen, H. ; Idman, H., 1981: Ultramafic
rocks and related ore minerals of Lapland,
northern Finland. In: Ore Genesis, The State
of art, pp. 374-386, Springer.
Pattison, E.F., 1980: Tectonic origin for Sudbury,
Ontario, Shatter cones: Discussion and
reply, Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull., Vol. 91, pp.
754-756.
Runyon, G.A. ; Misra, K.C., 1981: Metamorphic
mobilization of sulphide constituents in
metasediments of the Great Smoky Group, Ducktown
area, Tennessee, Geological Society America
Abstracts with Programmes, Vol. 13, No.l,
p. 33.
Sizgoric, M. ; Alteration of nickel sulphide ores
and its effect on their flotation. In: P. M. S.­
A.I. M.E., Symposium volume, Process mineralogy
in extractive metallurgy.
; Alcock, R.A. : Quantitative mineralogy
as an aid in beneficiation of sulphide ores.
In: P.M.S.-A.I.M.E., Symposium volume,
Process mineralogy in extractive metallurgy.
Vuorelainen, Y., etal., 1981: Isomertieite and
other platinum-group minerals in the Konttijarvi
layered mafic intrusion, northern Finland. 3rd.
In. Platinum Symposium, Abstracts, Pretoria,
Geo. Soc. South Africa, p. 46.
Watowich, W.S., etal., 1981: A review of the
Duluth Gabbro Complex of Minnesota as a domestic
source of critical and strategic metals:
SME-AIME Paper 81-351, 1981.
Wrightson, Walter: Petrogenesis of the Lick
Fork Ni-Co prospect, Floyd County, Virginia,
M.S. Thesis, University of Tennessee, Knoxville.
Project 169
Augustithis, S.S. (éd.), 1981: An international
Symposium on Metallogeny of Mafic and Ultramafic
Complexes in the Eastern Mediterranean
and Western Asia. Athens 1981 (containing 26
articles).
Chipchakova, S., etal., 1981: Rare alkalis in
wallrock metasomatites of massive copperpyrite
deposits in Central Srednogorje. Geol.
Balcánica, 11, Sofia, pp. 84-102.
Karamata, St.; Djardjevic, P., 1980: Origin of
the upper Cretaceous and Tertiary magmas in
the Eastern parts of Yugoslavia. Bull. Ac.
serbe Se. Cl.mat.nat., No. 20, Beograd, pp.
99-108.
, 1981: Time and Space in plate
tectonic modelling of magmatic and metamorphic
processes in Tethys-type orogenic belts.
Bull. Ac. Se. serbe, Climat nat., No. 21, Beograd,
pp. 27-46.
Vassileff, L. ; Stanishevre-Vassileva, 1981:
Metallogeny of the Eurasian Copper Belt in Bulgaria.
Geol. Balcánica 11, Sofia, pp. 73-87.
103

Project 183
Anglada, R. ; M'Boro, R., 1981: Analyse des
principales associations de Foraminifères du
Bassin du Congo (Campanien au Néogène).
Trav. CRM Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.
; Randrianasolo, A., 1981: Sur la
présence du genre Whiteinella dans le Crétacé
inférieur de Madagascar. Trav. CRM Jean
Cuvillier, n° 1.
Arnaud-Vanneau, A., 1981: Concomittance des
renouvellements de faunes d'Orbitolinidés et
des grands événements sédimentaires au cours
du Barrémien et du Bédoulien dans le sud-est
de la France. Trav. CRM Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.
Babinot, J. F., 1980: Ostracodes du Crétacé
supérieur de Provence. Thèse Marseille,
634 pp. 53 pis.
Benest, M.; Donze, P., 1980: Caractérisation
du Bérriasien dans la chaîne du Gareb (avantpays
rifain, Maroc oriental). Evolution des
faciès et milieux de dépôt. Notes Serv. Géol.
Maroc, Rabat, t.41, n° 285, pp. 47-58.
Benkhelil, J. ; Guiraud, R., 1980: La Bénoué
(Nigeria): une chaîne intracontinentale de style
atlasique. C.R. Acad. Se. Paris, t.290, pp.
1517-1520.
Bertels, A., 1980: Estratigrafia y Foraminiferos
(Protozoa) bentonicos del limite Cretacio-
Terciarico en el area tipo de la Formacio Jagüel,
provincia del Neuquen, República Argentina.
Actas II Congr. Argent. Paleont. Bioestrat.
y I Congr. Latinoamericano Paleont. t. II,
pp. 47-91.
, 1980: Estratigrafia y Foraminiferos
(Protozoa) bentonicos de la Formación Monte
Leon (Oligocenico) en su area tipo, provincia
de Santa Cruz, Rep. Argentina. Actas II
Congr. Argent. Paleont. Bioestrat. y I Congr.
Latinoamericano Paleont., t. II, pp. 213-273.
, 1977: Estratigrafia y micropaleontologia
de la Formación San Julian en su
area tipo, provincia de Santa Cruz, Rep. Argentina.
Ameghiniana, t.XIV, n° 1-4.
; Zabert, L., 1980: Microfauna del
Grupo Santa Maria (Terciarico superior) en
las provincias de Catamarca y Tucuman, Rep.
Argentina. Actas II Congr. Argent. Paleont.
Bioestrat. y I Congr. Latinoamericano Paleont.
t. Ill, pp. 67-73.
Blanc-Vernet, L. ; Bourdillon, C., 1981: Répartition
bathymétrique des foraminifères benthiques
sur le plateau continental et dans les fosses
bathyales de la région siculo-tunisienne.
Trav. CRM Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.
Blondeau, A.; Shamah, K., 1980: A propos du
nouveau genre Craterocamerina. Rev. Micropaléontologie,
Vol. 23, n°2, pp. 63-66.
Busnardo, R. ; Donze, P. ; Khessibi, M. ; Le
Hegarat, G.; Memmi, L., 1980: Interprétation
biostratigraphique nouvelle de la formation
des "argiles du Sidi Kralif", au Djebel Bou
Hedna, Tunisie centrale. Geobios, Lyon, n°13,
fase. 3, pp. 459-463.
Canerot, J. ; Cugny, P.; Garcia, M.; Peybernes,
B. ; Rey, J., 1981: Comparaison entre
les séries éocrétacées des Ibérides orientales
104
du Prébétique sud-occidental et de l'avant-pays
rifain (Péninsule Ibérique et Maroc). Trav.
CRM J. Cuvillier, t. 1.
Diop, A.; Perch-Nielsen, K.; Toumarkine, M.,
1981: Microbiostratigraphie du Paléocène et de
l'Eocène inférieur de quelques sondages et d'un
affleurement du Cap Vert, Sénégal. Trav. CRM
Jean Cuvillier, t.I.
Forster, R., 1978: Evidence for an open seaway
between northern and southern proto-Atlantic in
Albian times. Nature,Vol.272, n°5649, pp. 158-
159.
; Scholz, G., 1979: Salaziceras nigerianum
n.sp. from SE Nigeria. Faunal evidence
for an open seaway between the northern
and southern Atlantic in Late Albian times.
N. Jb. Geol. Palaont. Mh., Heft 2, pp. 109-119.
Freinex, S., 1979: Bivalves du Paléocène et de
l'Eocène de l'Angola et du Zaïre. Ann. Musée
Royal Afrique centrale, Tervuren, Belgique,
Se. Géol., n°86, pp. 5-204.
, 1980: Bivalves du Paléocène et de
l'Eocène de l'Angola et du Zaire et leur signification.
Haliotis, Vol. 10(2), p. 56.
Guerin, S., 1981: Utilisation des foraminifères
planctiques et benthiques dans l'étude des paléoenvironnements
océaniques au Crétacé moyen:
application au matériel des forages DSDP de
l'Atlantique Nord et Sud. Comparaison avec la
Téthys. Thèse de Doctorat de spécialité, Nice,
Trav. CRM J. Cuvillier, n° 2.
Guiraud, R. ; Ousmane, B.; Robert, J.P., 1981:
Mise en évidence de déformations traduisant un
racourcissement dans le Mésozotque de la périphérie
de l'Air (Niger). C.R. Acad. Se. Paris,
t. 292, pp. 1517-1520.
Hamaoui, M., 1981: Synthèse sur quelques études
biostratigraphiques du Crétacé moyen en Mésogée.
Trav. CRM Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.
Kouyoumontzakis, G., 1979: La microfaune benthique
du plateau continental congolais : inventaire
répartition, stratigraphique du Quaternaire
supérieur; rapports avec le milieu sédimentaire.
Thèse Doct. spécialité, Univ. Aix-Marseille II,
174 pp.
, 1981: Les associations de
foraminifères benthiques du plateau continental
congolais; une radiale au large de Conkouati.
Tethys,Vol.10/2, pp. 121-128.
Laug, B.; Peybernes, B. ; Ray, J., 1980: Mayncina
bulgarica n. sp. Lituolidé nouveau du Crétacé
inférieur mésogéen (Bulgarie, Portugal,
Pyrénées, Tunisie). Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse,
t.116, fase. 1-2, pp. 68-76.
Lys, M.; Meijer, M.; Glaçon, G., 1979: Etude
micropaléontologique des échantillons du Paléocène
de la coupe de Landana, Enclave de Cabinda,
Angola. Ann. Musée Royal Afr. centrale,
Tervuren, Belgique, Se. Géol. n°86, pp. 14-51.
M'Boro, R., 1981: Le Bassin de Pointe Noire
(Congo), du Sénonien supérieur au Néogène
(Stratigraphie, paléogéographie). Thèse Doctorat
de spécialité, Univ. Marseille.
Monteillet, J. ; Lappartient, J. R., 1981: Fruits
et graines du Crétacé supérieur des carrières
de Paki (Sénégal). Rev. Palaeobotan. Palynol.,
Vol. 34.

Moullade, M.; Guerin, S., 1981: Corrélations
biostratigraphiques dans le Crétacé moyen de
l'Atlantique Sud et de la marge africaine de
l'Atlantique Nord (Legs DSDP-IPOD). Trav.
CRM Jean Cuvillier, 1.1.
Peybernes, B.; Canerot, J. ; Cugny, P.; Rahhali,
I#J 1981: Le complexe urgonien dans
l'avant-pays rifain oriental (Maroc). Trav.
CRM Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.
Rahhali, I., 1981 : Le Cénomanien supérieur et
le Turonien inférieur bitumineux du bassin côtier
de Tarfaya et du Haut-Atlas, Maroc.
Trav. CRM Jean Cuvillier, n° 1.
R e y» J. » 1981: Observations préliminaires sur
le Crétacé de l'Algarve (Sud-Portugal). Trav.
CRM Jean Cuvillier, t.l.
Romero, E.J., 1981: Analysis of cenophytic
taphoflores from the coastal basins of southern
South America. Trav. CRM Jean Cuvillier,
t. 1.
Saint-Marc, P., 1980: Le passage Jurassique-
Crétacé et le Crétacé inférieur de la région
de Ghazir (Liban central). Géol. Méditerranéenne,
t. VII, n° 3, pp. 237-245.
, 1981: Distribution paléoécologique
et paléobiogéographique de grands foraminifères
benthiques du Cénomanien. Trav.
CRM Jean Cuvillier, t. 1.
Tavares Rocha, A., 1979: Notas micropaleontologicas
sobre as formacoes sedimentares da
orla meso-cenozoica de Angola. II-Occorencia
de Daucina ermaniana var. obtusa (foraminifero)
no Paleogenico da bacia do Cuanga (Angola).
Rev. "Garcia de Orta", (Publ. Junta
Invest. Cien. Ultram. ), Ser. Géol., Lisboa,
Vol. 3, fase. 1-2, pp. 17-20.
, 1979: Notas micropaleontologicas
sobre as formacoes sedimentares da
orla meso-cenozoica de Angola. III-Heterosteginas
do Miocenico da Africa occidental.
Presença de Heterostegina costata politatesta
Papp-Kupper 1954, na regiao de Dombe Grande
(bacia sedimentare de Benguela, Angola).
Rev. "Garcia de Orta" (Publ. Junta Invest.
Cient. Ultram.), ser. Géol., Lisboa, Vol. 3,
fase. 1-2, pp. 21-34.
, 1980: Etat actuel de nos
connaissances sur les foraminifères du Sénonien
supérieur du bassin sédimentaire de Benguela
(Angola). Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Nice,
t. VI, pp. 135-146.
Tronchetti, G., 1981: Foraminifères et biostratigraphie
de l'Aptien-Albien de Provence.
Comparaison avec le domaine vocontien et les
Pyrénées. Trav. CRM Jean Cuvillier, t. 1.
Tronchetti, G., 1981: Les foraminifères crétacés
de Provence (Aptien-Santonien). Systématique,
Biostratigraphique, Paléoécologie,
Paléogéographie. Thèse Doctorat d'Etat, Marseille.
Volkheimer, W. ; Caccavari, M. ; Gonzales
Amicon, O., 1981: Estudio palinologico de estratos
liasicos en el borde austral de la Cuenca
Neuquina. VIII Congr. Geol. Argentino, San
Luis, Actas t. IV, pp. 777-793.
Volkheimer, W. ; Quatrocchio, M., 1981: Palinologia
estratigrafica de Formacio Lotena,
Jurásico medio de la Cuenca Neuquina. VIII
Congr. Geol. Argentino, San Luis, Actas t. IV,
pp. 761-775.

Notes for the Preparation
of the IGCP Catalogue (1980-1982)
During the Ninth Session of the IGCP Board
(23-27 February 1981, Paris), the problem
concerning the IGCP bibliography was discussed
at length. The Board emphasized that the next
issue of the bibliography should be as complete
as possible and hence stressed, once again, the
importance of supplying copies of all publications
resulting from IGCP projects to the IGCP
Secretariat.
On the Board's recommendation, the IGCP
Secretariat is, again in association with the
American Geological Institute (AGI), preparing,
via the GeoRef system of AGI, the next issue of
the bibliography - IGCP Catalogue (1980-1982),
which is scheduled to be published in 1983.
As an important supplement to the "Geological
Correlation" Special Issue, "Scientific Achievements
1978-1982", to be published in 1983, this
new issue of the IGCP Catalogue will enable the
international geological community to gain a
comprehensive view of what has been achieved
within the framework of the International Geological
Correlation Programme, as well as to
use it for locating interesting IGCP results.
IGCP publications are defined as being published
papers, books, monographs, symposium proceedings,
maps, etc. which have resulted from
IGCP project(s) and which have been written (or
compiled, in the case of maps), by participants
of the respective IGCP project(s) and not works
by any authors other than IGCP project participants,
irrespective of the fact that they may also
fall into the relevant scientific framework as
that of the respective IGCP project(s).
The new issue of the IGCP Catalogue will include
all 1980-1982 IGCP publications. Those pre-1980
IGCP publications not cited in the first IGCP
Catalogue (1973-1979), will also be added to the
new one, provided these are indicated by the
relevant project leaders in their publication lists.
In this connection, the AGI will not be responsible
for going through whole IGCP publication lists to
separate out pre-1980 items from those previously
cited, unless the latter are flagged on the lists by
the project leaders.
The new issue will contain a subject index for
both the 1973-1979 and the 1980-1982 issues, to
all source documents contained therein, received
and analyzed by GeoRef by 1 May 1983. No subject
indexing will be included for source documents
not received by AGI, since no proper publication
analysis can be carried out without reference to
actual copies or photocopies of relevant IGCP
publications.
Items of which GeoRef of AGI is notified by 1 May
1983, but which have not physically been received
106
by AGI by that date, will also be included in the
new Catalogue, but will be flagged with asterisks
and will not have subject indexing. Consequently,
AGI will be unable to check these citations for
accuracy and will therefore not include them in
the GeoRef storage for on-line searching.
Multiword surnames in the Author Index will be
permuted so that authors will be indexed under
each part of their names.
The time schedule for the preparation of the new
issue is as follows:
1. IGCP project leaders are asked to send to
GeoRef as soon as possible:
(i) lists of 1980-1982 publications resulting
from relevant IGCP projects, with a copy of
these lists to the IGCP Secretariat for reference;
(ii) lists of, or lists with indicated items of,
pre-1980 publications emanating from relevant
IGCP projects but uncited in the IGCP Catalogue
(1973-1979);
(iii) actual copies or photocopies, other than
arrogates such as photocopies of cover and contents
pages, of the publications mentioned above
in (i) and (ii) and also of those, although cited,
appearing with an asterisk in the first IGCP
Catalogue (1973-1979), for indexing, except where
these items have been flagged in the lists as having
been sent to, and are thus available at, the
IGCP Secretariat. These actual copies or photocopies,
sent direct to GeoRef, should be differently
indicated in the above-mentioned lists;
(iv) corrections to the first Catalogue (1973-1979),
if any, including deletion of those items which
have been incorrectly addressed to the projects
or which are not works produced by the project
participants.
2. The IGCP Secretariat will lend its sample
copy of IGCP publications to GeoRef for indexing
upon GeoRef's request.
3. AGI will prepare from the GeoRef system,
and send to the IGCP Secretariat by 15 December
1982, preliminary lists of papers resulting from
each IGCP project. The Secretariat will then
distribute these lists by 1 January 1983 to the
relevant project leaders for proof-reading and
for including any additions.
4. AGI will add more references and correct
those already stored in the GeoRef system, based
on the project leader responses received by AGI
by the cut-off date of 1 May 1983.
5. AGI will produce and mail to the IGCP Secretariat,
a camera-ready copy of the new Catalogue
by 15 August 1983 for printing.
6. The new IGCP Catalogue (1980-1982) will be
issued in October 1983.

In order to avoid any confusion, it is recommended
that letters, publication lists and parcels
of publications mailed to AGI for indexing, all
bear the respective IGCP Project number, as well
as "For IGCP Catalogue". GeoRef will then send
all the indexed copies of publications on to the
IGCP Secretariat, unless otherwise indicated by
"Please return to sender", in the case where it
is the sole copy possessed by the owner.
AGI's address is as follows:
"For IGCP Catalogue"
American Geological Institute
Attn. : Mr. John Mulvihill and Dr. G. N. Rassam
One Skyline Place
5205 Leesburg Pike
FALLS CHURCH, VA 22041
U.S.A.
IGCP Project No.
IGCP project leaders are kindly requested to
follow the above-mentioned procedures. It is
stressed that the stipulated deadlines be respected
by taking due consideration of possible
postal and transport delays. In this way, we
may avoid a situation where some authors find
some of their works missing from the new issue
of the Catalogue or as not being identifiable
through both the Author and Subject Indexes.
Project leader(s) may decide whether the IGCP
National Committees, National Project coordinators
or Project participants should send
the actual copies or photocopies of their IGCP
project publications directly to GeoRef of AGI.
In order to avoid any flooding at GeoRef of publication
parcels, dispatch should be carried out
as early as possible and not just prior to the
deadline. This will give GeoRef sufficient time
to proceed with analyzing and indexing. In any
case, the project leaders must be well informed
of all these actions.
IGCP Secretariat
May 1982
107